SPRING - UCSC Extension Silicon Valley

SPRING 

COURSES START WEEKLY IN SANTA CLARA AND ONLINE 

ucsc-extension.edu 

BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT • ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY • BIOSCIENCES • EDUCATION 

COURSE CATALOG APRIL–JUNE 2012 

New Courses: 

Consumer Insights: 

Data Analysis 

and Interpretation 

Making Human Resources 

an Integral Part 

of Your Company 

Executive Education: 

Creating a Sustainable 

Enterprise 

Leveraging Social 

Media Partners 

Developing Applications 

for iPhone, iPad: Practicum 


for Android, Advanced 

Storage Technology 

in Data Centers 

System Virtualization 

Fundamentals 


for Windows 7/8 

and Silverlight 

Java Security 

Real-time Embedded 

Programming: IO Systems 

BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT • ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY • BIOSCIENCES • EDUCATION 

SILICON VALLEY’S SOURCE FOR ONLINE EDUCATION

FREE EVENTS IN SANTA CLARA 

PROGRAM OVERVIEWS 

Learn about our programs, network with working professionals and gain valuable insight from 

experts in your field of interest. These convenient evening and weekend information sessions are free 

and offer a chance to explore our Santa Clara facility. 

Instructors, coordinators, and program staff will outline the specifics of courses, certificates, prerequisites 

and the practical resources you’ll need to advance your career. 

Events are free, but registration is required. Sign up now at ucsc-extension.edu/events. 

SPRING 

BUSINESS 

Technical Writing 

and Communication 

ONLINE ONLY, April 4–May 13. 

No fee, but registration required. 

To enroll, use Section Number 5931.(033) 

EDUCATION 

Instructional Design and Delivery, 

and Online Teaching Certificate 

Thursday, 6:30–8:30 pm, May 10. 



Early Childhood Education 

Open House 

Tuesday, 5–7 pm, May 8. 

No fee, but registration is required. 

To enroll, use Section number 23594.(002) 

Educational Therapy Orientation 

Saturday, 9–11 am, May 12. 



TESOL Open House 




ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY 

Open House Event for 

Embedded Systems, VLSI, 

and Network Engineering 

Tuesday, 6:30–8:30 pm, March 27. 



Tuesday, 6:30–8:30 pm, May 29. 




Software Development Programs 

Wednesday, 6:30–8:30 pm, March 28. 



Wednesday, 6:30–8:30 pm, May 30. 



Open House Event for Web 

and Graphic Design Programs 

Thursday, 7–9 pm, May 31. 




Information Technology 




Every student is equipped with a brand new iMac in UCSC Silicon Valley’s recently completed 

lab, located on our third floor with sweeping views of the Valley. It’s another reason we’re a 

great place to take the next step in your career.

New Year, New Options 

Dean Lynda M. Rogers, Ed.D. 

UCSC Extension Silicon Valley 

2505 Augustine Drive, Suite 100 

Santa Clara, CA 95054 

Volume 45 Number 1 • March 2012 

UCSC Extension Silicon Valley (USPS 428840) is published four times 

a year (March, April, July and November) by University of California 

Santa Cruz Extension, 2505 Augustine Drive, Suite 100, Santa Clara, 

CA 95054-3003. Periodicals postage paid at Santa Clara, CA, and 

additional mailing offices, sent free to those who request information 

about University of California Santa Cruz Extension activities. 

Postmaster: Send address change to: 

UCSC Extension Marketing Department 


Santa Clara, CA 95054-3003 

Designed and produced by UCSC Extension’s Marketing Department 

Copyright © 2012 The Regents of the University of California 

All Rights Reserved. 

New Address 

To continue receiving the course catalog, send both 

your old and new addresses and zip codes to 




If possible, include the label from the back cover of this catalog. 

If you have received more than one copy of this publication, 

please pass it along to a friend or colleague. 

Printed on 40% Post Consumer Waste Newsprint, 

using soy and vegetable based inks. Our printer is certified by the 

Monterey Bay Area Green Business Program. Please recycle. 

Not printed or mailed at state expense. 

616620-1202-869 (2/14/12) 

IMPORTANT PHONE NUMBERS 

Registration, Enrollment, Transcript and Literature Requests, 

Student Questions: (408) 861-3700 

Enrollment Fax: (408) 342-0164 

aCademic Departments and Units 

Academic Services: (408) 861-3860 

Corporate Training: (408) 861-3860 

Administrative Departments 

Dean’s Office: (408) 861-3750 

Media Inquiries: (408) 861-3876 

To make changes or corrections to the mailing label, 

call (408) 861-3700. 

At UCSC Extension, we have a bit more flexibility than your typical higher 

education institution. Since we’re the independent professional education arm 

of the University, we’re able to turn on a dime. We constantly update and realign our 

course offerings so that you get the most up-to-date skills. As your career advances 

and your field evolves, you can count on us to help you keep pace. 

This year, perhaps more than any other, you’ll find new opportunities at Extension. 

The Silicon Valley operations of the Baskin School of Engineering were moved to 

our modern Santa Clara facility last year, allowing us to build new and expanded 

computer labs and instructional facilities that all of our students will benefit from. 

Perhaps most importantly, the School’s arrival means you can now pursue top-tier 

graduate programs, right here. 

And for the first time this year, Extension can help you put a master’s degree 

on your résumé as well. We’ll be introducing a single-subject teaching credential and 

master’s degree and offering a summer intensive training program for educators. 

So if you’re a teacher, be sure to visit our Web site and sign up for our newsletter 

to stay informed. 

Aspiring executives will also find a new program in creating a sustainable business 

enterprise that will give you a powerful combination of traditional leadership training 

with an opportunity to explore concepts of sustainability. Software engineers can 

now earn credits toward a graduate degree as well, thanks to a new articulation 

agreement. 

If you come to our facility for classes or an event this year, you may notice a 

wider variety of languages being spoken in our hallways. That’s because Extension 

has launched a trio of new programs for international students, many of whom will 

be coming from China. To serve more veterans here at home, we’ve also formed a 

partnership with an exciting new non-profit organization that provides an end-to-end 

education solution for the military-to-civilian career transition, which guides veterans 

through the process of retraining for careers in technology, business and more. 

It’s going to be an exciting year! We hope to see you in class soon. 

Sincerely, 

Lynda M. Rogers, Ed.D. 

Dean of UCSC Extension 

Follow us on Facebook and Twitter 

1

Areas of Study 

Mission Statement 

UCSC Extension SILICON VALLEY combines 

the academic excellence of the University of California 

with the expertise of seasoned practitioners to provide 

advanced professional training that addresses 

the real-world needs of people who work and live 

in Silicon Valley. 

Catalog Resources 

at a Glance 

New to UCSC Extension Start Here............... 5 

General Information 

Enrollment................................................... 92 

Discounts..................................................... 92 

Transfers and Refunds.................................. 92 

Tax Payer Relief Act...................................... 93 

Academic Policies......................................... 93 

Grades......................................................... 93 

Transcripts.................................................... 93 

Disabled Student Services............................. 94 

Textbooks.................................................... 94 

Course Materials.......................................... 94 

InStitute for the Study 

of Western Civilization....................49 

UCSC EXTENSION ONLINE......................85 

Open campus/ 

concurrent enrollment..................88 

Business and 

Conference Service.............................. 90 

Proctoring Services....................................... 91 

Instructor Biographies....................95 

Index 

Course Titles, Programs and Events............. 101 

Enrollment Form............................104 

Maps and Directions......................104 

2

Biosciences....................................................6 

Biosciences 

Bioinformatics........................................................7 

Biotechnology........................................................9 

Clinical Trials Design and Management.................11 

Medical Devices...................................................15 

Regulatory Affairs.................................................16 

Bioscience Business 

Bioscience Business..............................................18 

Business and Management..................19 

Accounting 

Accounting..........................................................20 

CPA Preparation...................................................22 

Administrative and 

Executive Assistant........................................23 

Bookkeeping 

Certified Bookkeeper Program..............................24 

Business Administration 

Business Administration.......................................24 

Graduate School Preparation................................26 

Customized Business and 

Management Certificate................................22 

Executive Education 

Silicon Valley Business Leadership.........................26 

Financial Planning and 

Wealth Management 

Personal Financial Planning..................................27 

Human Resources 

Human Resource Management.............................29 

Strategic Human Resources..................................31 

Instructional Design and Delivery..........................31 

Legal Studies 

Paralegal–Core....................................................32 

Paralegal–Advanced.............................................32 

Marketing 

Marketing Management.......................................33 

Project Management 

Project and Program Management (PPM).............81 

Advanced Applied Project Management (AAPM)...83 

Technical Writing and Communication.........35 

Web Content Management.............................37 

spring 2012 

Education......................................................38 

Online Teaching................................................39 

Instructional Design and Delivery................40 


Early Childhood Education....................................41 

Early Childhood Education: Supervision 

and Administration...............................................43 

Educational Therapy.......................................44 

Teaching English to Speakers 

of Other Languages (TESOL)..........................46 

Credential Courses..........................................48 

Engineering and Technology..............50 

Hardware Systems and VLSI Engineering 

Embedded Systems..............................................51 

VLSI Engineering..................................................54 

Network Engineering 

and System Security.......................................56 

Linux/UNIX Programming 

and Administration..........................................58 

Software Development 

Computer Programming.......................................61 

Internet Programming and Development..............65 

Software Engineering and Quality.........................68 

Database Systems................................................70 

Web and Graphic Design 

Graphic Design....................................................71 

Web Design.........................................................72 

Technology Management 

Knowledge Services and Enterprise 

Management (KSEM)...........................................74 

Environmental Health and Safety.....76 

Hazardous Materials Management.......................77 

Occupational Safety and Health Management......77 

Environmental Safety and Health Management.....77 

HAZWOPER.........................................................79 

Project Management...............................80 

Project and Program Management (PPM).............81 

Advanced Applied Project Management (AAPM)...83 

UCSC Extension Online...........................85 

Open Campus..............................................88 

3 

Biosciences 

Business and 

Management 

Education 

Engineering and 

Technology 

Environmental 

Health and Safety 

Project 

Management 

UCSC Extension Online, Open Campus, General Info, 

Instructor Bios, Index, Maps, Enrollment Form

Certificate Programs 

SPRING 2012 

The Value of a UC Certificate 

UCSC Extension Silicon Valley offers certificate programs 

in a wide range of subject areas. Developed with guidance 

from key industry leaders and academic experts, these 

programs present University of California–approved 

curricula that address the specific requirements of the 

discipline. Programs take a practical approach, and are 

structured to accommodate working professionals. Most 

certificates consist of required courses and a specified 

minimum num ber of elective courses/units, through 

which a program can be tailored to meet an individual’s 

educational and career goals. For more information 

about specific certificate programs, please refer to the 

page numbers listed in the adjacent column. 

Certificate Program Requirements 

In order to be eligible for a certificate, you must: 

(1) complete all course work within three years of filing 

the application; (2) receive a passing grade in all courses; 

and (3) achieve an overall 3.0 grade-point average 

(GPA) for all courses applicable to the certificate. Please 

refer to ucsc-extension.edu/gpa for our GPA calculator. 

All courses applied to the certificate must have been 

successfully completed within five years of the date 

of certificate issuance. Requirements for individual 

programs may vary slightly. Please consult specific 

program descriptions for additional information. 

Applying for a Certificate 

We encourage you to establish candidacy in a certificate 

program early in your studies. This ensures that curriculum 

changes subsequent to receipt of your application 

will not affect your course requirements. Candidates will 

be notified of updates or special opportunities related to 

their program. Certificate applications can be submitted 

online at ucsc-extension.edu. 

Once the requirements of the certificate have been 

met, please contact program@ucsc-extension.edu to 

request the issuance of your certificate. 

Certificate with Honors 

Those students who complete a certificate program 

with a grade point average of 4.0 will earn a Certificate 

with Honors. 

Transferring Courses from Other Schools 

Subject to the approval of the relevant UCSC Extension 

in Silicon Valley academic department, students may 

substitute one equivalent course from another institution 

for one in an applicable certificate program. The course 

must have been taken within the past five years with 

a grade of C or better, cover the same material as our 

equivalent course, carry the same or more credit, and 

originate from an accredited academic institution. Please 

consult specific program descriptions for additional 

information, as individual program policies may vary. 

To be considered, obtain a Course Substitution 

Request form from our Web site at ucsc-extension.edu/ 

forms, and send your request along with a course outline 

and description, transcript, and related fee to the address 

and department indicated on the form. 

Continuing Professional Education for 

Licensing, Credentials, Certification 

Many courses at UCSC Extension Silicon Valley offer 

credit and/or continuing-education units that apply 

toward professional licensing, relicensing or accreditation, 

professional teaching credentials and credential 

renewals, or prepare you for a certification exam. 

To locate courses that apply to your professional 

field, please consult the list below. 

Accountants..............................................................20 

Certified Financial Planners.......................................27 

Clinical Research Professionals..................................11 

Educators..................................................................38 

Environmental Professionals......................................77 

Hazardous Materials Managers and Workers.............77 

Human Resource Professionals..................................29 

Industrial Hygienists..................................................77 

Nurses......................................................................11 

Paralegals.................................................................32 

Project Management Professionals............................81 

Regulatory Affairs Professionals.................................16 

Attention 

International Students 

International Enrollment 

in Certificate Programs 

UCSC Extension Silicon Valley offers a wide 

variety of professional certificate programs for 

international students. Most of our certificates can 

be completed in less than 15 months. Students 

must maintain full-time status each term by 

taking a minimum of 12 credit hours. International 

students are permitted to take one online course 

(maximum 3 units) per quarter. Hybrid courses 

with at least one class meeting are allowed. 

After nine months of full-time enrollment and 

completion of a certificate program, international 

students are eligible, in most cases, for one year 

of Post-Completion Optional Practical Training 

in a U.S. workplace. 

For immigration advisement 

or enrollment requirements (for 

certificate programs only), contact: 

International Student Advisor 




Phone: (408) 861-3700, Fax: (408) 342-0164 

E-mail: ia@ucsc-extension.edu 

ucsc-extension.edu/international 

Biosciences 

Bioinformatics......................................................... 7 

Biotechnology......................................................... 9 

Clinical Trials Design and Management.................. 11 

Regulatory Affairs.................................................. 16 

Bioscience Business............................................... 18 

Business and Management 

Accounting........................................................... 20 

Administrative and Executive Assistant.................. 23 

Business Administration........................................ 24 

Customized Certificate.......................................... 22 

Human Resource Management.............................. 29 

Marketing Management........................................ 33 

Paralegal—Core................................................... 32 

Paralegal—Advanced............................................ 32 

Personal Financial Planning................................... 27 

Project and Program Management........................ 81 

Advanced Applied Project Management................. 83 

Technical Writing and Communication................... 35 

Web Content Management................................... 37 

Education 

Early Childhood Education.................................... 41 


and Administration............................................... 43 

Educational Therapy............................................. 44 

Instructional Design and Delivery.......................... 40 

Online Teaching.................................................... 39 

Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages 

(TESOL)................................................................. 46 

Engineering and Technology 

Computer Programming........................................ 61 

Database Systems................................................. 70 

Embedded Systems............................................... 51 

Internet Programming and Development............... 65 

Knowledge Services and Enterprise Management...74 

Linux/UNIX Programming and Administration........ 58 

Network Engineering and Systems Security............ 56 

Software Engineering and Quality.......................... 68 

VLSI Engineering................................................... 54 

Web Design.......................................................... 72 

Environmental Health 

and Safety Management 

Environmental Safety and Health Management...... 77 

Hazardous Materials Management........................ 77 

Occupational Safety and Health Management....... 77 

4

New to UCSC Extension Start Here 

Welcome! By opening this catalog, you’ve taken 

the first step toward advanc ing your career. 

UCSC Extension offers open enrollment. 

You may take one course or an entire 

certificate. 

Enrolling in a course is a simple process based on your 

preferences and needs; however, some courses have 

prerequisites that provide a foundation for a complete 

learning experience. 

As part of the University of California, Santa Cruz, 

UCSC Extension is certified by the Accrediting Commission 

for Senior Colleges and Universities of the Western 

Association of Schools and Colleges (WASC). 

Our classes are open to everyone—you don’t need to be 

a UC Santa Cruz student. Enrollment in Extension courses 

does not constitute admission to the University of California. 

Policy Regarding 

Course Readers, 

Textbooks and Other 

Instructional Resources 

Students are responsible for obtaining 

the required instructional materials for each course they 

take. UCSC Extension courses use a variety of media for 

instructional purposes. These vary depending on the curriculum 

and instructor. Please review the section details at 

the bottom of the course description page on our Web site. 

Instructors may specify any combination of the 

following instructional materials: 

• Printed course readers from our on-demand service 

provider, Content Management Corporation (CMC) 

• Electronic course materials from our online learning 

platform, UCSC Extension Online 

• Textbooks (required and recommended), see page 94 

and visit ucsc-extension.edu/bookstore 

• Other materials distributed via e-mail either by the 

Academic Department or the instructor. 

Students should purchase, order, or access their materials 

in time to bring them to (or have access to them during) 

the first class meeting. For full instructions go to 

ucsc-extension.edu/course-materials. 

Textbook Information 

Information on required and recommended textbooks can 

be found in course descriptions online at ucsc-extension. 

edu, and on your enrollment receipt. 

Most textbooks can be purchased through Extension’s 

partnership with Amazon.com. Our Web site has a convenient 

search tool online at ucsc-extension.edu/bookstore. 

Through a special arrangement, most of our 

text books are also available at the Santa Clara University 

Bookstore, located at the corner of Alameda and Market 

Street in Santa Clara, (408) 554-4491. 

For details, see page 94. 

When and Where Are Courses Presented 

Nearly 95 percent of our courses are offered during the 

evening and on weekends. We make it easy for resi dents 

all over the South Bay to continue their education. 

See page 104 for maps to our campus. 

We also offer online and hybrid courses for students 

whose commutes, jobs and family obligations don’t 

allow them to take traditional classroom courses. 

For a list of online courses, see page 85. 

Guide to Course Listings 

Course Title. 

Academic number, approving campus 

department, unit value (in parentheses). 

Course description. See ucsc-extension.edu 

for expanded course description. 

If your course requires previous course 

work or experience, it will be listed here. 

Read about your expert instructor in the 

section titled “Instructor Biographies.” 

Course location or “mode of delivery.” 

This is how much the course costs (not 

including books or material fees) unless noted. 

Please use this Section Number when 

you enroll. 

Enroll Early and Save 10 Percent 

Save 10 percent (on most courses) when you enroll 

more than 14 days before the first day of class. Early 

registra tion helps ensure a place in the class you want 

and helps avoid cancellation of classes for lack of 

enrollment. 

Tuition Assistance 

Displaced or disadvantaged workers may be eligible 

for federal assistance through the Workforce Investment 

Act (WIA) or the Employment Develop ment 

Department (EDD). Funds may be applied toward the 

cost of the Extension course fees, books, and materials. 

For additional information or to determine eligibility, 

contact either your local Workforce Investment Board 

or Extension’s coordinator at wib@ucsc-extension.edu. 

Enroll in Courses at No Cost to You! 

Many of UCSC Extension’s courses qualify for corporate 

tuition reimbursement, especially those that pertain to 

your current job or a future position in your company. 

Find out if your employer offers tuition reimbursement. 

Grading 

Grades are mailed to students, usually within a month 

after a course ends. Those students who complete a 

certificate program with a grade-point average of 4.0 

will earn a Certificate with Honors. You’ll find a GPA 

calculator on our Web site. For details, see page 93. 

Financial Statement Analysis 

BUSAD. X400.001 (4.0 quarter units) 

In both the public and private sectors, managers 

must be skilled at conducting research and analysis 

to determine if a firm is a good credit risk or a suitable 

investment, and if it can sustain operations. This course 

provides essential knowledge for the CPA examinations. 

It presents financial statements as a set of 

dynamic instruments used to support management 

decision making and protect the public interest. 

Prerequisite(s): “Intermediate Accounting I” 

and “Intermediate Accounting II.” 

RUSS BLAHETKA, D.B.A. 

SANTA CLARA CLASSROOM 

10 meetings: Mondays, 6–10 pm, June 20–August 29. 

Fee: $775 ($697.50 through June 6). 


Cross-Reference Icon 

The icon at left appears at the bottom of the 

page throughout the catalog and is designed 

to direct you to other relevant courses. 

Transfer of UCSC Extension Credit 

Some Extension courses may be applied toward 

degrees. Students are encour aged to obtain specific 

information about acceptance of Extension credit from 

the Admis sions Office of the degree-granting university 

or college prior to enrolling. 

Extension Students Are Part 

of the UCSC Family 

Extension students are cordially invited to become 

members of the UCSC Alumni Association upon 

completion of 15 or more units of credit courses. 

Call (408) 861-3700 for more information. 

It’s easy to Enroll 

Online: Visit our Web site at 

ucsc-extension.edu. 

Credit Card: We accept the following 

major credit cards: Visa, MasterCard, 

American Express and Discover. 

Mail the completed enrollment form 

on page 104. Be sure to enclose the 

necessary credit card information. 

Send to UCSC Extension Silicon Valley, 

2505 Augustine Drive, Suite 100, 

Santa Clara, CA 95054. 

By Phone: Call (408) 861-3700. 

5

Biosciences 


In This Section 

Biosciences 

Bioinformatics................................................. 7 

Biotechnology.................................................. 9 

Clinical Trials Design and Management.......... 11 

Medical Devices............................................. 15 

Regulatory Affairs.......................................... 16 

Bioscience Business and Marketing 

Bioscience Business and Marketing................ 18 

The Bioscience Industry 

Continues to Thrive in the Bay Area 

Regional studies predict that in the coming years, 

the shift from development to commercialization 

will continue to fuel significant growth in Bay Area 

life science companies. The availability of a highly 

skilled workforce will undoubtedly be a key 

component of this success. 

UCSC Extension Silicon Valley offers a full 

complement of bioscience programs and courses 

designed to meet the needs of Bay Area companies 

and new and experienced industry professionals. 

Taught by experts from Silicon Valley’s thriving 

biotechnology, pharmaceutical, and medical device 

sectors, our courses offer participants the knowledge 

base, industry perspectives, and important 

connections needed to build a strong career. 

Whether you are interested in learning about 

the scientific, clinical, computational, regulatory 

or business aspects of the bioscience field, UCSC 

Extension Silicon Valley can help you succeed. 

You May Be Closer to a 

Certificate Than you realize 

Are you just a few courses away from earning 

a bioscience certificate Let us review your 

academic record and help to fast track your goals. 

Contact us to develop a personalized study plan: 

biosciences@ucsc-extension.edu. 

6 Enroll on our Web site with a credit card. It’s the fastest, easiest way to get started. Visit ucsc-extension.edu.

Biosciences Bioinformatics 

Bioinformatics 

Certificate Program 


Certificate Contact 

Applied and Natural Sciences Department, (408) 861-3860 

or e-mail program@ucsc-extension.edu. 

Program Overview 

Biological data continue to accumulate at a phenomenal 

rate. UCSC Extension Silicon Valley‚ Bioinformatics 

Certi- ficate Program was created in consultation with 

industry leaders to meet the need for biologists and 

computer scientists with the ability to analyze and 

interpret this deluge of biological information. Courses 

in this program are taught by experienced molecular 

biologists and bioinformatics professionals who bring 

real-world perspectives and cutting-edge technologies 

into their classrooms. 

The Bioinformatics Certificate provides theoretical 

foundations and practical skills in bioinformatics. The 

required courses provide the necessary computational 

and scientific foundations. A range of electives allows 

individuals to tailor their studies to their particular needs 

and interests. Life scientists learn how to effectively use 

the tools and methods of bioinformatics to enhance 

their work, while computer scientists gain a background 

in molecular biology and important bioinformatics 

methods and tools. 

This program is designed for students who have a 

degree in biology, biochemistry, or computer science 

who want to enrich their careers by learning and applying 

the key principles and practices of bioinformatics. 

Certificate Requirements 

To satisfy the requirements for the Certificate in 

Bioinfor matics, you must complete three required 

courses and 7 units of electives, for a minimum total 

of 16 units. For GPA requirements and program time 

limits, see page 4. 

To pursue two bioscience-related certificates in 

parallel or in sequence, see the chart on this page. 

Prerequisites 

Familiarity with the principles of modern molecular 

biology is required. Completion of “Molecular Biology, 

Introduction” or an equivalent course within the last 

five years, or equivalent experience satisfies this requirement. 

An understanding of probability and statistics 

is required for “Statistical Analysis and Modeling for 

Bioinformatics and Biomedical Applications.” Students 

without this background should first complete 

“Statistics” or “Statistical Design of Experiments: 

A Practical Approach,” or the equivalent prior to taking 

“Statistical Analysis and Modeling for Bioinformatics 

and Biomedical Applications.” 

Recommended Course Sequence 

Those new to the field of bioinformatics should start 

with “Bioinformatics Tools, Databases and Methods” 

or and “Experimental Methods in Molecular Biology” 

(after completing the prerequisites). Courses may then 

be taken in any sequence unless otherwise specified 

in the individual course description. 

Courses may be taken individually or 

as part of the certificate program. 

For More Information 

Current and future course schedules can be found at 

ucsc-extension.edu/biosciences. For more information on 

this program or to be added to our mailing list, please call 

(408) 861-3860 or contact program@ucsc-extension.edu. 

For Certificate Application Information 

and Policy on Transferring Credit from 

Other Schools, see page 4. 

Prerequisite Courses 

Molecular Biology, Introduction 

NATSC.X425.9 (3.0 quarter units) CA BRN/LVN Credit– 

Provider #CEP13114, 30.0 hours. 

This course provides a comprehensive introduction to 

molecular biology for nonbiologists and a review for 

those who want to refresh and update their knowledge 

of this subject. Topics include fundamental concepts of 

genes and proteins, central dogma and the genetic code; 

structure and function of genes; gene expression, transcription 

and translation; protein structure and function; 

introduction to genetics; Mendelian analysis; molecular 

and population genetics, genetic markers and maps; 

and the impact of modern molecular biology on science 

and medicine. The course also includes an overview of 

experimental methods used in molecular biology. 

Prerequisite(s): College-level biology is recommended. 

RAXIT JARIWALLA, Ph.D. 


10 meetings: Tuesdays, 6–9 pm, May 1–June 19; 

Saturdays, 1–4 pm, May 5–June 16 (4 no meetings TBA). 

Fee: $675 ($67.50 discount for early enrollment). 


ACCESS TO ONLINE MATERIALS 

online materials indicates that classroom instruction 

is supplemented with online materials or activities. 

Students who enroll in these courses, and in those 

which are entirely online, will receive logon information 

within 24 hours. However, valid logon information 

may not be active until the course’s start date. 

Learn More for Less 

Statistics 

AMS.X400.102 (5.0 quarter units) 

This course explores the fundamentals of statistical 

methods and reasoning. Topics include descriptive 

methods, data gathering, probability, interval estimation, 

significance tests, one- and two-sample problems, 

categorical data analysis, correlation and regression. 

The instructor will demonstrate the use of spreadsheets 

and statistical software to analyze and interpret data. 

Examples are drawn from a variety of fields including 

biology, business and marketing. While not too mathematically 

rigorous for the novice, the course provides 

some mathematical detail to illustrate basic concepts. 

No prior background in calculus or statistics is required. 

ROBERT KNIGHT, M.S. 

ONLINE, April 3–June 30. 

Enrollments are accepted through May 25. All course 

work must be completed by 11:59 pm on June 30. 

Fee: $860 ($86 discount for early enrollment). 


Statistics Prerequisite for Bioinformatics 

The statistics prerequisite for the Bioinformatics 

program can be met by successful completion of 

any of the following courses, or the equivalent: 

“Statistics”; “Statistical Design of Experiments: 

A Practical Approach” or “General Statistics,” 

both part I and II. 

Early Enrollment Discount 

Save 10 percent when you enroll more than 

14 days before the first day of class. 

VIEW complete course schedules 

ONLINE AT UCSC- EXTENSION.EDU 

Do you know that you can complete two bioscience certificate programs at UCSC Extension, simultaneously 

or in sequence, with fewer units than if the programs were taken individually 

Students pursuing two certificates need to complete the total number of units indicated in the table below, 

including all the required courses for both programs. In order to obtain two certificates with the fewest number 

of units, students must select some electives that are common to both programs. Please contact program@ucscextension.edu 

or call (408) 861-3860 if you need more information or would like assistance creating a study plan. 

Biotechnology Clinical Trials Regulatory Affairs Bioinformatics Bioscience Business 

Biotechnology 19 units 32 units 32 units 30 units 27 units 

Clinical Trials 32 units 19 units 32 units X 27 units 

Regulatory Affairs 32 units 32 units 19 units X 27 units 

Bioinformatics 30 units X X 16 units X 

Bioscience Business 27 units 27 units 27 units X 10 units 

Copyright © 2012 The Regents of the University of California. All Rights Reserved. 7

Bioinformatics Biosciences 

16-unit minimum 

Required Courses 

Bioinformatics Tools, 

Databases and Methods 

CMPS.X446.4 (3.0 quarter units) 

This course provides a practical introduction to the 

main public domain tools, databases and methods used 

in bioinformatics, including DNA and protein databases 

such as Genbank and PBD, software tools such as BLAST, 

and methods including those for aligning sequences. It 

emphasizes the needs of the user of bioinformatics tools 

and databases, rather than complex algorithm development 

and advanced computational methods. Computer 

lab exercises and online demonstrations of the various 

databases and tools on the Internet are included. 

This course is intended both for life scientists and 

computer engineers. After the prerequisite, this is the 

recommended first course for those wanting to gain 

skills in bioinformatics. 

Prerequisite(s): “Molecular Biology, Introduction.” 

LELAND KOZAR, M.B.A., M.A., M.S. 

SANTA CLARA LAB WITH ONLINE MATERIALS 

10 meetings: Mondays, 6–9 pm, April 23–May 21; 

Saturdays, 9 am–12 pm, April 21–May 19. 



BIOINFORMATICS CERTIFICATE 

Prerequisite Courses units Course F W Sp Su 

Molecular Biology, Introduction.............................................3.0...........4213 n n n 

AND 

Statistics OR.........................................................................5.0.........23588 m m m 

Statistical Design of Experiments: A Practical Approach......2.0.........23096 

Required Courses units Course F W Sp Su 

Bioinformatics Tools, Databases and Methods.......................3.0...........2447 n n m 

Experimental Methods in Molecular Biology.........................3.0...........1912 

n 

Statistical Analysis and Modeling for Bioinformatics 

and Biomedical Applications ............................................3.0...........1032 n n 

Elective Courses (7 units required) Units Course F W Sp Su 

Take required courses before electives. 

Cellular Biology .....................................................................3.0...........3383 n 

Computational Biology with Java .........................................3.0...........0266 n 

* Computational Intelligence....................................................1.5.........19951 n n 

DNA Microarrays: Principles, Applications and Data Analysis.. 3.0...........2183 

n 

Drug Discovery, Introduction .................................................3.0...........4853 n n 

Gene Expression and Pathways.............................................2.0...........6020 

n 

Molecular Diagnostics............................................................1.5.........21972 n n 

Perl for Bioinformatics............................................................2.0.........19971 

* Sequence Analysis in Bioinformatics, Advanced ....................2.0...........0036 

Structure Analysis of Biological Molecules.............................2.0...........5925 n 

* Suggested electives for computer scientists and IT professionals 

n held in classroom m offered online p both classroom and online sessions are available 

Visit ucsc-extension.edu for the most current program schedule. 

Experimental Methods 

in Molecular Biology 

NATSC.X446.5 (3.0 quarter units) 

This lecture-based course provides a theoretical overview 

of the key molecular biology techniques used in basic 

life science research and by the biotechnology and 

biopharmaceutical industry for the discovery of novel 

therapeutics. Topics include gene cloning, manipulation 

and sequencing; PCR; RNA interference; gene expression 

analysis; protein expression, engineering, and structure 

determination; and the fundamentals of experimental 

design. Also addressed are high-throughput sequencing 

and microarray expression analysis and the types of data 

these techniques generate. 




10 meetings: Mondays, 6–9 pm, June 18–August 6; 

Saturdays, 1–4 pm, June 23–August 4 

(5 no meetings TBA). 



Statistical Analysis and 

Modeling for Bioinformatics 

and Biomedical Applications 


This course presents the statistical methods most frequently 

used in bioinformatics and biomedical research. 

Topics include probability, hypothesis testing, confidence 

intervals, t-tests, analysis of variance, regression analysis, 

power and sample size, and simulations. Students perform 

statistical analyses using the R programming language. 

Examples are drawn from biomedical applications, such 

as gene expression analysis, molecular diagnostics, and 

evaluation of new drugs and medical devices. 

Prerequisite(s): “Statistics.” 

MICHAEL ELASHOFF, Ph.D. 


10 meetings: Thursdays, 6–9 pm, April 12–June 28 

(2 no meetings TBA). 



Elective Courses 

DNA Microarrays: Principles, 

Applications and Data Analysis 

For course description, see page 10. 

Drug Discovery, Introduction 


Gene Expression and Pathways 


This course provides a solid foundation in the molecular 

concepts and cutting-edge technologies that are central 

to the understanding of gene expression pathways 

in simple cells and complex multicellular organisms. 

Topics include gene structure; regulatory proteins and 

transcriptional control; inheritance of states of gene 

expression; and posttranscriptional control of gene 

activity. Abnormalities in gene expression are discussed 

in relation to human disease states as well as drug 

discovery and diagnostic medicine. 

Prerequisite(s): “Molecular Biology, Introduction” or 

equivalent or basic knowledge of foundation concepts 

in molecular biology. 



10 meetings: Mondays, 6–9 pm, April 4–May 2; 

Saturdays, 1–4 pm, April 9–May 7 (2 no meetings TBA). 



Molecular Diagnostics 


To pursue two bioscience-related 

certificates in parallel or in sequence, 

see page 7. 

8 

Enroll on our Web site with a credit card. It’s the fastest, easiest way to get started. Visit ucsc-extension.edu.

Biotechnology 


Biotechnology 





The Bay Area is at the forefront of the global biopharmaceutical 

industry, one of the fastest growing sectors 

of California’s economy. Local companies and research 

institutions are setting the pace in the discovery and 

development of biopharmaceuticals to target major 

unmet medical conditions, such as cardiovascular 

disease, cancer, AIDS and other degenerative diseases. 

The Biotechnology Certificate equips professionals 

with a rich background in the principles, processes and 

cutting edge technologies central to biotechnology. This 

combination of general and practical knowledge enhances 

the skills of professionals currently working in this industry 

and helps prepare others to enter this dynamic field. The 

certificate program provides a solid understanding of the 

scientific disciplines that underlie the industry’s activities, a 

foundation in the principles that guide drug discovery and 

development, an appreciation of cutting-edge bioscience 

research and technology, and a broader awareness of 

today’s biopharmaceutical industry. 

This program benefits professionals from all disciplines 

who want to develop a solid scientific foundation in the 

principles and applications of biotechnology, in order to 

work more effectively in or transition into the biopharmaceutical 

sector. 


To satisfy the requirements for the Certificate in Biotechnology, 

you must complete the four required courses as 

indicated in both Core A and B, and 8 units of electives 

from Track 1 and Track 2, for a minimum total of 19 

units. For GPA requirements and program time limits, 

see page 4. 


parallel or in sequence, see chart on page 7. 

Prerequisites 

Familiarity with the principles of modern molecular 

biology is required. Completion of “Molecular Biology, 

Introduction” or an equivalent course taken within 

the last five years, or equivalent experience satisfies 

this requirement. Please direct questions about the 

suitability of a prerequisite to program@ucsc-extension. 

edu. For those new to the industry, we recommend that 

“Biotechnology Basics for Non-Scientists” be taken prior 

to starting other course work (see ucsc-extension.edu). 


We recommend that you begin with “Drug Discovery, 

Introduction” or “Drug Development Process.” After 

that, you may take courses in any sequence, unless 

otherwise specified. 



ucsc-extension.edu/biosciences. For more information 

on this program or to be added to our mailing list, 

please call (408) 861-3860 or contact program@ 





Prerequisite Course 

Molecular Biology, Introduction 



Biochemistry: An Introduction 

NATSC X426.1 (3.0 quarter units) 

This course covers biochemistry concepts central to 

the biotechnology industry with an emphasis on the 

enzymatic and metabolic processes of living systems 

at the molecular level. Topics include the structure and 

function of biomolecules including proteins, carbohydrates, 

lipids and nucleic acids; enzymes and enzyme 

kinetics; and metabolism, including energy production 

and storage. The course is beneficial for scientists and 

non-scientists interested in the critical biochemistry 

processes underlying core technologies in the pharmaceutical, 

medical devices, diagnostics, biotechnology 

and biofuel industries. 

Prerequisite(s): A college-level chemistry course. 

Some knowledge of organic chemistry is recommended, 

but not required. 

NUSRAT KHALEELI, Ph.D. 


10 meetings: Mondays, 6–9 pm, April 2–June 11 



Drug Discovery, Introduction 



The tools, technologies, and methods used in the 

discovery and development of safe, effective drugs are 

constantly evolving. This introductory course provides 

a framework for understanding the complex process of 

drug discovery, from target selection to drug optimization. 

The instructor and a team of guest speakers address 

fundamental principles and cutting-edge approaches to 

drug discovery, and provide strategies for implementing 

and integrating various scientific approaches. Topics 

include target selection; validation; lead discovery, 

including primary and secondary screening and 

selectivity assays; optimization of properties, including 

combinatorial and medicinal chemistry, molecular 

modeling and biological approaches; pharmacokinetics 

and ADME; and toxicology. 


CHAKK RAMESHA, Ph.D. 


10 meetings: Wednesdays, 6–9 pm, 

April 4–June 13 (1 no meeting TBA). 



Course Readers, Textbooks 

and Other Instructional Resources 

Biosciences Biotechnology 

Drug Development Process 



The development of new drugs is a complex, lengthy, 

and expensive process. In this course, we examine this 

process–from discovery to market and beyond–and see 

what makes the biopharmaceutical industry unique. 

Infused with real-world examples, lectures address drug 

discovery; preclinical characterization of new drug entities; 

the phases and purposes of both pharmacological 

and clinical development; regulatory filings, compliance 

and oversight; FDA jurisdiction; and strategic issues in 

drug development. The course provides an important 

foundation in drug development for professionals from 

all disciplines who are currently working in, or are 

considering a move to, the biopharmaceutical industry. 

EDWARD ROZHON, Ph.D. 


10 meetings: Thursdays, 6–9 pm, April 19–June 28; 

Saturdays, 9 am–4 pm, June 30 (2 no meetings TBA). 



Experimental Methods 

in Molecular Biology 



Bioinformatics Tools, 

Databases and Methods 









Students are responsible for obtaining the required 

instructional materials for all courses. A variety of 

media are used. Please review the section details 

at the bottom of the course description pages on 

our Web site. 

Instructors may specify any of the following: 



• Electronic course materials from our online 

learning platform, UCSC Extension Online 

• Textbooks (required and recommended). See pages 

5 and 94 and visit ucsc-extension.edu/bookstore. 


Academic Department or the instructor 

Students should acquire or access their materials 

prior to the first class meeting. For full instructions, 

go to ucsc-extension.edu/course-materials. 


Biotechnology Biosciences 


BIOTECHNOLOGY CERTIFICATE 

Prerequisite Course units Course F W Sp Su 

Molecular Biology, Introduction.............................................3.0...........4213 n n n 

Required Courses A AND B (four) units Course F W Sp Su 

Core A—Both required 

Drug Discovery, Introduction .................................................3.0...........4853 n n 

Drug Development Process....................................................2.0...........6559 n n n n 

Core B—Choose 2 of 4 

Biochemistry, An Introduction ...............................................3.0...........0022 n n 

Cellular Biology......................................................................3.0...........3383 n 

Experimental Methods in Molecular Biology.........................3.0...........1912 n 

Immunology, Principles..........................................................3.0...........2257 n n 

Elective Courses units Course F W Sp Su 

(8 units required; a minimum of 1 of the 8 units must be from each track.) 

Track 1: Discovery 

Bioinformatics Tools, Databases and Methods.......................3.0...........2447 n n m 

Biology of Cancer...................................................................2.0...........6630 n 

DNA Microarrays—Principles, Applications and Data 

Analysis..............................................................................3.0...........2183 

n 

Gene Expression and Pathways.............................................2.0...........6020 

n 

Human Physiology in Health and Disease .............................3.0...........6999 n n 

Mass Spectrometry in Drug Discovery...................................2.0...........4887 

n 

Neurobiology, Introduction....................................................3.0.........20042 

Pharmacology, Principles.......................................................2.0...........5596 

Stem Cell Biology ..................................................................1.5.........13567 

n 

Structure Analysis of Biological Molecules.............................2.0...........5925 n 

Toxicology Basics for Biotechnology .....................................1.5...........2310 

n 

Viruses, Vaccines and Gene Therapy .....................................1.5...........6974 

n 

Track 2: Development 

Biopharmaceutical Project Management and Leadership.....1.5...........4490 

Clinical Statistics for Non-Statisticians...................................2.0...........2345 n n 

Drug Quality Fundamentals...................................................1.5.........23400 n 

Good Manufacturing Practices..............................................3.0...........6328 n n 

Intellectual Property Essentials for the Life Science 

Industry..............................................................................1.0...........1942 

n 

Medical Device Design and Development..............................2.0.........19977 n n 

Medical Devices: Regulatory Strategies and Marketing 

Pathways............................................................................1.5...........5939 

n 


Nanotechnology, Introduction................................................1.0...........4820 

n 

Regulation of Drugs and Biologics ........................................3.0.........19007 n n 

Regulation of Medical Devices and Diagnostics....................3.0.........19071 

n 

Risk Management for Regulated Industries...........................3.0.........22631 n n 

Solid Oral Dosage Forms: Development to Registration........3.0...........4452 n 

Statistical Design of Experiments: A Practical Approach........2.0.........23096 

Biology of Cancer 



Understanding the molecular and cellular basis of cancer 

is essential for the development of new therapeutic strategies 

and diagnostic tools. This course explores the basic 

biology of cancer, including the key cellular processes 

and players, whose alteration leads to uncontrolled cell 

proliferation. Topics include the pathology and genetic 

basis of cancer, the immune system, and the role of 

infectious agents and environmental carcinogens in the 

disease process. Cutting-edge therapies and strategies 

for cancer prevention are integrated into the discussions. 

Prerequisite(s): “Cellular Biology,” and “Molecular 

Biology, Introduction.” 

LYNNE SOPCHAK, Ph.D. 

SANTA CLARA CLASSROOM WITH ONLINE MATERIALS 

8 meetings: Thursdays, 6–9 pm, 

April 12–June 14 (2 no meetings TBA). 



DNA Microarrays: Principles, 

Applications and Data Analysis 


DNA microarrays have revolutionized molecular biology 

and are changing the face of discovery research and 

medicine. This course addresses the underlying principles 

and applications of the latest DNA microarray technologies, 

as well as the analysis of microarray data. It is 

intended for biopharmaceutical professionals, statisticians, 

computer scientists and others who are interested in 

understanding this important technology. 


MARTINA BREMER, Ph.D. 


10 meetings: Tuesdays, 6–9 pm, June 5–July 10; 

Saturdays, 9 am–12 pm, June 2–July 14 

(no meeting July 3, 7, and 1 no meeting TBA). 



Gene Expression and Pathways 









10 


Intellectual Property Essentials 

for the Life Science Industry 

BUSAD.X491.2 (1.0 quarter unit) MCLE–Minimum 

Continuing Legal Education State Board of CA, 10.0 hours. 

This course demystifies key intellectual property principles 

and applications, emphasizing topics of particular relevance 

to the biotechnology, pharmaceutical and medical 

device sectors. The instructor explains the basic principles 

of patents, and explores their strategic implications in a 

variety of contexts, such as securing funding, establishing 

barriers to competitor entry, achieving freedom to 

operate, technology transfer, federally-funded research 

and strategic alliances. Trade secrets, trademarks, copyrights 

and contractual agreements are also discussed, 

particularly as they apply to the life science industry. 

Scientific, engineering, regulatory and business 

professionals will benefit from this course. 

SOODY TRONSON, J.D., M.S. 


4 meetings: Fridays, 6–9 pm, June 8–29. 



Medical Device Design and Development 

ENGR.X400.006 (2.0 quarter units) 

Using real-world examples, the instructor and guest 

speakers provide a detailed look at the design and 

development process for new medical devices, as well 

as insight into the entrepreneurial nature of the medical 

device industry. They address medical device hardware 

and software design, biomaterials and human factors. 

Additional topics include manufacturing, testing, and 

strategies to navigate the regulatory pathways. 

SUDHI GAUTAM, M.B.B.S., Ph.D. 


3 meetings: Saturdays, 8 am–5 pm, May 5–19. 



Medical Devices: Regulatory Strategies 

and Marketing Pathways 



BIOL.X400.414 (1.5 quarter units) CA BRN/LVN Credit— 


This survey course provides a foundation in the basic 

science and technologies that underlie the emerging 

field of molecular diagnostics, and highlights the potential 

impact on the health care landscape. The instructor examines 

the role of pharmacogenomics in the development 

of new therapeutics and treatment options. He uses case 

studies to present the applications of molecular diagnostic 

tools in infectious disease identification and early 

detection and diagnosis of cancer. Also addressed are 

the regulatory challenges that face the new wave of 

diagnostic tests, and the changing dynamics of the 

molecular diagnostics global marketplace. 

Prerequisite(s): College-level biology. 

BINAYA PANDA, Ph.D. 


2 meetings: Friday–Saturday, 9 am–5 pm, March 16–17. 



Regulation of Drugs and Biologics 


Regulation of Medical Devices 

and Diagnostics 


Toxicology Basics for Biotechnology 



Biopharmaceutical companies expend vast resources 

to identify new chemical and biological agents that 

have the potential for clinical benefit. However, before 

these can be tested and used widely in patients, safety 

and acceptable toxicity to critical organs must be 

demonstrated. This course surveys the adverse effects 

resulting from the interaction of chemical agents with 

living systems. Topics include criteria and mechanisms 

of toxicity, dose-response relationships, factors influencing 

toxic action, acute and chronic effects, kinetics, 

metabolism, and toxicity testing. Applications in both 

pharmacology and drug development are discussed. 

Prerequisite(s): Completion of at least one college-level 

chemistry course. 

RONALD TJEERDEMA, Ph.D., D.A.B.T. 


2 meetings: Friday, 8:30 am–5 pm, June 15; 

Saturday, 8:30 am–5 pm, June 16. 



Viruses, Vaccines and Gene Therapy 



Interactive case studies and Web-supplemented lessons 

drive our exploration of the interplay of viruses with 

their cellular hosts. Building on these foundations, we 

examine salient topics in vaccines, gene therapy and 

therapeutic viruses. Pertinent and real issues relevant 

to the biopharmaceutical industry are also discussed. 

Course topics include virus evolution, emerging viruses, 

the risks and benefits of vaccines, the polio eradication 

campaign, epidemiology of influenza, HIV-1 vaccines, 

and the trials and tribulations of gene therapy. 

NAY WEI SOONG, Ph.D. 


5 meetings: Tuesdays, 6–9:30 pm, 

April 24–May 29 (1 no meeting TBA) 



Also of Interest 

Clinical Trials Essentials: 

An Intensive Course 


Biosciences Biotechnology / Clinical Trials 

Clinical Trials 


Clinical Trials Design 

and Management 





The Bay Area and Silicon Valley are leaders in the global 

biopharmaceutical and medical device industries. The 

continued success of these industries relies on clinical 

trials—the complex process of ensuring the safety and 

effectiveness of new and existing medical products. 

The Certificate in Clinical Trials Design and Management 

helps professionals gain a solid and practical understanding 

of the entire clinical trials process, from drug and 

device development to monitoring, as well as a foundation 

in the scientific principles, regulations and ethics that are 

vitally important to the conduct of clinical research. Because 

of its comprehensive curriculum and intense focus on best 

practices in the clinical trial process, this certificate is 

appropriate for current professionals—clinical research 

associates and coordinators, clinical program managers 

and physicians, biomedical and research scientists, nurses, 

IRB members and administrators, and pharmacists—as 

well as those new to the field. 

Many courses in this program qualify for re-certification 

CEUs for those certified as CCRAs and CCRCs through 

ACRP. Most courses also grant BRN credit for nursing 

professionals. 


To obtain the Certificate in Clinical Trials Design and 

Management, you must complete 6 required courses 

and 6 units of elective courses, for a minimum total 

of 19 units. For GPA requirements and program time 



parallel or sequence, see page 7. 

Courses may be taken individually or as 

part of the certificate program. 

Prerequisites 

Successful completion of “Medical/Clinical Terminology,” 

an equivalent course, or medical training. We strongly 

recommend that students without a medical background 

take “Human Physiology in Health and Disease” early 

in their studies. 

Wireless Access at 


Wireless Internet access is provided throughout 

our Santa Clara facility. Students may need to install 

protective software on their laptops 

to use our wireless network. 


Clinical Trials Biosciences 


We recommend that you begin the program with “Drug 

Development Process” after completing the prerequisites. 

You may then take courses in any sequence, unless 

otherwise specified. 



ucsc-extension.edu/biosciences. For more information on 

this program or to be added to our mailing list, please call 





Prerequisite Course 

Medical/Clinical Terminology 

NATSC.814. (0.7 CEUs) 

A basic understanding of medical and clinical terminology 

is essential in clinical trials design and management. 

This interactive workshop, for individuals with no background 

in medical/clinical terminology or for those who 

would like a refresher, reviews common terms associated 

with medical research and development and clinical 

trials. Participants review both the meaning of each 

term and how it is applied within a practical context. 

ADDY ALSUMDE, M.D., Ph.D. 


Saturday, 9 am–5 pm, June 23. 



CLINICAL TRIALS DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE 



Medical/Clinical Terminology..............................................0.7 ceu........2928 n n n 

Human Physiology in Health and Disease (Recommended) ..3.0...........6999 n n 

Required Courses (six) units Course F W Sp Su 


Medical Devices: Regulatory Strategies and 

Marketing Pathways.........................................................1.5...........5939 n 

Good Clinical Practices..........................................................3.0...........0458 n n n 

Clinical Trials Site Monitoring I...............................................2.0...........0608 n n n 

Science of Clinical Trials Design.............................................2.5...........3657 n n n 



Adverse Event and Medication Coding: 

An Introduction to MedDRA, COSTART, and WHO-Drug....1.5.........19976 n 

Case Report Forms Development...........................................1.0...........5544 n 

Clinical Data Management....................................................2.0...........6291 n 

Clinical Project Management ................................................2.0...........2315 n 

Clinical Research: The Study Site Perspective.........................1.5.........18994 n m 

Clinical Trials Site Monitoring II..............................................1.5...........2687 n 

Contracting with Contract Research Organizations (CROs)...1.5...........5479 n 

Development of Clinical Standard Operating Procedures......1.5...........1270 n 

Document Preparation: Protocols, Reports, Summaries.........1.5...........2636 n n 

Drug Safety and Adverse Events Reporting ...........................1.0...........3990 n n 

Electronic Data Capture for Clinical Trials..............................1.0.........20777 n 

Electronic Records for Regulated Environments: 

Cost-Effective Approaches to Compliance.........................1.5.........19362 n n 

Global Conduct of Clinical Trials............................................1.5.........20787 n n 

Good Manufacturing Practices..............................................3.0...........6328 n n 


Medical Writing......................................................................2.0...........4451 


Preparing for FDA Inspections and Conducting 

Sponsor Audits...................................................................1.5...........5168 n 


SAS Programming for Clinical Trials.......................................3.0...........4670 n 

SAS for Clinical Trials for the Non-Programmer, Introduction..3.0...........2988 n 

Toxicology, Basics for Biotechnology......................................1.5...........2310 n 







NATSC.X425.6 (1.5 quarter units) CA BRN/LVN Credit— 


Medical devices are uniquely different from drugs 

and biologics in their regulation and paths to market. 

Effective clinical trial conduct for devices requires a solid 

understanding of these issues. This course provides a 

foundation in the regulation of medical devices, and 

it includes discussions of device classification, investigational 

device exemptions (IDE), 510(K) and PMA 

submissions, and managing and reporting adverse 

device events (MDRs). 

NANCY ISACC, J.D., M.S. 

ANNA LONGWELL, J.D., M.B.A., M.S. 



March 28–May 16 (3 no meetings TBA). 



Good Clinical Practices 



History, ethics, and regulations provide a context for 

the responsible conduct of clinical research. This course 

focuses on the timely, thorough and ethical conduct 

of clinical studies. Participants explore the translation 

of ethical principles into regulations (federal, state and 

local); recruitment and consent of research subjects; 

roles and responsibilities of sites, sponsors and 

institutional review boards; study monitoring; 

and auditing for compliance. 

JACQUELINE MARDELL, B.A. 






Clinical Trials Site Monitoring I 



This course introduces the essential elements of 

monitoring a clinical trial and delineates the roles and 

responsibilities of the sponsor, study site and the FDA. 

Participants gain insight into the interactions between 

sponsors and study sites. They are exposed to the process 

of site selection, budgeting, initiation visits, source 

documentation, regulatory documentation, and adverse 

event reporting. Also addressed are some practical tools 

for use in tracking compliance, product accountability 

and medical record review. 

Prerequisite(s): “Good Clinical Practices” or equivalent 

course or experience. 

PATRICIA KASPER, M.S. 


12 


Biosciences Clinical Trials 


4 meetings: Fridays, 2–6 pm, April 27 and May 18; 

Saturdays, 9 am–5 pm, May 5–12. 



Science of Clinical Trials Design 



This course addresses the science that forms the basis 

of effective clinical trial design. Topics include classifying 

and describing trial design by stage in drug and device 

development; reasons for clinical trials; types of trial 

designs; defining the hypothesis and study objectives; 

determining the population and sample size; stopping 

rules; standards of practice versus FDA requirements; 

safety information and data safety monitoring boards; 

scientific and ethical considerations; validity of design, 

execution, analysis, and reporting. 

Prerequisite(s): “Good Clinical Practices,” and 

“Drug Development Process.” 

MICHAEL HUSTON, M.B.A. 


6 meetings: Mondays, 5:45–10 pm, 

April 2–May 21 (2 no meetings TBA). 





An Introduction to MedDRA ® , COSTART, 

and WHO-Drug 



Coding dictionaries, particularly MedDRA ® , are becoming 

increasingly important in the U.S. and Europe for the 

electronic transmission of adverse event reporting, both 

in the pre- and postmarketing areas and in the coding 

of clinical trial data. This course provides a unique local 

opportunity for an introduction into how adverse events 

and medication terms are coded and the use of commercial 

coding browsers. Students gain familiarity and 

hands-on experience with the dictionaries used in the 

pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, including 

MedDRA ® , WHO-Drug, SNOMED and COSTART. This 

course is designed for drug safety specialists, clinical 

data managers, clinical data coordinators, clinical 

research associates, medical coders, and others with 

medical backgrounds who are interested in these roles 

within the biopharmaceutical industry. 

Prerequisite(s): “Medical/Clinical Terminology,” and 

“Drug Safety and Adverse Events Reporting.” 

MARIE LOU MUNSON, M.D., M.P.H. 

SANTA CLARA LAB 


June 7–July 12 (no meeting July 5). 



Special Program 

Clinical Trials Essentials: An Intensive Course 

NATSC.825. (3.5 ceu) CA BRN/LVN Credit—Provider #CEP13114, 35.0 hours. 

Well-planned, well-executed clinical trials are the 

cornerstones of effective drug and medical device 

development. Offered in an accelerated format 

taught by a team of biopharmaceutical industry 

leaders, this course provides a unique opportunity for 

professionals from all disciplines to learn about the 

many facets of clinical trials—the complex process 

that ensures the safety and effectiveness of medical 

products. Partici pants leave the program with an 

appreciation of the drug and device development 

process; good clinical practice (GCP) and other 

regulations (ICH and FDA) that guide the conduct 

of trials and protect human volunteers. Also covered 

are clinical trial phases and design strategies; the 

importance of informed consent and the role of the 

IRB; investigator selection and responsibilities; study 

site management and trial monitoring; statistical data 

analysis; and regulatory responsibilities and the role 

of the FDA. 

Clinical Research Internship Program 

Qualifying students and alumni from the Clinical Trials 

Design and Management Certificate Program have 

the opportunity to bring their course work to life and 

gain valuable experience in a clinical research setting. 

Space is limited. If you would like more information 

about these special opportunities and the application 

process, please e-mail program@ucsc-extension.edu. 




our Santa Clara facility. Students may need to install 

protective software on their laptops 


The course benefits anyone working in the 

biopharmaceutical and medical device industries and 

the biomedical community who is interfacing with or 

conducting clinical research, including new clinical 

research associates and study coordinators; medical 

directors, physicians, nurses, pharmacists, and other 

health professionals; biomedical scientists; statisticians 

and database administrators; and business 

professionals. 

Expert Instruction Team: 

Taught by a team of clinical research experts, including 

many from UCSC Extension’s Clinical Trials Design 

and Management Certificate. 


5 meetings: Monday–Friday, 

8:30 am–5 pm, March 12–16. 









our Web site. 














Clinical Trials Biosciences 

Case Report Forms Development 

NATSC.X425.1 (1.0 quarter unit) CA BRN/LVN Credit— 


Whether a case report form (CRF) is paper or electronic, 

it must translate the clinical protocol so as to allow for 

the collection of data to support the planned analyses. 

After mapping a clinical study protocol to a CRF structure, 

this course focuses on the elements of CRF development 

that impact compliance with the protocol, analyzable data, 

data-processing and data-cleaning. Students explore many 

examples and options for CRF modules and thereby see 

how the CRF impacts all groups involved in the conduct 

of a clinical trial. 

Prerequisite(s): Familiarly with the fundamentals 

of clinical trials, either from experience or the 

“Drug Development Process” course. 

LAURA GARDNER, M.S., M.N.S., CCDM. 


2 meetings: Friday–Saturday, 9 am–3 pm, 

February 24–25. 



Clinical Data Management 



Taking a hands-on approach, this course provides a 

solid understanding of the steps involved in clinical data 

management from study site data collection through 

data extraction for analysis. Topics include a planned 

approach to clinical data management; basic design 

and specification of the database and cleaning rules; 

required documentation, standard operating procedures 

(SOPs), and quality control; compliance with FDA/ 

ICH guidelines; working with other clinical groups and 

CROs; using electronic data capture; and data security 

and confidentiality. No previous data management 

experience is necessary. 

LAURA GARDNER, M.S., M.N.S., CCDM. 


3 meetings: Friday, 9 am–5 pm, April 13; 

Saturdays, 9 am–5 pm, April 14–21. 



ACRP Contact Hours 

Many of the required and elective courses in 

UCSC Extension’s Clinical Trials Certificate 

Program qualify as contact hours toward ACRP 

recertification. See the Association of Clinical 

Research Professionals Web site at acrpnet.org for 

certification information. 

BRN: Board of Registered Nursing 

All courses designated BRN are approved for 

continuing education hours for RNs and LVNs 

(Provider #CEP13114). 

RAPS Credit 

Many of the required and elective courses in UCSC 

Extension’s Clinical Trials and Regulatory Affairs 

Certificate Programs qualify for points toward 

recertification for RAC. See the Regulatory Affairs 

Profes sionals Society Web site at www.raps.org 

for details. 

Clinical Research: 

The Study Site Perspective 



This course offers practical insight into the clinical 

research process from the viewpoint of the study site. 

Lectures and class exercises explore the roles, responsibilities, 

interactions, and concerns of study site personnel and 

highlights important differences in perspective between 

clinical study sites and industry sponsors. The content 

applies to all study sites including academic medical 

centers, community hospitals, rural clinics, physician 

private practices, hospital networks, and Phase 1 units. 

Whether you work at a study site, for a sponsor, or are 

interested in opportunities at these organizations, this 

course will provide you with a deeper understanding 

of the study site’s role in clinical research. 

Prerequisite(s): “Good Clinical Practices.” 

JESSICA STURM, M.P.H., RN. 


Enrollments are accepted through May 29. All course 

work must be completed by 11:59 pm (PST) on June 30. 



Contracting with Contract Research 

Organizations (CROs) 

BUSAD.X477.9 (1.5 quarter units) CA BRN/LVN Credit— 


Pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies are more 

and more frequently using the services of contract research 

organizations (CROs) to access expertise or technology 

not available in-house for key clinical services. This course 

takes a practical look at the identification, selection, and 

management of CROs in the performance of clinical 

projects. Topics of discussion include selecting the best 

CRO for a project; request for proposal (RFP) components; 

bid review and negotiation; types of agreements; defining 

roles and responsibilities; and managing the work once 

the contract is signed. 

NANETTE NANJO-JONES, M.B.A. 


2 meetings: Friday–Saturday, 8:30 am–5 pm, 

March 9–10. 



Development of Clinical Standard 

Operating Procedures 

NATSC.X428.7 (1.5 quarter units) CA BRN/LVN Credit— 


The U.S. federal regulations and ICH guidelines for good 

clinical practice require that all institutions and entities 

involved in research with human subjects develop and 

maintain written standard operating procedures (SOPs). 

However, many companies do not develop policies and 

SOPs until after human clinical trials are well under way. 

This course examines the regulatory requirements and 

the differences between regulations, guidelines, policies 

and SOPs, and evaluates the components of a wellconstructed 

SOP. Participants develop SOPs for 

important clinical functions. 



JACQUIE MARDELL, B.A. 


2 meetings: Monday–Tuesday, 8:30 am–5 pm, 

March 26–27. 



Document Preparation: 

Protocols, Reports, Summaries 



Clinical trial documentation must be clear, scientifically 

sound, conform to regulations and established standard 

operating procedures, and follow regulatory guidelines. 

This course provides insight into the preparation of effective 

documentation for clinical trials, including study 

protocols, reports, and summaries. Participants have 

opportunities to create sample documents and apply 

the rules governing clinical trial documentation. 



SHARON TELLYER, DVM, M.S. 


2 meetings: Saturdays, 8:30 am–5 pm, 

May 19 and June 2. 



Drug Safety and 

Adverse Events Reporting 



This course introduces fundamental concepts essential 

to drug safety and adverse event reporting and how to 

apply them to situations encountered during clinical trials 

and post-marketing reporting. Student learn why safety 

reporting is crucial; the definitions of an adverse event 

and the key reporting issues of seriousness, expectedness, 

and relationship to the study drug. The course includes 

a brief overview of reporting requirements in the U.S. 

and abroad and the documents associated with these 

reports. The content is appropriate for CRAs, CRCs, Drug 

Safety Associates, and Regulatory Affairs personnel. 

Prerequisite(s): “Good Clinical Practices” and 

“Medical/Clinical Terminology” or equivalent. 

JEAN MASONEK, RN, B.S.N., B.A. 


2 meetings: Saturdays, 9:30 am–3:30 pm, March 17–24. 







ONLINE AT UCSC-EXTENSION.EDU 

14 


Electronic Data Capture 

for Clinical Trials 



This course takes a practical approach, by examining key 

issues surrounding the industry’s adoption of electronic 

data capture (EDC). The instructor highlights the major 

differences between paper and electronic systems; 

explores benefits associated with EDC; and systematically 

examines the costs, risks, related process changes, and 

other business and regulatory implications of this shift. 

Interactive discussions address the process of selection, 

implementation and maintenance of EDC software, 

both for in-house and outsourced systems. 

The course benefits professionals with roles in 

data management, biostatistics, clinical management, 

and clinical IT and IS. 

JEFFREY SONAS, B.S. 


2 meetings: Friday, 6–9:30 pm, March 2; 

Saturday, 9 am–4:30 pm, March 3. 



Electronic Records for 

Regulated Environments: Cost-Effective 

Approaches to Compliance 


Global Conduct of Clinical Trials 



Using the U.S. and E.U. as points of reference, the 

instructor and guest speakers help students develop 

a framework by examining issues and challenges related 

to the conduct of clinical trials in established and emerging 

foreign markets, including Eastern Europe, India, China, 

and South America. Lectures and case studies explore 

the current regulatory environment; the impact of local 

laws and requirements; cultural challenges and procedural 

differences in trial conduct; how to ensure that useful 

data are collected; and important implications for human 

subject protection. 

Prerequisite(s): “Good Clinical Practices,” and 

“Drug Development Process.” An understanding 

of Good Clinical Practice (GCP) regulations and the 

clinical trials process, at least at the level that is 

covered in “Drug Development Process.” 

JACQUELINE MARDELL, B.A. 


5 meetings: Tuesdays, 6–9 pm, 

April 10–May 15 (1 no meeting TBA). 














Preparing for FDA Inspections and 

Conducting Sponsor Audits 

BUSAD.X484.1 (1.5 quarter units) CA BRN/LVN Credit– 


In the regulated medical industry, inspections by 

government agencies are often a prerequisite for new 

product marketing approvals. Knowing what to expect 

and how to respond to clinical inspections is as critical 

as conducting sound clinical research. This course helps 

participants prepare for FDA inspections and conduct 

sponsor audits. Topics include investigator and sponsor/ 

monitor inspections; how and when inspections occur; 

FDA inspection procedures and practices; conducting 

sponsor audits and inspections; interacting professionally 

with inspectors; and responding effectively to inspectors’ 

observations. 

Prerequisite(s): “Good Clinical Practices.” 

FRANCES ANN MCKENNEY, M.S. 


4 meetings: Fridays, 6–9 pm, May 4–June 1. 








Biology of Cancer 


Viruses, Vaccines and Gene Therapy 


Biosciences Clinical Trials / MEDIcal devices 

Medical Devices 

Medical Devices 

Coming in Summer 2012 

New Certificate Program 

in Medical Devices 

See ucsc-extension.edu/meddevices for details 

Program Contact 

Applied and Natural Sciences Department, (408) 861-3860, 



The Bay Area has the highest concentration of 

medical device startup companies in the United States. 

UCSC Extension has developed an array of cutting-edge 

courses for professionals currently working in this 

growing industry and for those interested in taking 

their skills and career in a new direction. 

Our courses will help you gain a solid foundation 

in the principles underlying the design of medical devices, 

and an understanding of the regulations governing the 

manufacturing and marketing of diverse biomedical 

products. 















Post-Market Regulatory 

Obligations for Medical Devices 





Regulatory Compliance 

for Medical Devices 



REGULATORY AFFAIRS Biosciences 

Regulatory Affairs 


REGULATORY AFFAIRS CERTIFICATE 







Regulatory affairs professionals play critical roles in 

ensuring compliance with the laws and regulations guiding 

the development and commercialization of health care 

products. As Bay Area bioscience companies grow 

and mature, their need for trained regulatory personnel 

intensifies. Recent industry studies cite regulatory affairs 

as one of the most crucial human resource needs in 

the coming decade. However, there are currently few 

options available in our region for formal, in-depth 

training for early-stage regulatory professionals. 

The Regulatory Affairs Certificate was developed 

under the guidance of industry and government experts 

to provide a broad regulatory foundation; exposure to 

practical, real-world applications of the regulations; and 

an appreciation of the important roles that regulatory 

affairs professionals play in the bioscience industry. Courses 

are taught by experienced regulatory professionals currently 

working in the device, diagnostic, pharmaceutical and biologic 

sectors. Instructors bring the regulations to life with 

relevant examples and hands-on exercises designed to prepare 

students for rewarding careers in regulatory affairs. 


To obtain the Certificate in Regulatory Affairs, students 

must complete the seven required courses and 4 units 

of elective courses, for a minimum total of 19 units. For 

GPA requirements and program time limits, see page 4. 


parallel or sequence, see page 7. 



Prerequisites 

Given the scientific foundations of the bioscience industry 

and the importance of effective communication to the 

regulatory role, students who come to the program with 

a basic understanding of the life sciences and strong 

written and oral communication skills will benefit most 

from this program. 


We recommend students begin the program with 

“Drug Development Process” or “Regulation of Medical 

Devices and Diagnostics.” 



ucsc-extension.edu/biosciences. For more information or 

to be added to our mailing list, please call (408) 861-3860 

or contact program@ucsc-extension.edu. 




Required Courses (seven) units Course F W Sp Su 


Regulation of Medical Devices and Diagnostics ...................3.0.........19071 n 


One of the following* 

Regulatory Submissions: Drugs and Biologics OR..................2.0.........19067 n n 

Regulatory Submissions: Devices and Diagnostics ................2.5.........19315 n n 

One of the following* 

Good Manufacturing Practices OR.........................................3.0...........6328 n n 

Regulatory Compliance for Medical Devices .........................2.5.........19029 n n 

Interacting with the FDA .......................................................1.5.........19318 n n 

RA Professional’s Toolbox .....................................................1.5.........19317 n n 

*The remaining submissions or compliance courses may be used as electives. 


Regulatory 

Design Control for Product Development .............................2.0.........21973 n 

Drug Quality Fundamentals...................................................1.5.........23400 n 


Cost-Effective Approaches to Compliance.........................1.5.........19362 n n 

Global Medical Device Submissions and Strategy.................1.5.........20343 n 

Human Factors in Medical Device Development....................2.0.........23097 n n 

Medical Writing......................................................................2.0...........4451 

Post-Market Regulatory Obligations for Medical Devices......1.5.........22414 n 

Regulation of Biomedical Product Advertising, Promotion 

and Labeling......................................................................1.5.........20756 

Regulatory Intelligence .........................................................1.0.........20341 n 

Risk Management for Regulated Industries ..........................3.0.........22631 n n 

Value-Added Quality Audits ..................................................1.5.........19073 n 

Clinical 


An Introduction to MedDRA, COSTART, and WHO-Drug....1.5.........19976 n 


Drug Safety and Adverse Events Reporting ...........................1.0...........3990 n n 

Electronic Data Capture for Clinical Trials..............................1.0.........20777 n 

Global Conduct of Clinical Trials ...........................................1.5.........20787 n n 

Good Clinical Practices..........................................................3.0...........0458 n n n 

Preparing for FDA Inspections and Conducting 

Sponsor Audits...................................................................1.5...........5168 n 

Science of Clinical Trials Design.............................................2.5...........3657 n n n 

Discovery/Development (A maximum of 1.5 units may be applied toward 

the elective requirement.) 

Intellectual Property Essentials for the Life Science Industry...1.0...........1942 n 



Pharmacology, Principles.......................................................2.0...........5596 

Product Development Life Cycle for Medical Devices............2.0.........23084 

Toxicology Basics for Biotechnology......................................1.5...........2310 n 


RAPS Credit 

Many of the required and elective courses in 

UCSC Extension’s Clinical Trials and Regulatory Affairs 

Certificate Programs qualify for points toward recertification 

for RAC. See the Regulatory Affairs Professionals 

Society Web site at www.raps.org for details. 


16 


Biosciences REGULATORY AFFAIRS 







Starting with the definition of medical devices, an 

overview of the medical device industry, and the historical 

roots of medical device regulation, the instructor lays 

a foundation for understanding the unique aspects of 

medical devices and the pathways through which various 

classes of products are moved into the U.S. marketplace. 

Students gain in-depth exposure to key routes to market, 

including 510(k) premarket notification and premarket 

approval applications (PMA). Students gain insight into 

the rationale and strategies for using each of these paths, 

as well as the clinical testing of devices, and the investigational 

device exemption (IDE) application and process. 

NANCY ISACC, J.D., M.S. 

ANNA LONGWELL, J.D., M.B.A., M.S. 



March 28–June 20 (3 no meetings TBA). 





Complex regulations govern the development, manufacture, 

and commercialization of biomedical products. 

This course helps participants understand the regulatory 

requirements, both U.S. and international, for patented 

and generic pharmaceuticals, over-the-counter drugs, 

and biological products. Students gain knowledge and 

insight into the regulatory agencies and their roles and 

responsibilities; regulatory applications and pathways; 

postmarketing requirements; the impact of regulatory 

differences between the U.S. and other countries; and 

how regulatory approval processes affect corporate 

strategy. 

Prerequisite(s): Completion of, or concurrent enrollment 

in “Drug Development Process” or equivalent experience. 

SHELDON MULLINS, M.B.A. 


10 meetings: Mondays, 6–9 pm, 




Regulatory Submissions: 

Drugs and Biologics 


Submissions to a regulatory agency such as the FDA 

involve more than just writing. They also encompass 

strategy, editing, publishing and systematic tracking 

of key information. Through lectures, case studies and 

hands-on exercises, new and experienced regulatory professionals 

learn how to work with regulations, guidance 

documents and style guides to produce submissions 

that comply with the requirements and are clear to the 

reviewers. 

This practical course uses approved drug labels and 

summary basis of approvals to help students acquire the 

knowledge and insight needed to understand and begin 

to construct core U.S. drug and biologics submissions, 

including premarketing (IND), marketing (NDA/CTD) and 

postmarketing documents. Students also gain experience 

with tools that help manage timelines and sections 

needed from contributors. 

Prerequisite(s): “Drug Development Process,” and 

“Regulation of Drugs and Biologics.” 

MEREDITH BROWN-TUTTLE, RAC. 



April 10–June 26 (4 no meetings TBA). 



Regulatory Compliance 



Lectures, interactive discussions and case studies provide 

in-depth exposure to the fundamental concepts and 

major issues central to regulatory compliance in the 

medical device sector. Emphasis is placed on using 

the principles in the medical device quality system 

(QS) regulation and ISO 13485 as tools to take a 

process-oriented, risk-based approach to compliance, 

while achieving strategic business objectives in today’s 

dynamic regulatory environment. Students learn about 

key quality system regulation processes and how to 

recognize noncompliance. The instructor provides insight 

into implementing an effective CAPA system and using 

it as an improvement tool. Current industry trends, FDA 

initiatives and best practices when interacting with 

regulatory agencies are also discussed. 

KIRAN GULATI, M.B.A., RAB-LA. 


7 meetings: Wednesdays, 6–9:30 pm, 

April 4–May 23 (1 no meeting TBA). 



RA Professional’s Toolbox 


This seminar-format course addresses important 

competencies for RA professionals, including negotiation 

and communication strategies, effective collaboration 

techniques, project management, and approaches to 

educating and motivating senior management and 

staff about compliance. Through discussions, real-world 

examples and case studies, senior regulatory professionals 

help students learn about regulatory strategy, how to 

work in the regulatory “gray zones,” and the important 

legal and ethical responsibilities of regulatory affairs 

personnel. This course should be taken toward the end 

of the Regulatory Affairs Certificate Program curriculum. 

LAURENCE WALLMAN, M.A., RAC (US, EU, CAN). 



May 17–June 28 (2 no meetings TBA). 




Advisory Board 

Eric Anderson, Supervisory Investigator, 

Food and Drug Administration 

Meredith Brown-Tuttle, RAC, Consultant, 


Jonathan Harris, Regulatory Affairs, Genentech 

David Hoffmeister, Esq., Partner, Life Sciences 

Practice, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati 

Anna M. Longwell, Esq., President, 

Anna Longwell, PC 

Jane Moffitt, J.D., LL.M., RAC, Director, 

West Coast Operations, SciLucent 

Kathy Nusser, CQA, RAC, Corporate Regulatory 

Affairs Manager, Varian Medical Systems, Inc. 

Virginia Perry, RAC, CQE, Partner, Regulatory 

Affairs/Medical Devices, Perry-D’Amico & 

Associates 

Michelle Roeding, RAC, Section Manager, 

Regulatory Affairs, Abbott Diagnostics Division— 

Santa Clara 

Robert I. Roth, M.D., Ph.D., Medical Director, 

The Weinberg Group Inc. 














our Web site. 














REGULATORY AFFAIRS Biosciences 

Elective Courses: Regulatory 





This interactive two-day course explores proven techniques 

for reducing costs associated with implementing, 

using, and maintaining computer systems in regulated 

environments. The instructor addresses the latest industry 

standards for data security, data transfer, and audit trails. 

Students see how the FDA regulation pertaining to use 

of electronic records and signatures (21 CFR Part 11), 

and the HIPAA electronic security regulations for medical 

records fit into the validation process. Finally, the instructor 

reviews recent FDA inspection trends and discusses 

how to streamline SOP production. 

This course benefits regulatory, clinical, and IT 

professionals working in the health care, clinical trial, 

biopharmaceutical, and medical device sectors. 

Prerequisite(s): Participants should have good computer 

skills and some experience in a GxP environment. 

DAVID NETTLETON, A.A. 


2 meetings: Friday, 8:30 am–5 pm, June 8; 

Saturday, 8:30 am–5 pm, June 9. 



Post-Market Regulatory Obligations 



After receiving regulatory approval or clearance within 

the United States, a medical device is subject to continuing 

regulation in the form of record keeping and reporting 

to federal agencies, including the FDA. This course 

provides a detailed overview of post-market regulatory 

obligations and offers practical insights for efficient and 

robust systems that can be implemented prior to market 

release. Discussion topics include complaint handling, 

adverse event reporting, device tracking, import/export 

requirements, and the conduct of mandatory and 

voluntary recalls. Other reporting and record keeping 

requirements for industry trade organizations and the 

Office of the Inspector General will also be discussed. 

Prerequisite(s): “Regulation of Medical Devices 

and Diagnostics.” 

DEBORAH TOLOMEO, J.D., Ph.D., RAC. 

THERESA BRANDNER-ALLEN, B.S.M.E., M.S. 


5 meetings: Wednesdays, 6:30–9:30 pm, 

May 30–June 27. 



Elective Courses: Clinical 


An Introduction to MedDRA ® , 

COSTART, and WHO-Drug 


Drug Safety and 

Adverse Events Reporting 


Electronic Data Capture for Clinical Trials 


Global Conduct of Clinical Trials 


Good Clinical Practices 


Preparing for FDA Inspections 

and Conducting Sponsor Audits 


Science of Clinical Trials Design 


Elective Courses: 

Discovery/Development 

A maximum of 1.5 units may be applied toward the 

elective. 











Clinical Trials Essentials: 

An Intensive Course 





and Marketing 

NOte 

This certificate program is no longer available to new 

students. If you have already applied for the certificate 

or are currently taking courses in the program and need 

more information, e-mail program@ucsc-extension.edu 

or call (408) 861-3860. 













18 





Accounting...................................................... 20 

CPA Preparation............................................ 22 

Administrative and Executive Assistant....... 23 

Bookkeeping 

Certified Bookkeeper Program....................... 24 

Business Administration................................ 24 

Graduate School Preparation......................... 26 


Silicon Valley Business Leadership.................. 26 

Financial Planning 

Personal Financial Planning............................ 27 


Human Resource Management...................... 29 

Strategic Human Resources............................ 31 

Instructional Design and Delivery................... 31 

Legal Studies 

Paralegal–Core.............................................. 32 

Paralegal–Advanced...................................... 32 

Marketing Management................................. 33 

MCLE Credit..................................................... 35 


Project and Program Management (PPM)....... 81 

Advanced Applied Project Management......... 83 

Technical Writing and Communication.......... 35 

Web Content Management............................. 37 







our Web site. 














Accounting Business and Management 

Silicon Valley’s # 1 Graduate Business Educator 

Our Business and Management Department provides working professionals with graduate-level, UC-quality 

training in 15 disciplines. We are accredited by WASC’s Commission for Senior Colleges and Universities. 

Whether you are testing the waters, changing careers, pursuing a degree track, or seeking a recognized 

credential, you’ll benefit from the academic-quality course work we offer at a fraction of the cost elsewhere. 

While our curriculum is modeled after the nation’s best business, graduate and professional schools, 

instruction is grounded in real-world practice, designed and taught by local expert practitioners, and 

approved by the Chair of the world-renowned UCSC Economics Department. 

Certificate Academic Certification Certification 

Available Credit Preparation Authority 

Accounting n n CPA CA Board of Accounting 

CIA 

Institute of Internal Auditors 

EA 

Internal Revenue Service 

Bookkeeping PB American Institute of 

Professional Bookkeepers 

Business n n MBA UC Berkeley, Santa Clara University, 

Administration 

CSU East Bay, Golden Gate University, 

San José State Univ. School of Business, 

St. Mary’s College of California, 

Notre Dame de Namur University 

Administrative and n n 

Executive Assistants 

Financial Planning and n n CFP ® Certified Financial Planning Board 


Human Resources n n PHR, SPHR Society of Human Resource 

Management 

CA PHR, CA SPHR California State Council of SHRM 

Strategic Human n n SPHR Society of Human Resource 

Resources 

Management 

CA SPHR California State Council of SHRM 

Instructional Design n n 

and Delivery 

Leadership n n 

Marketing n n 

Paralegal n CA Paralegal California Business and 

(advanced only) Professional Code §6450 

Project n n PMP ® , PgMP Project Management Institute 

Management MPM American Academy of Project 

Management 

Advanced Project n n PMP ® , PgMP Project Management Institute 

Management MPM American Academy of Project 

Management 

Technical Writing n n 


Web Content n n 

Management 

PMP ® is a registered mark of Project Management Institute, Inc. 

Accounting 

Programs 

In recent years, accounting has undergone major 

change. For aspiring CFOs, the CPA remains the gold 

standard credential. For mid-career financial managers 

and accountants, the CMA is a great alternative. 

We offer two state-of-the-art programs to help 

get you there: 

• Certificate in Accounting (CPA Foundation) 

• Accounting core for CPA candidates 

Our introductory courses qualify for credit toward 

accounting degrees and CPA continuing education units. 

CPA candidates can also fulfill 100 percent of their 

general business education requirements through our 

Business Administration, Human Resources, Project 

Management and Marketing programs. 


Accounting 


Business and Management Department, (408) 861-3860, 



Professional accountants must position themselves 

as savvy financial and managerial analysts to advance 

their careers. 

Audience 

• Aspiring M.B.A.s 

• Business owners 

• Corporate managers 

• Technical professionals 

• Bookkeepers who want to move up 

• Accounting assistants 

• Anyone wanting to understand modern accounting 


Total of four required courses. 


and Information on Transferring Credit 

from Other Schools, see page 4. 

MCLE Credit 

• “Introduction to Accounting I: Financial Accounting,“ 

38.5 hours 

• “Introduction to Accounting II: 

Managerial Accounting,“ 38.5 hours 






20 


Business and Management Accounting 


Introduction to Accounting I: 

Financial Accounting 

BUSAD.X434.8 (4.0 quarter units) HRCI—PHR, SPHR 

and GPHR strategic recertification credit, 37.5 hours. 

MCLE—Minimum Continuing Legal Education State Board 

of CA, 38.5 hours. 

The fundamentals of financial accounting are presented 

in this course, as well as the identification, measurement 

and reporting of the financial impacts of economic 

events on enterprises. Topics include accrual account 

concepts; transaction analysis, recording and processing 

(journals and ledgers); preparation, understanding and 

analysis of financial statements (income statement, 

balance sheet and cash-flow statement); accounting for 

sales and cost of sales; inventory valuation; depreciation 

of operational assets; accounting for investments; and 

accounting for liabilities and present value concepts. 

MALLORY MCWILLIAMS, M.B.A., CPA. 

SANTA CLARA classroom 

10 meetings: Wednesdays, 6–10 pm, April 4–June 6. 



Introduction to Accounting II: 

Managerial Accounting 

BUSAD.X434.9 (4.0 quarter units) MCLE—Minimum 

Continuing Legal Education State Board of CA, 38.5 hours. 

HRCI—PHR, SPHR and GPHR strategic recertification 

credit, 37.5 hours. 

This course covers managerial accounting and how 

to evaluate cost-accounting data in order to help management 

do its job effectively in the areas of planning, 

control, motivation, communication, evaluation of 

performance and decision making. Accordingly, topics 

include traditional and activity-based costing, standard 

costing, relevant costing, variable costing, cost-volumeprofit 

analysis, short- and long-term budgeting, alternative 

decisions, performance measurement, responsibility 

accounting and transfer-pricing. 

Prerequisite(s): “Introduction to Accounting I: 

Financial Accounting.” 

THARAN LANIER, M.B.A., CPA. 





Intermediate Accounting I 

BUSAD.X436.4 (4.0 quarter units) 

Designed for those specializing in accounting, this 

intermediate-level course covers the theory and application 

of accounting. It emphasizes revenue recognition, 

current assets and liabilities, and fixed-asset accounting. 

Prerequisite(s): “Introduction to Accounting II: 

Managerial Accounting,” and “Introduction to 

Accounting I: Financial Accounting.” 

ROLAND DITAN, B.S.B.A., CPA. 




Intermediate Accounting II 


This intermediate-level course covers the theory and 

application of accounting. Through lectures, readings and 

course exercises, this course covers investment accounting, 

bonds, pensions, leases and earnings per share. 

Prerequisite(s): “Introduction to Accounting II: 

Managerial Accounting,” and “Introduction to 

Accounting I: Financial Accounting.” 

DANIEL RAVAL, M.B.A., M.S., CPA. 





Not unit-specific 

ACCOUNTING Programs 

Accounting Advisory Board 

Marjorie Bailey, B.S. in Accounting, CPA, 

Stonefield Josephson 

Eliodoro Batingana, JR., CPA, 

management consultant 

Clar Rosso, COO, California Society of Certified 

Public Accountants, California CPA Education 

Foundation 

Binita Pradhan, Director, BDO Seidman LLP 

Wesley Fachner, M.S., CPA, CMA tax consultant 

Van Pham, CPA 

Accounting certificate Required Courses Units Course F W Sp Su 

Introduction to Accounting I: Financial Accounting...............4.0...........3658. p n n n 

Introduction to Accounting II: Managerial Accounting..........4.0...........1224 n m n 

Intermediate Accounting I......................................................4.0...........5675 n m n 

Intermediate Accounting II.....................................................4.0...........6381. n n m 

cpa preparation units Course F W Sp Su 

Accounting 

Accounting for Government and Nonprofit Organizations....4.0...........2633 n 

Advanced Accounting............................................................4.0...........1013 n 

Auditing and Attestation........................................................4.0...........2658. n 

Corporate Income Tax Accounting.........................................4.0...........5744 m 

Cost Accounting.....................................................................4.0...........28.41 n 

Financial Statement Analysis..................................................4.0...........6938. n 

Income Tax Accounting..........................................................4.0...........3300 n 

Introduction to Accounting I: Financial Accounting...............4.0...........3658. p n n n 

Introduction to Accounting II: Managerial Accounting..........4.0...........1224 n m n n 

Intermediate Accounting I......................................................4.0...........5675 n m n 

Intermediate Accounting II.....................................................4.0...........6381. n n p 

General Business 

Business Law and Its Environment........................................3.0...........6360 n n 

General Statistics I.................................................................2.5...........5620 n n 

General Statistics II................................................................2.5...........6538. n n 

Business and Professional Writing.........................................2.0...........5916 n ■ n 

Finance I, Fundamentals........................................................3.0...........3636 n n 

Implementing Winning Marketing Strategies........................2.0...........1661 n n 

Integrated Marketing Communication...................................2.5...........3599 n m 

Macroeconomics, Introduction...............................................4.0...........0479 m n n 

Management and Organization, Principles............................2.0...........0692 n n 

Microeconomics, Introduction................................................4.0...........4548. n m n 

Organizational Development and Change, Introduction........2.0...........2719 n n n 

Principles of Marketing..........................................................2.0...........0104 n m 

Project Leadership and Communication................................3.0...........4550 p n p n 

Role of the Project Manager..................................................1.5...........0306 n p n p 

certified bookkeeper program units Course F W Sp Su 

Certified Bookkeeper Program..............................................71.5..........2057 n 




Accounting Business and Management 

Get University of California 

Santa Cruz Credit! 

Several UCSC Extension courses are recognized 

by the UCSC Economics Department and may be 

used to waive the corresponding UCSC economics 

degree requirements. The following courses apply: 

UCSC Extension Courses 

X434.8, Introduction to Accounting I: 


X434.9, Introduction to Accounting II: 


X414, Introduction to Microeconomics 

X415, Introduction to Macroeconomics 

Qualify for waiver of the following 

UCSC Courses 

10A, Economics of Accounting 

10B, Economics of Accounting 

1, Introductory Microeconomics: 

Resource Allocation and Market 

Structure 

2, Introductory Macroeconomics: 

Aggregate Economic Activity 

If you have questions, call (408) 861-3860 


The California Society of CPAs is the nation’s largest 

state accounting organization and the largest CPA 

association in California. It serves almost 35,000 

members in public practice, private industry, 

education and government. CalCPA’s student 

membership offers individuals an opportunity to 

connect early with the CPA profession and includes 

free resume posting, discounts on the CPA Exam, 

access to employers at local networking events, 

and much more. Visit http://www.calcpa.org. 






CPA Preparation 





The accountant’s role encompasses a great deal of analysis, 

making the position more important and certainly more 

complex. This program addresses these issues and offers 

students the background needed to remain successful 

in this field. 

This program prepares participants to take the 

Certified Public Accountant (CPA) examination— 

still the gold standard credential in the profession. 

Goal 

The goals of this program are to provide: 

• More advanced training on complex accounting issues 

• Specialized accounting skills for nonprofits and 

government entities 

• Advanced U.S. accounting principles for professionals 

trained in other countries 

• Academic accounting requirements and accounting 

units to prepare students to take the CPA examination 

Courses 

This program consists of 11 accounting courses (44 quarter 

units) and 16 general business courses (36 quarter units). 

The minimum requirements for taking the CPA exam 

in California are: 

• A bachelor’s degree 

• 36 quarter units of accounting 

• 36 quarter units of general business courses. 

Candidates must complete all educational requirements 

prior to sitting for the exam. 

For more information, please refer to the California 

Board of Accountancy at dca.ca.gov/cba. 

Accounting 

Auditing and Attestation 

BUSAD X438.3 (4.0 quarter units) 

This course covers the auditing of an organization’s 

financial statements to determine whether the current 

financial position and results of operations are presented 

fairly and are free of significant errors. Upon completion, 

students should be able to evaluate internal controls 

and conduct an audit of a small company. This course 

provides solid preparation for the auditing section 

of the CPA exam. 

HARRY LORSBACH, M.B.A., CPA. 


10 meetings: Saturdays, 8:30 am–12:30 pm, 

April 14–June 16; Thursday, 6–10 pm, May 24. 



Corporate Income Tax Accounting 


In this course, federal income tax topics are examined: 

incorporation, corporate capital structure, dividends and 

redemptions, mergers and reorganizations, liquidations, 

and the transferability of tax attributes. Also covered are 

the fundamental legal concepts, statutory provisions, 

and computational procedures of taxable income 

and deductions, passive activities, alternative minimum 

tax, property transactions, deferred compensation, and 

taxation factors relevant to business decisions. The S 

Corporation is explored as an alternative to the regular 

corporation and other modes of operation. 

MARK HOOSE, J.D., LL.M. 












Intermediate Accounting II 


General Business 

Business Law and Its Environment 


General Statistics I 


Business and Professional Writing 


Integrated Marketing Communication 


Implementing Winning 

Marketing Strategies 


Management and Organization, Principles 


Microeconomics, Introduction 


Organizational Development and Change, 

Introduction 


Project Leadership and Communication 


Role of the Project Manager 


22 



Executive Assistant 





Business and Management Department (408) 861-3860, 



This is the profession the Mercury News calls “the power 

behind the CEO,” and ours is the training program that is 

generating all the excitement in Silicon Valley. 

Enroll in the Bay Area’s only training program for 

administrative and executive assistants. Whether you are 

looking to enter the profession or aiming for the next 

level, you’ll receive tailored instruction and mentoring 

delivered by experienced CEO and executive assistants. 

This program will help get you into one of the mostsought-after 

jobs in the market today! 

Acquire essential skills while learning methods that 

your manager will notice immediately: 

• Increase your productivity and effectiveness 

• Improve your ability to organize and prioritize 

• Expand your network and build alliances 

• Develop self-confidence 

• Garner respect for your position, yourself, and others 

• Set realistic goals for yourself that achieve positive results 

Adding this certificate to your résumé can open doors to 

Fortune 500 companies, regardless of your educational 

background. 

Audience 

• Administrative professionals at any level 

• Current assistants seeking improved skill-sets 

• Mid-career assistants wanting to enhance their prospects 

• Career changers 


Total of 14.5 units: 

• 9 required units 

• 5.5 elective units 

Program Coordinator 

BONNIE SAVAGE has more than 25 years of experience 

in the high tech industry. She currently supports the 

President and CEO of Avaya Corporation. Bonnie’s career 

includes similar positions at JDSU Corporation, Aspect 

Communications, Beyond.com and Skystream Corporation, 

early-stage and public companies in the e-commerce 

and Internet area. Bonnie has the talent and ability to 

organize and set-up the office of the CEO. She is also 

a leader to the administrative teams providing valuable 

resources and insight to improve overall company 

efficiency and teamwork. Ms. Savage is a member of 

the Silicon Valley Catalyst Association (SVCA), a group 

of executive assistants to Silicon Valley CEOs. 




Administrative and Executive Assistant Certificate 

14.5-unit minimum 

Business and Management administrative and executive assistant 




Bonnie Savage, CEO Assistant, Avaya 

Debbie Gross, CEA Assistant, Cisco Systems 

Sherry Parsons, Executive Administrative 

Manager, Earthbound Farm 

Rachael Chambers, Program Manager, 

Cisco Systems 


Administrative and Executive Assistants’ 

Practicum 


This final required course in the Administrative and 

Executive Assistant Program unifies and reinforces all 

aspects and content explored in the previous courses. 

You will explore some of the vital components of this 

career, such as functioning in a team environment, 

leading a team to success, developing effective conflict 

management skills, planning a project or event, and 

assessing your critical-thinking and planning skills. 

SHERRY PARSONS, B.S.B.M. 


7 meetings: Thursdays, 6–9:30 pm, April 5–May 17. 



Required Courses (9 units are required.) Units Course F W Sp Su 

Administrative and Executive Assistants’ Practicum..............2.0.........19031 n 

Business and Professional Writing.........................................2.0...........5916 n n 

Communication Skills for Administrative and Executive 

Assistants............................................................................2.0...........6957 n 

Finance for the Non-Financial Manager.................................1.0...........4247 n m n 

Project Management for Administrative and Executive 

Assistants............................................................................2.0.........13524 n n 

ELECTIVE COURSES (5.5 units are required.) Units Course F W Sp Su 

Adobe Illustrator, Introduction...............................................1.5...........6497 n n 

Adobe Photoshop, Introduction.............................................1.0...........5307 n n 

Business Communication Across Cultures.............................1.5...........6475 n 

Facilitation Skills....................................................................2.0...........0426 n n 

Graphic Design Fundamentals...............................................2.5.........20025 n n 

Interviewing for Success: Using Structured Interviewing 

Techniques..........................................................................0.5...........6254 n n 

Leading and Facilitating Productive Meetings.......................0.5...........2573 n 

Leading People Through Change...........................................0.5...........4689. m n 

Management and Organization Principles.............................2.0...........0692 n n 

Organizational Development and Change, Introduction........2.0...........2719 n n n 

Presentation Skills for HR Professionals and Trainers.............2.0...........0913 n 

Using Positive Political Skills in the Workplace.................. 0.7 ceus........6558. n n 









our Web site. 














administrative and executive assistant / BOOKKEEPING / Business Administration Business and Management 

Finance for the Non-Financial Manager 

BUSAD.X437.5 (1.0 quarter unit) HRCI-PHR, SPHR and 

GPHR strategic recertification credit, 13.0 hours. MCLE— 

Minimum Continuing Legal Education State Board of CA, 

13.0 hours 

This hands-on seminar focuses on learning to read, 

analyze and evaluate the numbers behind a good 

financial statement and their relevant data. Materials 

include the tools used to improve an organization’s 

financial performance and to assess its competitive 

strength. The course covers key accounting concepts, 

financial statements, cash budgets, strategic plans, 

detailed budgets, and financial ratios. 

DIANNE CONRY, M.S. 


4 meetings: Mondays, 6–9:30 pm, April 30–May 21. 





Project Management for Administrative 

and Executive Assistants 

X400.017 BUSAD (2.0 units) 

This course teaches executive assistants the practical 

tools of consistent project management and how to 

apply them to deliver predictable, consistent results. 

With these skills, participants will be able to manage 

complex projects efficiently and confidently. Topics 

include time management, multitasking, personal organization, 

planning and calendaring, travel, corporate 

infrastructure and charting, and event planning. 

RACHAEL CHAMBERS, B.A. 

SHERRY PARSONS, B.A. 


7 meetings: Wednesdays and Thursdays, 

6–9 pm, June 4–20. 

Fee: $560 ($56 discount for early enrollment) 



Using Positive Political Skills 

in the Workplace 


Adobe Illustrator, Introduction 


Graphic Design Fundamentals 


Interviewing for Success: Using 

Structured Interviewing Techniques 


Leading and Facilitating 

Productive Meetings 


Management and Organization Principles 



Introduction 


Bookkeeping 

Certified Bookkeeper 

Program 





Bookkeepers need to have a competitive edge 

to enhance their standing and earning potential. 

According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, 

Certified Bookkeepers will have the best prospects. 

Our program is endorsed by the American Institute 

of Professional Bookkeepers and consists of a single 

12-week course, during which you will: 

• Receive in-depth instruction to prepare you for the 

three certification exams 

• Complete personal-study workbooks outside of class 

• Take the Certified Bookkeeper qualification examinations 

Prerequisite 

Two years of general-ledger bookkeeping experience 

or completion of “Introduction to Accounting I.” 

Audience 

• Bookkeepers 

• Accounting clerks 

• Small-business owners 

• Auditing clerks 

• Anyone wanting to understand modern bookkeeping 

Course offered in Fall Quarter only. 

PROGRAM ENDORSEMENT 

American Institute of 

Professional Bookkeepers 

AIPB—the American Institute of Professional Bookkeepers 

—is the bookkeeping profession’s national association. 

AIPB’s mission is to achieve recognition of bookkeepers as 

accounting professionals; keep bookkeepers up-to-date 

on changes in bookkeeping, accounting and tax; answer 

bookkeepers’ everyday bookkeeping and accounting 

questions; and certify bookkeepers who meet high, 

national standards. Founded in 1987, the current 

membership is over 30,000. 

Business 








Modeled after top business school programs, our courses 

provide credit toward M.B.A. and CPA programs 

throughout the Bay Area. 

Take individual courses to expand and update specific 

knowledge, or pursue the certificate for comprehensive 

training from the professionals who helped shape the 

country’s most dynamic regional economy. 

Our Certificate in Business Administration can be 

completed in one year. Individual courses may also fulfill 

MCLE and CPA continuing education requirements. 

The Program for Virtually Every 

Industry 

Today’s business leaders must command a broad set of 

skills—from sales and marketing to economics, finance, 

and management. This not only requires hands on experience 

in the day-to-day aspects of running a business, 

but also advanced training and education in the latest 

business administration practices—which you can attain 

through the Business Administration Certificate Program 

at UCSC Extension Silicon Valley. Specializations available 

include Sustainability Management, Non-Profit 

Management and Pre-MBA course work. 


Total of 25 units 

• 14 required units 

• 11 elective units 

MCLE Credit 

“Business Law and Its Environment,” 29.0 credit hours 




24 


Business and Management Business Administration 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CERTIFICATE 

REQUIRED Courses (14 units) units Course F W Sp Su 

Business Law and Its Environment........................................3.0.......... 6360 n n 

Finance I, Fundamentals........................................................3.0.......... 3636 n n 

Management and Organization, Principles............................2.0.......... 0692 n n 

Microeconomics, Introduction................................................4.0.......... 4548. n m n 

Principles of Marketing..........................................................2.0.......... 0104 n m 

Specialized Electives (11 units are required) Units Course F W Sp Su 

Pre-MBA Coursework and General Business 


General Statistics I.................................................................2.5...........5620 n n 

General Statistics II................................................................2.5...........6538. n n 

Macroeconomics, Introduction...............................................4.0...........0479 m n n 

Introduction to Accounting I..................................................4.0...........3658. p n n n 

Introduction to Accounting II.................................................4.0...........1224 n m n n 

Sustainability Leadership 

Clean Technology: Smart Grid, Energy Storage 

and Green Building............................................................3.0.........22749 

n 

Climate Change and AB 32: What It Means for You.............0.5.........20758. n 

Environmental Fate of Pollutants...........................................3.0...........5475 n 

Green NPD: How to Apply Design for the Environment 

to Your Product Development Process...............................1.5.........21967 m 

Sustainability Management: LEED and EBOM Strategies......3.0.........23391 

Sustainable Business: Fundamentals and Best Practices.......2.0.........22412 m 

Non-Profit Management 

Facilitation Skills....................................................................2.0...........0426 n 

Financial Planning for Nonprofit Organizations.....................1.0...........28.52 n 

Non-Profit Law and Management.........................................2.0.........23591 

m 

Presentation Skills..................................................................2.0...........0913 n 

Publicity and Public Relations for Nonprofits.........................1.0...........0274 n n 

Fundraising Readiness, Management and 

Resource Development......................................................1.0...........3410 n 

Strategic Business Planning for Nonprofits............................3.0...........1335 

Strategic Management and Entrepreneurship 

in the Non-Profit Sector.....................................................1.5...........2440 

Entrepreneurship 

Entrepreneurship: Launching a New Venture.........................1.5.........23245 

Entrepreneurship: The Making of a New Venture..................1.5.........23396 m 



BUSAD.X451.1 (3.0 quarter units) HRCI–PHR, SPHR 


MCLE–Minimum Continuing Legal Education State Board of 

CA, 20.0 hours. 

This course reviews the American legal process, 

commercial law and its development, and organizational 

structures, all in the context of the managerial 

challenges in today’s highly litigious environment. 

Topics include contracts; negligence; product liability; 

constitutional law as it applies to business; federal 

and state civil procedure; torts; business entities, 

including LLCs; Uniform Commercial Code; real-property 

concepts; creditor, debtor and bankruptcy issues; 

employment discrimination and sexual harassment; law 

of agency; and criminal law. 


KAI WESSELS, J.D. 


9 meetings: Thursdays, 6–9:30 pm, April 12–June 14 

(no meeting June 7. Ends on June 14). 





Angelika Blendstrup, Ph.D., Stanford, 

Consultant and Instructor, Stanford’s Continuing 

Studies Program 

Eve Majure, B.A., Stanford University, 

Senior Manager of University Learning and 

Development, HR, Brocade Communications 

Systems Inc. 

Ellen Pieterse, Ed.D., University of San Francisco, 

CEO, Pieterse & Company 

Prem Talreja, M.B.A., Duke University, Director 

of OEM Sales, Sigma Designs Inc. 

Dong Hao Zhang, Ph.D., Stanford, Chief Investment 

Officer, Evla Hills Investment Management 

ASAP is the leading global 

professional association 

dedicated to alliance formation 

and management. 

Founded in 1998, the 

organization provides a 

forum to exchange best 

practices; a framework for cultivating the skills 

and toolsets needed to manage successful business 

partnerships; and offers extensive opportunities for 

professional networking. For more information, go to: 

https://www.strategic-alliances.org/chapter/svnorcal 

[Startup Digest] is a curated events listing created 

by entrepreneurs for entrepreneurs. It is the authority 

and trusted source for the highest quality startup events 

worldwide. As a busy entrepreneur, you probably don’t 

have time to research all the best events or waste time 

going to the bad ones. We take care of that for you. 

[Startup Digest] was started in Silicon Valley 

and attracted industry leaders including Dave McClure, 

Guy Kawasaki, Robert Scoble, and organizations 

such as Accel Partners, Startup Weekend, and the UK/ 

Canadian Consulate Generals. The list has expanded 

to 32 cities worldwide, including: London, Vancouver, 

New York City, and Tokyo, and it continues to grow. 

To see all the cities we cover and to sign up, 

visit thestartupdigest.com 







Business Administration Business and Management 

Management and Organization, 

Principles 

BUSAD.X435.1 (2.0 quarter units) HRCI–PHR, SPHR and 

GPHR strategic recertification credit, 19.5 hours. MCLE– 

Minimum Continuing Legal Education State Board of CA. 

This course introduces valuable management tools, 

processes and techniques practiced by successful 

businesses. Participants learn how managers orchestrate 

resources to achieve corporate objectives. Topics include 

performance management, management by objective; 

communication and teamwork; systematic decision 

making, staffing, motivation and leadership; and 

organizational structure and control. 

CORINNE JOHNS-TREAT, M.A. 


6 meetings: Wednesdays, 6–9:30 pm, April 4–May 9. 




ECON.X414. (4.0 quarter units) HRCI–PHR, SPHR and 

GPHR strategic recertification credit, 37.5 hours. 

This course is an introduction to basic economics, analysis 

of prices and markets, consumer behavior, the theory 

of production and costs, pricing and employment of the 

factors of production, international trade issues, public 

policy and current domestic microeconomics problems. 

DON UY-BARRETA, M.S. 


10 meetings: Mondays, 6–10 pm, April 9–June 18. 






According to Fortune magazine, professionals with 

the best writing skills earn three times more than their 

least-capable peers. This course is designed to immediately 

improve your written business communications 

through concrete, no-nonsense tools that will serve you 

throughout your career. The workshop format provides 

action oriented feedback that builds confidence through 

in-class exercises, while homework practice solidifies 

your new skills. 

Prerequisite(s): Sound knowledge of English grammar. 

LINDA RODGERS-PRICE, M.A. 


6 meetings: Wednesdays, 6–9:30 pm, May 16–June 20. 













An introduction to the business use of statistical concepts 

and tools, this course covers the basic concepts of 

descriptive statistics–such as means and variances, uses 

of probability, and statistical inference–and their application 

to business processes and decisions. In addition, 

the course addresses the use of statistical estimation 

techniques, decision theory (hypothesis-testing process), 

and the use of regression and correlation. 

EDMUND LAU, M.S. 


10 meetings: Tuesdays, 6–9:30 pm, April 3–June 5 

(1 no meeting TBA). 



Clean Technology: Smart Grid, 

Energy Storage, and Green Building 








M.B.A. Prerequisites 

Graduate School Preparation 





Our pre-M.B.A. curriculum is modeled after leading 

business school programs to help put you on track for 

a degree. Many of our courses are recognized for credit 

toward M.B.A.s at leading Bay Area business schools. 

If you’re not sure an M.B.A. is right for you, our 

program lets you test drive graduate-level course work 

at a slower pace. This way you can build your confidence 

without putting your graduate school transcript at risk. 

Alternatively, you can acquire specific know-how by 

taking individual courses or work toward our Certificates 

in Business Administration or Accounting. Our courses 

help you develop business skills and management savvy 

that are a superb foundation for any career. 

If you are applying to a university for an M.B.A., be 

sure to inquire with the respective university regarding 

the articulation agreement for updates and changes. 

Courses 

1. Introduction to Accounting I: Financial Accounting* 

2. Introduction to Accounting II: Managerial Accounting* 

3. Microeconomics, Introduction* 

4. Macroeconomics, Introduction 

5. General Statistics I* 

6. General Statistics II 

7. Finance I, Fundamentals 

8. Intermediate Accounting I* 

9. Cost Accounting 

*Offered April–June 

Credit Recognized by 

Bay Area Business Schools 

We have strategic alliances with M.B.A. programs at: 

California State University, East Bay (1, 2, 5+6) 

Golden Gate University (1+2, 3+4, 5+6) 

Notre Dame de Namur University (1, 2, 3, 4, 5+6) 

Saint Mary’s College of California (1, 2, 3+4, 5+6+7) 

San José State University, School of Business (3+4, 5+6) 

Santa Clara University (1+8, 2+9, 5+6) 

UC Berkeley, Haas School of Business Evening Program 

(5+6) 

Note(s): Numbers denote courses accepted from the 

above list. When two or more numbers are listed (N+N), 

the institution specified requires completion of two or 

more UCSC Extension courses to fulfill one requirement. 















Silicon Valley 

Business Leadership 





We have a tradition and spirit here in the Valley that 

precipitates greatness. While the products get the spotlight, 

it’s the accomplished leaders who make it happen. Modern 

leaders will face critical and historic challenges, but raw 

talent alone is insufficient to meet them effectively. 

With a set of courses, you can become a leader who 

takes charge with confidence and authority—trusting in 

your genuine ability to adapt, refine, and do whatever is 

necessary to deliver results when they count. You need 

to have a sense of social responsibility as well, taking 

pride in meeting stakeholder and public needs for the 

present and future. 

26 


For 20 years, UCSC Extension’s program for 

Executives has put the resources of the University 

of California to work for professionals like you. 

This program includes exceptional faculty and the 

opportunity to network with leaders from Silicon Valley’s 

top organizations. 

3NEW 

Creating a Sustainable Enterprise 

BUSAD.X494.3 

In Leadership Without Easy Answers, Ronald Heifetz 

of Harvard’s John F. Kennedy School of Government 

defines leadership as “bringing people together to 

create answers to problems that haven’t been solved 

before.” As business moves further into the 21st 

century, the problems we face are proliferating: global 

economic crises, supply chains disrupted by natural 

disasters, rising oil prices, and agricultural commodity 

prices affected by climate change, just to name a few. 

The need has never been greater for leaders who can 

work together with others to create innovative 

solutions to these challenges. 

Defined by the mantra of “people, planet and 

prosperity,” sustainability aims to maximize a “triple 

bottom line” that creates profitable enterprises, supports 

the health and development of employees and communities, 

and preserves renewable resources in the natural 

world for future use. Increasingly, smart enterprises 

are finding new sources of profit by reducing waste, 

and even eliminating the concept of waste—turning 

by-products into saleable new sources of economic value. 

This certificate program offers today’s executive 

leaders a powerful combination of traditional leadership 

training with an opportunity to explore concepts of 

sustainability outside the usual business school mode. 

You’ll gain new insights from field trips into the natural 

world, learning about material flows such as water and 

“waste,” and how ecological concepts can contribute to 

innovative solutions for today’s economic challenges. 


11 meetings: Thursdays, 1–8:30 pm, March 29–June 7. 


Dinner is included. There will be offsite field trips. 


Business and Management Executive Education / Financial Planning and Wealth Management 

Financial Planning and 



Personal Financial Planning 





Financial planning and wealth management remains 

a fast-growing field because of the complexity of the 

financial decisions confronting almost everyone, including 

the “Boomer” generation, which is about to retire. 

It presents rewarding career opportunities. We offer Silicon 

Valley’s only Certified Financial Planner Boardregistered 

program. Our training will ground you in CFP 

Board education requirements—fulfilling a qualification 

for you to sit for the rigorous CFP ® examination. 

Additionally, because of our program’s alignment 

with the Financial Planning Association, you get the 

unique opportunity to network within the professional 

community while earning this universally recognized 

credential. All our instructors are leading practitioners. 

They provide the latest information and insight into 

practical skills and real-world practices. 

Take individual courses to expand or update specific 

knowledge—or pursue the certificate and put yourself 

on track to become a CFP ® professional. 

Audience 

• Anyone interested in their financial well-being 

• Financial planners (uncredentialed) 

• Accountants 

• Attorneys 

• Trust officers 

• Stockbrokers 

• Insurance agents 

• Private bankers 


Program Prerequisites 

If you intend to pursue the Certificate in Personal 

Financial Planning (PFP) and take the CFP ® examination, 

you should hold a bachelor’s degree in any discipline 

from an accredited U.S. college or university recognized 

by the U.S. Department of Education. 


• You must take all eight courses and attain an overall 

average of 3.0 to qualify, including a B or better in 

“Mathematics for Financial Planning,” “PFP, Survey” 

and “PFP, Practicum,” and a C or better in each of 

the other courses. 

• Course work must be completed within three years 

of declaring candidacy. 

• Courses completed more than five years prior to 

date certificate is issued cannot be used to fulfill 

requirements. 

Course Sequence 

The two prerequisite courses (“Mathematics for Financial 

Planning” and “PFP, Survey”) must be completed prior to 

enrolling in the remaining courses. The final course for all 

candidates is the “Personal Financial Planning, Practicum.” 

For Information on Certificate 

Application and Transferring Credit 


Not unit-specific 

Personal Financial Planning Certificate 

Prerequisite Courses Units Course F W Sp Su 

Mathematics for Financial Planning.......................................3.0...........2730 n n 

Personal Financial Planning, Survey.......................................4.0...........4309 n n 

Required Courses Units Course F W Sp Su 

Employment Benefits in Personal Financial Planning............3.5...........6310 n n 

Estate Planning......................................................................3.5...........1743 n n 

Income Taxation in Personal Financial Planning....................3.5...........3672 n 

Investments in Personal Financial Planning...........................4.0...........1556 n 

Risk Management in Personal Financial Planning.................3.5...........2040 

n 

Final Required Course units Course F W Sp Su 

Personal Financial Planning, Practicum..................................3.0...........5129 n n n 




Financial Planning and Wealth ManagemenT Business and Management 

Further Information 

For information regarding the CFP ® Certification Exam 

and experience requirements, please write or call the CFP 

Board, 1425 K St., NW, Suite 500, Washington, DC 20005. 

Certified Financial Planner Board of Standards, Inc., owns 

the trademarks CFP ® , Certified Financial Planner and CFP 

(with flame logo) ® certification marks in the U.S., which it 

awards to individuals who successfully complete the CFP 

Board’s initial and ongoing certification requirements. 

The University of California, Santa Cruz, does not 

certify individuals to use the CFP ® , Certified Financial 

Planner or CFP (with flame logo) ® certification marks. 

CFP ® certification is granted only by the Certified Financial 

Planner Board of Standards, Inc., to those persons who, 

in addition to completing an educational requirement 

such as this CFP Board-registered program, have met 

its ethics, experience, and examination requirements. 

Earn Graduate Credit! 

Credit Transfer Agreement 

for Personal Financial Planning 

Cal Lutheran 

You can now earn graduate degree credit by 

taking Personal Financial Planning courses at 

UCSC Extension, thanks to our new articulation 

agreement with California Lutheran University– 

California Institute of Finance. Completion of 

Extension’s Certificate in Personal Financial 

Planning equates to 15 graduate credits in the 

Cal Lutheran M.B.A. Financial Planning degree, 

with the following stipulations: 

1) The UCSC Extension Certificate in Personal 

Financial Planning must be completed before 

a student applies for admission to the M.B.A. 

in Financial Planning at Cal Lutheran University– 

Institute of Finance. 

2) A grade of “B” or better must be earned in 

all Extension course work to qualify for credit 

towards the Cal Lutheran M.B.A. in Financial 

Planning. The courses required to earn the 

Extension certificate (28 quarter credit units) 

translate to 18.67 units (quarter credits are 67% 

of the semester credits) eligible for transfer to 

the California Lutheran University–Institute of 

Finance program in Financial Planning. 

3) The following courses qualify for graduate credit 

towards the M.B.A. in Financial Planning: 

Cal Lutheran Courses Semester Credits 

a. BUS 501 Introduction to 

Financial Planning 

3 credits 

b. BUS 502 Tax Planning and Strategy 3 credits 

c. BUS 505 Retirement Planning 3 credits 

d. BUS 506 Insurance Planning 3 credits 

e. BUS 507 Estate Planning 3 credits 

Total 

15 credits 

PROGRAM ENDORSEMENTS 

Financial Planning Association 

The Financial Planning Association (FPA) is the professional 

organization for financial planners. Career-oriented students 

in the Personal Financial Planning Certificate Program 

are encouraged to consider joining the FPA as associate 

members. The FPA may be contacted at fpasv.org. 


Personal Financial Planning, Survey 

BUSAD.X444. (4.0 quarter units) 

This course introduces the professional and technical 

content of personal financial planning. It emphasizes 

the identification and quantification of financial 

objectives and the interrelated facets of a wide range 

of technical material. This course also covers ethics, 

strategies and processes of professional practice and 

CFP ® standards of practice. An HP-12C or equivalent 

financial calculator is required. 

LAURA JACOBS, B.A., CFP ® . 


10 meetings: Thursdays, 6–10 pm, April 5–June 7. 




Estate Planning 

BUSAD.X460.3 (3.5 quarter units) MCLE–Minimum 

Continuing Legal Education State Board of CA, 30.0 hours 

This study of estate planning is designed to equip 

financial planners to identify and solve estate problems 

from the financial planning perspective (without practicing 

law). The course covers a wide range of topics and 

issues, including tax objectives, wills and living trusts, 

the unlimited marital deduction, saving the “second 

tax,” holding title to property, lifetime gifts and trusts, 

life insurance and annuities, business interests, postdeath 

problems and analysis of recent tax changes 

as they apply to estate planning. 

Prerequisite(s): “Mathematics for Financial Planning,” 

and “Personal Financial Planning, Survey.” 

RICHARD DAYTON, J.D. 


10 meetings: Tuesdays, 6–9:30 pm, April 10–June 12. 



Income Taxation in 

Personal Financial Planning 


Designed for students intending to become financial 

planning professionals, this course focuses on the 

interrelationship between common income tax rules and 

planning techniques that are applicable to individuals. 

Topics include income, deductions, credits, sales and 

exchanges, real estate transactions, compensation 

planning and stock options, retirement plans, business 

entities, and overall coordination with the individual’s 

financial plan. 

DALIA WOOD, M.A. 


10 meetings: Wednesdays, 6–9:30 pm, April 18–June 20. 



Practicum Course 

Personal Financial Planning, Practicum 


This final course in the certificate program is open 

only to students who have completed all other required 

courses. Participants apply the skills and knowledge 

gained in prior courses through the extensive use of case 

studies. They then undertake the process of preparing 

and presenting a complete financial plan in an environment 

of nonliability. Participants will be exposed to 

the practical business and professional aspects of 

conducting a financial counseling practice, including 

ethics, and CFP ® standards of practice. 

Prerequisite(s): All seven other courses in the 

Personal Financial Planning Certificate. 

RENEE SNOW, Ph.D. 


9 meetings: Mondays, 6–9 pm, April 9–23; 

Mondays, 6–9:30 pm, April 30–June 11. 





800.077 BUSAD (1.5 ceu) 

UCSC Extension in Silicon Valley has partnered with 

the Center for Wealth Management to offer this exclusive 

course on managing your money during turbulent 

markets. Maintaining and expanding your wealth can 

be a challenge—one that requires a completely different 

skill set than creating wealth. A number of factors can 

make the process even more difficult. Lack of understanding 

and reliance on a trusted advisor, in combination 

with intimidating presentations, conflicting professional 

opinions, and biased financial advice can all complicate 

strategic decisions. In this course, wealth owners, their 

families and their family office representatives learn 

how to manage wealth efficiently and build productive 

relationships with advisors. 

Walter Clarke, CIMA, AIF. 


6 meetings: Mondays, 6–8:30 pm, April 2–May 7. 

Fee: $1095. Discounts do not apply to this course. 


PALO ALTO SHERATON 

6 meetings: Tuesdays, 6–8:30 pm, April 3–May 8. 



28 




Human Resource 

Management 





Human resource management is a dynamic profession 

that continues to grow in complexity and stature. 

The profession’s diversity demands both the specialist 

and generalist perspectives to stay current and succeed. 

Take individual courses to update specific skills 

or pursue the certificate for comprehensive training 

from the pros who shaped this important profession 

in Silicon Valley. We are 100 percent HRCI Approved 

and offer five state-of-the-art curricula to help you 

achieve your career goals: 

• HRM Certificate: Our highly regarded generalist 

training for HR professionals 

• Recruiting and Staffing Specialty: The latest in talent 

acquisition and sourcing practices, tools and strategy 

• Leadership Development Specialty: Training, facilitation 

and instructional design, including content from our 

renowned Instructional Design and Delivery program 

• Employee Relations Specialty: Performance 

management essentials focused on best practices 

and real-world application 

• HR Business Partner/HR Generalist Specialty: 

Designed to build your business acumen and 

credibility “on the line” with internal clients 

Several courses fulfill MCLE credit requirements. 


Total of 11 courses: 

• Eight required courses 

• Three elective courses 


We recommend that you start with “Human Resource 

Management, Introduction.” 

MCLE Credit 

• “Finance for the Non-Financial Manager,” 13 hours 


NANCY NELSON, B.A., SPHR-CA, GPHR, is principal of 

HRProse, LLC, and has more than 

20 years of experience managing 

a variety of corporate HR functions 

in the telecommunications and 

high-tech sectors. She most recently 

served as HR director for Ultra Clean 

Technology. Ms. Nelson is past 

adjunct faculty in the CSU Hayward School of Business and 

has facilitated the Northern California Human Resource 

Association SHRM certification prep course. She is active 

in HR organizations and is a certified mediator for Santa 

Clara County. She is certified as a Senior Professional 

in Human Resources by the Human Resources 

Certification Institute. 

HRCI Provider Approval 

HR Certification Institute (HRCI), the national certification 

board for HR professionals, has certified our HRM program 

as an Approved Provider. 

All our HRM courses now qualify for recertification 

credit hours, based on HRCI standards. Taking just three 

of our courses every two years can fulfill all recertification 

requirements. See hrci.org for complete details. 

The use of this seal is not an endorsement by HRCI 

of the quality of the program. It means that this program 

has met HRCI’s criteria to be pre-approved for 

recertification credit. 





Human Resource Management, 

Introduction 


This seminar presents an overview of the major 

responsibilities in human resource management. 

Topics include manpower planning, compensation 

and benefits, training, employment and interviewing, 

employee relations, and current information and 

theories in human resources. 

LEON BEZDIKIAN, B.A. 


Saturday, 9 am–5 pm, April 14. 



Benefits Management: A Comprehensive 

Study of Employee Benefit Programs 


and GPHR general recertification credit, 19.25 hours. 

This course presents a comprehensive view of benefits, 

including the latest approaches for analyzing and selecting 

programs and funding options; developing strategies 

and negotiating techniques to reduce health care costs; 

and evaluating employee needs and helping them better 

understand their coverage. The course includes detailed 

discussion of health and welfare plans, including cafeteria 

plans, qualified retirement plans such as 401(k) 

plans, vacation and sick leave programs, incidental 

benefits, and overall benefit cost management. 

Nancy Nelson, B.A., SPHR-CA, GPHR. 



May 1–June 19 (1 no meeting TBA). 










Business and Management HUMAN RESOURCES 

Human Resource 

Management Advisory Board 

LEA DAVIS, M.B.A., Santa Clara University, Bachelors in 

Economics, Cum Laude, Ateneo de Manila University, 

Philippines, Principal of A Dozen and One, LLC 

LISA GIANNI, Director of Human Resources, Apple 

JEFF JACOBS, Graduate of Santa Clara University, 

Director of Human Resources, Intuit 

STEVE MCELFRESH, Ph.D., Boston College, J.D., 

Santa Clara University School of Law, Principal 

and Founder of HR Futures ® 

Nancy Nelson, B.A., SPHR-CA, Principal, 

HRProse, LLC. 

Effective Employee Relations 

X446.3 BUSAD; (1.5 quarter units) HRCI–PHR, SPHR 


This course presents legal and practical methods for 

handling employee relations issues. Special emphasis 

is given to the 80 percent of job terminations that 

are on-the-job behavior related. Topics include 

employee communications, handling employee 

complaints, resolving employee conflicts and 

harassment, coaching managers through employee 

issues; performance management; voluntary and 

involuntary terminations; and the impact of mergers 

and acquisitions. 

Tracey Miller, B.A. 

Santa Clara Classroom 

5 meetings: Wednesdays 6–9 pm, May 16–June 6; 

Saturday, June 2, 9 am-4 pm. 



Finance for the Non-Financial Manager 








our Web site. 














HUMAN RESOURCES Business and Management 

Not unit-specific. 

Human Resource Management Certificate 

REQUIRED Courses units Course F W Sp Su 

Benefits Management: A Comprehensive Study of 

Employee Benefit Programs................................................2.0...........6251 n m n 

Compensation Management.................................................2.0...........4506 m n n 

Effective Employee Relations.................................................1.5...........4698. n n n 

Finance for the Non-Financial Manager.................................1.0...........4247 n n 

Human Resource Management, Introduction........................0.5...........5580. n n n m 

Law and Human Resource Management...............................2.0...........5283. n n n 

Managing the Staffing Function............................................1.5...........5019 n n n 

Organizational Development and Change: Introduction........2.0...........2719 n n n 

ELECTIVE COURSES (Choose three) units Course F W Sp Su 

Recruiting and Staffing 

Accelerating Your Career in Human Resources......................1.0...........38.42 n 

Employment of Foreign Nationals..........................................0.5...........3130 n n 

Internet Recruiting............................................................. 0.7 ceus........5691 

Interviewing for Success........................................................0.5...........6254 n n 

Talent Acquisition 101............................................................1.5...........1600 n 

Leadership Development 

Designing Training Programs.................................................2.0...........3132 n n 

Facilitation Skills....................................................................2.0...........0426 n n 

Instructional Needs Assessment and Evaluation....................1.5...........1659 n 

Leading People Through Change...........................................0.5...........4689. m 

Leading and Facilitating Productive Meetings.......................0.5...........2573 n 

Learning Theories and Styles..................................................1.0...........3967 n 

Presentation Skills for HR Professionals and Trainers.............2.0...........0913 n 

Employee Relations 

Business Communication Across Cultures.............................1.5...........6475 n 

Labor Relations in Non-Union Companies.............................0.5.........23580. n 

Terminating Problem Employees............................................0.5...........3656 n 

Using Positive Political Skills.............................................. 0.7 ceus........6558. n n 

Workplace Investigations.......................................................0.5...........5512 n 

Workplace Violence Preparedness.........................................0.5...........0564 n 

HR Business Partners/Generalist 

Building HR Business Partnerships.........................................0.5...........5652 n 

Strategic HR Business Partnerships........................................1.5.........21945 

Credibility: How to Earn It, How to Keep It........................ 0.7 ceus........1525 n 

Management and Organization Principles.............................2.0...........0692 n n 

Measuring HR Effectiveness...................................................1.0.........22629 n 


Take This Job and Love It.................................................... 0.7 ceus......23579 n 


an Integral Part of Your Company ................................. 0.7 ceus......30039 

n 



Organizational Development 

and Change, Introduction 



Organizational development (OD) aims to improve 

organizational effectiveness by means of planned, 

systematic change interventions. A mixture of science 

and art, OD brings about organizational change and 

improvement, increases effectiveness and enhances 

individual development. 

Designed for those charged with bringing about 

change, this course is valuable for managers, human 

resource professionals, internal or external consultants, 

as well as those interested in pursuing a career in this 

field. The course is experiential and is delivered in a 

participative workshop style, which includes groupwork 

outside of class. An overview of OD, the nature of change, 

and the OD practitioner is provided. Topics include the 

21st century organization; organizational structure, 

design, culture, systems and rewards; management 

and leadership; and diagnostic models and systematic 

change intervention. 

TARA MARTIN-MILIUS, B.A., M.S.O.D. 


8 meetings: Thursdays, 6–9 pm, April 5–May 24. 




Interviewing for Success: Using 

Structured Interviewing Techniques 



This course is designed to improve the interviewing 

skills of staffing professionals, managers, supervisors 

and other employees involved in personnel selection 

decisions. Specific techniques for behavioral, technical, 

and executive interviews are covered as participants 

learn a variety of interviewing and evaluation techniques 

for making more effective hiring decisions. Topics include 

how to prepare job specifications; review résumés 

quickly and accurately; plan, control, evaluate and 

document the interview; and use effective questioning 

techniques in the interview process. 

JULIUS SCHILLINGER, M.S. 


Saturday, 9 am–5 pm, May 12. 



Managing the Staffing Function 

BUSAD.X476.7 (1.5 quarter units) HRCI–PHR, SPHR and 

GPHR general recertification credit, 16.5 hours. 

Recruiting top talent for an organization is one of the 

most difficult challenges for staffing departments today. 

This workshop explores these critical issues related to 

managing the staffing function: understanding staffing 

models and organizational costs, workforce planning, 

budgeting and managing staffing costs, marketing the 

staffing function, developing effective hiring processes, 

selecting and evaluating resources, maximizing the 

recruiting Web site, college-recruitment and employeereferral 

programs, managing global requirements, 

and measuring performance. 

LEON BEZDIKIAN, B.A. 


6 meetings: Wednesdays, 6–9 pm, April 4–May 9. 



30 


HUMAN RESOURCES Business and Management 

Designing Training Programs 

BUSAD.X450. (2.0 quarter units) HRCI–PHR, SPHR 


This course provides an overview of the training design 

process. Emphasis is on using design skills to create 

a learning activity, and participants gain experience 

designing training for the audience they serve. Topics 

include needs analysis; adult learning theory with a 

focus on learning goals and objectives; experiential 

methods; as well as organization and evaluation. 

CHERYL ALLEY, M.A. 


4 meetings: Tuesdays, 6–9:30 pm, June 5, 12; 

Saturdays, 9 am–5 pm, June 9, 16. 



Leading and Facilitating 

Productive Meetings 



Learn to plan and stage meetings and generate results, 

whether as a leader, facilitator or meeting participant. 

Participants design and present ice-breakers, problem 

solve real life meeting challenges, and learn professional 

meeting phraseology in this interactive and fun course 

addressing in person, telepresence and web meetings. 

CRAIG HARRISON, B.A. 


Saturday, 9 am–5 pm, April 21. 



3NEW 


an Integral Part of Your Company 

BUSAD.X432.689 (1.5 units) 

This intensive overview of Human Resources provides 

you with a tool-based approach to leverage and optimize 

each major functional aspect of HR in order for them be 

fully integrated into your company. This course is ideal 

if you are considering human resources as a career, or if 

you’re an experienced generalist or specialist interested 

in utilizing all aspects of HR. Classroom time is highly 

interactive, with considerable hands-on practice using 

tools which you can then implement in your workplace. 

Denise Pringle, B.A. 


2 meetings: Saturdays, 9 am–5 pm, April 28 and May 5. 






Principles 


Using Positive Political Skills 

in the Workplace 

BUSAD.805.8 (0.7 CEUs) HRCI–PHR, SPHR and GPHR 

general recertification credit. 

The term “office politics” often signals only negatives. 

But in the workplace it is as simple as two people interacting. 

Political skill is needed to be effective in any 

organization. Understanding office politics is critical 

to gaining the resources, information and promotions 

you need to succeed. Participants in this seminar learn 

how to become “positively political” by reframing office 

politics to use different types of power, avoid being 

manipulated, work effectively with others, understand 

the political give-and-take of any organization, stand 

out and fit in, turn adversaries into allies, recognize 

organizational norms, avoid losing integrity, and build 

influence, visibility and recognition. 

CRAIG HARRISON, B.A. 





Specialized Curriculum 

Strategic Human Resources 





An enterprise-level perspective is now mission-critical 

for HR executives. The business curriculum offered by 

UCSC Extension Silicon Valley provides precisely this. 

We feature graduate-level course work in five areas 

directly relevant to Strategic Human Resources, as 

defined by SHRM and HRCI. Many of the courses listed 

below qualify for credit toward Masters’ degrees in 

Business Administration and/or Project Management. 

However, only the Advanced Human Resources courses 

may be applied as electives toward our HRM certificate. 

Advanced Human Resources 

Advanced and Predictive Human Capital Metrics 

Measuring Human Resource Effectiveness 

Strategic HR Business Partnerships 

Business Economics 

Business Law and Its Environment* 

General Statistics I* 

General Statistics II 

Finance I, Fundamentals 

Finance for Non-Financial Managers* 

Introduction to Accounting I: Financial Accounting* 

Introduction to Accounting II: Managerial Accounting* 

Macroeconomics Introduction 

Microeconomics Introduction* 

*Offered April–June 





Finance for Non-Financial Managers 










Power of Market Research 



Instructional Design 

and Delivery 





Offered in conjunction with the Education Department, 

this certificate program develops your ability to organize 

and deliver learning in such a way that adult learners 

make maximum progress. You will acquire information 

about learners’ needs and styles, organizational goals, 

and the choice of methods t o achieve and evaluate 

outcomes. 

Audience 

The certificate is for those professional trainers and 

managers who want to integrate art and science into 

instructional design and delivery in order to provide 

high-quality, high-impact learning experiences. 

For complete information, see page 40. 







Legal Studies Business and Management 

Legal Studies 

Paralegal Certificates of Completion 

UCSC Extension Program Contact 




We offer The Center for Legal Studies’ nationally 

acclaimed paralegal training online. Our comprehensive 

two-course sequence is designed for maximum 

efficiency of instruction and will prepare you for 

employment as a paralegal in the State of California. 

Program Requirements 

You must complete both the paralegal core courses 

and the advanced paralegal courses to meet the 

requirements for California Business and Profession 

Code 6450. 

Online Courses 

The total number of class hours is comparable to 

classroom instruction offered elsewhere. Students 

are expected to complete an average of 15 hours 

of homework outside of class sessions. 

• Core Paralegal Certificate Course 

• Advanced Paralegal Certificate Course 

2012 Session Dates 

Online courses are held during two, seven-week sessions. 

The dates below reflect the available start dates for 

each 14-week course. End dates vary depending on 

when a student commences instruction. 

• 2012 Session 2: March 5–April 20 

• 2012 Session 3: April 30–June 15 

• 2012 Session 4: June 25–August 10 

• 2012 Session 5: August 20–October 5 

• 2012 Session 6: October 15–November 30 

Note(s): Students will be required to purchase the 

Westlaw ® access for this course directly from The Center 

for Legal Studies. The Center will send students logon 

information on the day the session begins. 

IMPORTANT INFORMATION 

Curriculum Details 

For curriculum details, textbooks, Westlaw 

access and syllabus, visit the CLS Web site at 

www.legalstudies.com, call (800) 522-7737 

or e-mail info@legalstudies.com. 

Course Fee 

No courses offered in conjunction with 

The Center for Legal Studies qualify for early 

enrollment discounts, other discounts, gift 

certificates or comps. 

For Additional Information 

UCSC Extension Program Contact: Business 

and Management Department, (408) 861-3860, 


Refund/Transfer Policy 

Students are subject to UCSC Extension policies 

and pay the fees associated with the policies. 

For our enrollment policies, please see page 92. 

Certificate of Completion 

Paralegal Core Course 

Paralegal Core Certificate Course 

LGST.803. (9.0 CEUs) 

Our core Paralegal curriculum is a 14-week intensive, 

nationally acclaimed program designed for beginning 

as well as advanced legal workers. The instruction is 

practice-oriented and relates to those areas of law 

in which paralegals are the most in demand: 

• Legal terminology, documents, ethics, and the 

litigation process 

• Introduction to the evidentiary predicate, which covers 

the rules of evidence and civil procedure 

• Identification of relevant authority 

• Introduction to legal research practice, which covers 

research techniques for use in legal memoranda, 

motions, and briefs 

• Legal research practice, which emphasizes shepardizing 

statutes, case law, and the use of computerized legal 

research terminal (Research assignments will be 

discussed and critiqued, and the West Key Number 

System ® will be reviewed thoroughly) 

• Legal writing and appellate procedure, which 

concentrates on the preparation and critique of legal 

memoranda, including an interoffice memorandum 

of law and an appellate brief 

The subject material for this course is broken down into 

two, seven-week modules: Paralegal I and Paralegal II. 

The course fee includes both sessions. At the conclusion 

of Paralegal I, students will be asked to “enroll” 

for the second session (Paralegal II). Registration for 

Paralegal II is done through The Center for Legal Studies 

and not UCSC Extension. 

Students will be required to purchase Westlaw ® 

access for Paralegal 2 directly from The Center for Legal 

Studies. The Center for Legal Studies will send student 

logon information on the first day of class. 

Each section listed below is for the entire 

two-part program. 

ONLINE, March 5–June 15. 

Fee: $1189 (fee is for Paralegal I and II). 

Discounts do not apply to this course. 


ONLINE, April 30–August 10. 

Fee: $1189 (fee is for Paralegal I and II). 



Certificate of Completion 

Advanced Paralegal Course 

Advanced Paralegal Certificate Course 

LGST.809. (27.0 ceus) 

In this challenging course designed to meet the requirements 

of California Business and Professions Code §6450, 

participants choose six of the following topics: Advanced 

Legal Research; Bankruptcy Law; Business Law and 

Practices; Constitutional Law and Civil Liberties; Criminal 

Law; Criminal Procedure; Education Law; Estate Planning: 

Probate, Wills, and Trusts; Family Law; Immigration Law; 

Intellectual Property; Mediation and Other Forms of ADR; 

Real Property Law; Victim Advocacy; and Water Law. 

Prerequisite(s): “Paralegal Core Certificate Course.” 

ONLINE, March 5–June 15. 

Fee: $1650 (fee is for entire course). 



ONLINE, April 30–August 10. 

Fee: $1650 (fee is for entire course). 



“I feel so fortunate to have completed 

the UCSC Extension certificate 

program and found a job quickly… 

The Center for Legal Studies program 

offered through UCSC Extension 

thoroughly prepared me for the 

opportunity I now enjoy. I just wanted 

to pass along my positive experience 

and thank you for keeping me apprised 

of this and future employment 

opportunities.” 

—Suzanne Rosen 

32 


Marketing 


Marketing Management 


Business and Management Department, (408) 861-3860 



Customer-driven marketing has assumed increased importance 

in Silicon Valley companies. Our marketing curriculum 

brings this orientation to the forefront and reflects the 

latest developments in marketing technology and practice. 

We offer three tailored tracks that blend key 

principles with cutting-edge technique: 

• Marketing Management 

• Digital Marketing 

• Product Marketing 

Take individual courses to expand or update specific skills or 

pursue the certificate for comprehensive training from the 

pros that have helped make Silicon Valley what it is today. 

14 units 


Total of 14 units 

• 6.5 required units 

• 7.5 elective units 


It is recommended you start with either “Implementing 

Winning Marketing Strategies” or “Principles of 

Marketing.” 


Application and Transferring Credit 


PROGRAM ENDORSEMENTS 

SVAMA 

Silicon Valley American Marketing Association 

(SVAMA) is the local chapter of the American Marketing 

Association, the world’s largest nonprofit marketing 

association. Visit the Silicon Valley Chapter at svama.org. 

Marketing Management CERTIFICATE 

REQUIRED Courses (6.5 units) units Course F W Sp Su 

Implementing Winning Marketing Strategies........................2.0...........1661 n n 

Integrated Marketing Communication...................................2.5...........3599 n m 

Principles of Marketing..........................................................2.0...........0104 n m 


Implementing Winning 

Marketing Strategies 


Business and Management marketing 



Steve Brown, M.S.E.E., Oregon State University, 

Director of System Level Marketing, Cadence 

Design Systems, Inc. 

Karla Lacey, M.B.A., Harvard Business School, 

Director Integrated Marketing Communications 

Planning and Integration, Cisco Systems, Inc. 

Linda Popky, M.B.A., Boston University, Founder 

and President, L2M Associates, Inc. 

Jane Price, M.B.A., Golden Gate University, 

Consultant 

Suzanne Taylor, M.B.A., Stanford, President 

and CEO, Suzanne Taylor Marketing Consulting 

This introductory course emphasizes revenue generation 

and investigates the key steps of the sale process, how 

buyers react at each stage, and the marketing tools that 

have increased the sophistication, productivity and pace 

of selling. Participants learn to systematically convert 

prospects into customers and to maintain relationships 

to maximize long-term profitability. Topics include buyer 

psychology, prospecting methodologies, customer relationship 

management, lead generation tactics, and 

channels and merchandising. 

PREM TALREJA, M.B.A. 





Specialized Electives (7.5 units) units Course F W Sp Su 

Digital Marketing 

Advanced Social Media Marketing: 

A Practical Approach for Business.......................................1.5.........228.71 m 

Customer Acquisition 2.0: 

Strategies, Retention and Win-Back...................................2.0.........22408. m 

Database Marketing: Social Media Management..................1.5...........3162 n 

Leveraging Social Media Partners..........................................1.5.........23098. n 

Search Engine Marketing.......................................................2.0.........19966 m m 

Web and Mobile Analytics.....................................................1.5.........23392 m 

Web 2.0 Marketing: Social Media Networks..........................2.0.........19357 m 

Web Writing That Works.........................................................1.5.........23091 m m 



Consumer Insights: Data Analysis and Interpretation............1.5.........30038. n 

Marketing Operations: The Engine of Marketing 

Accountability.....................................................................2.0.........21944 m 

Power of Market Research.....................................................2.0...........0109 n m 

Positioning and Brand Management.....................................1.5...........3781. m m 

Product Management: Moving the Product to Market..........2.0...........2466 n n 









our Web site. 














marketing Business and Management 



An integrated marketing communication plan is the 

best way to reach your appropriate target market in a 

cost-effective and measurable way. This course shows 

you how to develop a plan and budget with a good 

return on investment using a blend of marketing tools 

that conveys a consistent message. Upon completion 

of this course, you will be able to explain the manager’s 

role in the marketing communication process, determine 

marketing communication objectives versus general 

marketing objectives, and properly identify the key 

messages for your target markets. You’ll learn the 

criteria for developing creative materials, evaluate and 

integrate all the various marketing communication tools 

available, select the appropriate traditional and modern 

digital media channels, develop integrated budgets 

using the “Task Method,” and develop and implement 

measurement and feedback processes. 

MICHAEL SAVOD, M.B.A. 






A Practical Approach for Business 


This course provides a pragmatic approach to achieving 

measurable sales and marketing goals. The course 

updates traditional sales and marketing strategies and 

techniques using modern social media marketing tools 

and platforms. You will learn how to use social platforms 

such as Facebook, Twitter, and LinkedIn to expand the 

sales funnel globally, shorten the traditional sales cycle, 

and automate large portions of the sales process. 

INSTRUCTOR: TBA. 

ONLINE, May 3–June 7. 










Search Engine Marketing 


Your Web site is your marketing window to the world. 

But how will the world find you and will they stay once 

they arrive In this course, you’ll find answers to these 

questions and learn to create a complete and effective 

Web-marketing program. You’ll learn how you can score 

better by having an active organic search (SEO) program 

and understand when it pays to advertise online and 

use SEM/PPC campaigns. The course also covers using 

Social Media to boost your search engine rankings. 

JOHN THYFAULT, B.A. 




Web Writing That Works 


Make texts on a corporate Web site, blog, or social 

network fun to read, quick to digest, and easy to act 

on by using style techniques specific to electronic 

communications. This course draws on contemporary 

research into Web usability, reading comprehension, 

and user psychology. Extensive handouts and sociable 

discussions will provide you with practical guidelines 

you can immediately apply on the job. 

JONATHAN PRICE, D.F.A. 

ONLINE, April 25–May 29. 



Positioning and Brand Management 


Dynamic market positioning is a strategic process 

designed to build awareness of companies and their 

products. Through lecture, case-histories and discussion, 

participants examine the step-by-step process used to 

position high-technology companies and their products. 

Topics include assessing and analyzing markets based 

on benefit and feature sets, evaluating existing positions 

and windows of opportunity, understanding and developing 

brand values, touch points and personas, mapping 

competitors in the market, creating positioning statements, 

establishing brand management throughout a 

company, and devising methods to preserve and enhance 

the brand. This course is designed for marketingcommunication 

and product-marketing managers at 

small and large firms who are planning to launch new 

products or need to reposition existing products, and is 

of equal benefit to business owners and CEOs of small 

companies who want to understand how to leverage 

their marketing dollars by establishing powerful brands 

and positions in the market. 

STEVEN CLARKE, M.B.A., Ph.D. 






and GPHR strategic recertification credit. 

Executives need market research to make informed 

strategic business decisions on product planning, target 

markets, customer requirements, communications strategies, 

pricing, distribution channels, and many other 

factors. You will learn to identify the strengths and 

limitations of market research, as well as the proper 

ways to gather and present information–in the process 

demonstrating the market power you can gain from 

key knowledge points. Topics range from basic survey 

techniques in both primary and secondary research 

to an understanding of the power of statistical factgathering 

and analysis. 

JENNIFER JACKSON, B.S. 




3NEW 

Consumer Insights: 

Data Analysis and Interpretation 


Through case studies, this course introduces concepts 

required to understand consumer data from various 

sources, including retail, Web, survey, and call center 

data. You will learn the key strategies and promotions 

companies use to increase the profitability of their 

businesses based on consumer feedback data. You will 

have the opportunity to work on three detailed business 

case studies. In the final project, you’ll perform a 

complete analysis of a business case from its inception 

to execution. The course utilizes advanced MS Excel 

skills for data manipulation. 

Prerequisite(s): Basic mathematics. 

Rema Vinjamuri, M.S. 


5 meetings: Mondays, 6–9 pm, May 7–June 11. 










34 


MCLE Credit 

MBA in Brief for Attorneys 




Better equip yourself to run your 

practice while you fulfill your MCLE 

requirements 

Learning to deal with the general business issues that 

attorneys confront in finance, accounting and management 

is part of your continuing professional education. 

The MBA in Brief for Attorneys at UCSC Extension is 

designed to meet the goals and time constraints today’s 

attorneys face. Our courses are accredited, convenient 

and attractively priced to help you fulfill your MCLE 

credit requirements. 

You’ll receive UC-quality instruction studying 

at UCSC Extension Silicon Valley, where working 

professionals make us the #1 choice for their advanced 

educational needs. 

MCLE CREDIT 



Finance for Non-Financial Managers 








Courses units Course F W Sp Su 

Accounting 

Introduction to Accounting I: Financial Accounting..............38..5..........3658. p n n n 

Introduction to Accounting II: Managerial Accounting.........38..5..........1224 n m n n 

Financial Statement Analysis.................................................38..5..........6938. n 

Finance 

Estate Planning.....................................................................30.0 .........1743 n n 

Finance I, Fundamentals.......................................................30.0..........3636 n n 

Finance for the Non-Financial Manager................................13.0..........4247 n m n 

General Business Administration 

Business Law and Its Environment.......................................29.0..........6360 n n 

Principles of Marketing........................................................19.25 ........0104 n m 

Web 2.0: Social Media Marketing........................................19.25.......19357 m 

Human Resources Management 

Law and Human Resource Management..............................20.0......... 528.3 n n n 

Terminating Problem Employees............................................6.0...........3656 n 

Workplace Investigations ......................................................6.0...........5512 

n 

Workplace Violence Preparedness ........................................6.0...........0564 n 


Business and Management MCLE credit / Technical Writing 









Technical communicators work in a variety of fields, and 

professionals must expand their skills to keep pace with 

the needs of Silicon Valley’s most innovative companies. 

Whether addressing advanced topics or grammar basics, 

our comprehensive program centered around information 

usability educates superb technical communicators at all 

levels in all technical disciplines. 

Our program is structured into five categories of 

courses, each catering to a different need and expertise 

within the professional community: 

• Technical Communication Fundamentals 

• Advanced Topics in Communications 

• Project Leadership 

• Tools and Technologies 

• Engineering Communication 


skills, or pursue the certificate for comprehensive 

instruction from the professionals who helped define 

the profession in Silicon Valley. 

Audience 

• Information developers, engineers and architects 


• Documentation project leads 

• Engineering managers 

• Technical writers, editors and communicators 

• User experience architects and designers 

• Usability engineers 

• Visual designers 


• Total of 10 courses 

–Seven required courses 

–Three elective courses 

• Overall GPA of 3.0 


of declaring candidacy 

• Courses completed more than five years prior to date 

certificate is issued cannot be used to fulfill requirements 


• It is recommended that you start with “Technical 

Communication: An Introduction to the Profession”. 

• You must end with “Final Project: Résumé and 

Portfolio Preparation”. 






Technical Writing Business and Management 

Free Program Overview 

ONLINE ONLY 



Bring your questions and join us 

for this free seminar about our 

renowned program for technical 

communicators. Learn what usability is and how 

it applies to information; what makes information 

usable; and how to contribute to your company’s 

success by ensuring information usability. 

ANDREA L. AMES, M.S. 





ANDREA L. AMES, M.S., is a senior technical staff member 

(STSM) and information experience 

strategist and architect at IBM. 

She specializes in user-centered 

information usability, strategy, 

architecture, and design. Ms. 

Ames’ specialty is architecting 

and designing information for 

software user interfaces—such as labels, embedded 

instructional text, and hover help—and making the 

interfaces deploying that information as easy to explain as 

possible before developing traditional documentation. 

She teaches at the university level and is in demand as 

a conference speaker internationally. She is a fellow and 

past president (2004–05) of the Society for Technical 

Communication and a distinguished engineer of the 

Association for Computing Machinery. 


Final Project: Preparing Your Job Search 


This final course in the Technical Writing and 

Communication certificate program prepares students 

to secure employment as technical communicators. Each 

student develops an industry-appropriate portfolio and 

résumé that are tailored to the job market and the type 

of job desired. Students also learn how to make the 

most of social networks and prepare for interviews. 

TIMOTHY BOMBOSCH, Ph.D. 




Technical Communication: 

An Introduction to the Profession 


This course will help you determine how your skills fit 

the field of technical communication. The first half of the 

course reviews the history of technical communication, 

the top 10 indicators of success, and the roles of technical 

communicators in Fortune 500 companies, startups, 

government labs, and freelance consulting. The second 

half examines the key processes of technical communications, 

including information design and development, 

user-centered design, and how these key processes 

fit into the product or research life cycle. Throughout 

the course, you will learn tangible skills, including how 

to interview subject-matter experts and users, define 

the pieces of an information set, write parts of typical 

documentation, and measure the work product. 

ANDREA AMES, M.S. 




Technical Writers’ Workshop 

BUSAD.X469.7 (1.0 quarter unit) 

This course is an introduction to creating short technical 

documents, such as reports and correspondence. 

Through lecture, exercises, reading and homework, 

students demonstrate their ability in these areas: 

the basics of good writing; formatting of technical 

documents; rhetorical modes; clear, grammatically 

correct writing at the sentence and paragraph levels; 

appropriate styles for a diverse technical audience; and 

punctuating technical information. Included are four 

writing assignments, which consist of different types of 

documents, such as descriptive or instructional reports. 

The final project will be portfolio-worthy. 


ONLINE, May 17– June 21. 









XML for the Rest of Us 

X481.3 BUSAD (1.0 quarter unit) 

In this course, you’ll learn why XML has become a key 

standard on the Web, how it changes the way you 

write, and how XML tags take your text through a 

maze of software between your desk and the user. The 

course covers using a parser to monitors the tags you 

write and ensure accuracy, check the structure of your 

document, and make sure it matches a standard defined 

in a Document Type Definition or Schema. You’ll learn 

how to author an XML document, start and end a tag, 

write names correctly, enter values, and place the actual 

content. Through a series of exercises, students learn 

to create all the components of an XML document, 

including a prolog with an XML declaration, comments 

and processing instructions, and a body with elements, 

attributes, and entity references. By the end of the 

course, you will have several short XML documents, and 

one complex XML document, to use in your portfolio. 

Prerequisite(s): Programming experience not required. 





TECHNICAL WRITING AND COMMUNICATION CERTIFICATE 

REQUIRED COURSES units Course F W Sp Su 

Technical Communication Fundamentals 

Technical Communication: An Introduction to the Profession...1.5...........5931 m m 

Grammar and Style for Technical Communicators.................3.0...........4360 m m 

Technical Writers’ Workshop..................................................1.0...........2145 m 

Writing Successful Instructions, Procedures and Policies.......1.5...........1931 m 

Developing Technical Information from Plan to Completion...2.0...........1947 m 

Advanced Topics in Communications 

Information Architecture and Design Basics..........................1.5...........2662 m 

Final Project: Preparing Your Job Search................................1.5...........6181. m 

ELECTIVE COURSES (Courses offered this quarter) Units Course F W Sp Su 

Content Management............................................................1.0...........6117 m 

DITA Authoring Introduction..................................................2.0.........208.30 m m 

DITA Information Architecture...............................................1.5.........21971 m 


Human Factors for Technical Communicators........................2.0...........0092 

m 

Managing Technical Documentation Projects........................1.0...........1025 

Minimalist Design for Documentation...................................0.5...........3981. m 

Role of the Project Manager .................................................1.5...........0306 n p n p 

Usability Testing Documentation...........................................2.0...........0684. m 

XML for the Rest of Us...........................................................1.0...........3560 m 



36 


Web Content 

Management 


Web Content Management 



or e-mail program@ucsc-extension.edu 


The Internet is now an indispensable tool for all 

businesses. Effectively harnessing its full potential 

requires a combination of common-sense, business 

acumen, and a grasp of the right goals and processes, 

content organization and navigation, interface design 

and browser/platform issues. 

The Web Content Management certificate 

emphasizes what participants need to know to direct 

or build a Web presence that is practical, easy to use, 

and effective. Developed by leading specialists in Web 

content, Web marketing, search engine optimization, 

information usability and user experience design, the 

courses provide the hands-on skills needed to meet 

the net’s diverse demands. 

Audience and Program Benefits 

UCSC Extension’s Web Content Management certificate 

provides content managers, web designers, user experience 

architects, information developers, marketers, brand 

managers, Web developers, and usability analysts with 

just-in-time skills for career-long professional development. 

The Web Content Management certificate addresses 

every level of sophistication: from basics that content 

managers need to know when directing vendors and 

evaluating programs, to advanced instruction in visual 

authoring and Web content management. 


Total of 17.5 units, minimum. 

• GPA: 3.0, with a C or better in all courses 


of declaring candidacy. 

• No prerequisites 

• Courses can be taken in any order. 


Applications and Transferring Credit 









17.5 unit minimum 

Core Courses 

HTML/XHTML: Building Blocks 

for Web Development 



Principles 











Business and Management Web Content Management 

WEB Content Management CERTIFICATE 

core COURSES units Course F W Sp Su 

Content Management 

Content Management............................................................1.0...........6117 m m 

Information Architecture and Design Basics..........................2.0...........2662 m 

Minimalist Design for Documentation...................................0.5...........3981. m 

XML for the Rest of Us...........................................................1.0...........3560 m 



A Practical Approach for Business......................................1.5.........228.71 m 

Customer Acquisition 2.0: 

Strategies, Retention and Win-Back...................................2.0.........22408. m 

Search Engine Marketing.......................................................2.0.........19966 m 

Web 2.0 Marketing: Social Media Networks..........................2.0.........19357 m m 

Web Writing That Works.........................................................1.5.........23091 m m 

General Management 




Web Sites 

HTML/XHTML: Building Blocks for Web Development...........2.0.........208.16 m p m p 

User Centered Design Fundamentals for the Web.................1.0...........0087. n 

Usability 

Usability Testing Documentation...........................................2.0...........0684. m 

User Research: User Needs and Usability 

Assessment for Web and Software Products..........................2.0.........20079 n 





Web Writing that Works 








our Web site. 














Education 



Online Teaching............................................... 39 

Instructional Design and Delivery................. 40 


Early Childhood Education.............................. 41 


and Administration..................................... 43 

Educational Therapy....................................... 44 

Teaching English to Speakers 

of Other Languages (TESOL)...................... 46 

Credential Courses......................................... 48 

Energize Your Teaching 

UCSC Extension Silicon Valley offers programs for 

educators who wish to meet credential requirements 

and strengthen their teaching with new ideas and skills. 

Thousands of Bay Area teachers list our certificates 

on their résumés, advance on district salary schedules 

by earning academic units, clear their credentials 

with course work, and apply the latest innovations 

in their classrooms. 

Broad Curriculum for 

Professional Educators 

Professional educators will find training in a variety 

of curricular areas at UCSC Extension Silicon Valley, 

including reading methods, mainstreaming, technology 

in education and online instruction. We also 

offer credential courses approved by the California 

Commission on Teacher Credentialing (CTC) 

and the UCSC Education Department. 

Academic Units and Salary Increases 

Extension courses numbered X300 through X399 

are designated as professional courses in education. 

Courses in this series have been approved by 

the Education Depart ment on the UCSC campus 

and, when required, approved by the California 

Commission on Teacher Credentialing (CCTC). 

Courses with XSC numbers are UCSC courses. 

Course Substitutions 

If you have taken professional development courses 

within the past five years, you may be able to substitute 

one course in which you have received a grade 

of B or above. You are able to substitute only one 

course to apply towards any Education Certificate. 

Attention Science Teachers 

Let UCSC Extension’s science courses help you bring 

cutting-edge science into your classroom and expand 

your knowledge of the ever-changing life sciences 

field. See the Biosciences section of this catalog, 

page 6. 

38 


Online Teaching 




Education Department, (408) 861-3860, or e-mail 

program@ucsc-extension.edu. 


Technology has transformed many aspects of our lives 

and the areas of teaching and learning are not immune. 

The proliferation of online courses makes it imperative 

for teachers and trainers to learn how to effectively 

work in an online environment. This certificate program 

helps teachers and trainers learn how to create 

meaningful instruction, effectively manage their courses, 

and develop appropriate methods of assessing students. 


To obtain the Certificate in Online Teaching, applicants 

must complete seven required courses and five 

units of electives for a minimum of 22 units. 





Introduction to Online Teaching 

EDUC.X400.50 (3.0 quarter units) 

Technology has dramatically affected many aspects of 

our lives, including the areas of teaching and learning. 

Some teachers can be overwhelmed, while some students 

seem to take it in stride, and vice versa. In this survey 

course, students explore how online technologies have 

changed the way instructors and students interact and 

how that interplay may change in the future. 

ALAN TSUDA, M.B.A. 




Building Online Learning Communities 


The virtual classroom presents unique challenges for 

instructors who want to create a positive and collaborative 

learning environment. In this course, participants 

learn how to overcome the barriers to interaction and 

build online communities through activities and assignments 

that empower the learner and build peer 

interaction, partnerships, and virtual teams. 

Kimberly Roff, Ph.D. 




Distance Learning in Real Time 


This is a practical course for professionals teaching 

online who want to improve interaction by adding 

synchronous learning components. The course provides 

insight into the world of synchronous learning tools, 

guides instructors in determining how and when to use 

synchronous communication, and helps you develop 

strategies and styles to implement these tools. Students 

learn the value of collaboration and ways to enhance 

formal learning using real-time learning. Since most 

learners use asynchronous tools to access resources and 

people, real-time synchronous tools allow instructors 

and facilitators to gather learners together while using 

virtual dialogue. Students have multiple opportunities 

to participate as a learner, presenter, and moderator 

while using a variety of synchronous tools. 

ARLENE GOTSHALK, M.A., SPHR. 












online teaching CERTIFICATE 

Education online teaching 


• Instructional Design 

and Delivery 

• Online Teaching 

Certificate 

This orientation session 

introduces our certificate programs in online teaching 

and instruction design and delivery. This program 

overview will benefit anyone seeking ways to create 

meaningful instruction, effectively manage courses, 

and develop appropriate methods of assessing 

students in an online environment. 






Master’s Degree Coming Soon 

In partnership with the Department of Education 

at UC Santa Cruz, UCSC Extension Silicon Valley 

will be offering a Master’s degree with a 

single subject credential in 2012. If you are 

interested in pursing a math or science credential 

at our Santa Clara location, please visit our 

Web site at ucsc-extension.edu/education, 

or call (408) 861-3700. 

Required Courses (four) units Course F W Sp Su 

Introduction to Online Teaching.............................................3.0.........22175 m m m m 

Designing Online Instruction..................................................2.0.........23237 m m 

Building Online Learning Communities.................................3.0.........23243 m m 

Differentiated Instruction.......................................................3.0.........23246. m m 

Distance Learning in Real Time..............................................2.0.........23244 m m 

Assessing Online Learning.....................................................2.0.........23242 m m 

Practicum...............................................................................2.0.........23239. 

Elective Courses units Course F W Sp Su 

Business Communication Across Cultures.................................1.5............ 6.475 

n 

Instructional Needs Assessment and Evaluation.......................1.5............ 16.59 . n 

Facilitation Skills.........................................................................2.0............ 0426 . n n 

Psychology of Human Learning..................................................2.0............ 3536. s s 

Understanding Learning Differences..........................................2.0............ 0384 s 

recommended Course units Course F W Sp Su 

Land Your First Online Teaching Job..........................................2.0............ 3536. m m 

n held in classroom m offered online s hybrid p both classroom and online sessions are available 



ONLINE TEACHING / Instructional Design and Delivery Education 


Psychology of Human Learning 


Understanding Learning Differences 



Land Your First Online Teaching Job 

EDUC.800.047 (2.0 quarter units) 

This career-oriented course introduces educators and 

education students to the growing field of online teaching 

in higher education. The course addresses the online 

teaching arena as a specific educational career choice 

with its own trends, requirements and opportunities. 

This course is ideal for professionals seeking either a 

new part-time teaching opportunity or a career change. 

Trends and opportunities will be discussed as they 

relate to non-profit, for-profit, private, and religious 

institutions of higher learning. 

JEAN SIBLEY, M.A. 




Instructional Design and Delivery 







This program will develop your capacity to organize and 

deliver learning in ways that maximize information about 

learner needs, learning styles, organizational goals, and 

the choice of methods to achieve and evaluate outcomes. 

The principles and practices apply in both traditional 

settings (e.g., colleges and universities) and training 

settings (e.g., corporations and government). 

The certificate is recommended for (1) subject-matter 

experts, (2) current and future adult educators in university, 

community-college, preparatory-school, and adulteducation 

settings, and (3) government and business 

trainers, consultants, and human resource professionals. 

Instructors model the best of instructional design, 

starting with assessments of each participant‘s needs, 

and then coach toward the next developmental stage. 

Instructors work from the premise that each participant 

will develop or advance skills, building from natural talent 

and strengths. Assessments reveal areas in need of special 

attention, such as facilitating group discussions or setting 

up company-wide evaluation schemes. Throughout the 

series, participants engage in activities related to online 

learning, best practices, facilitation skills, technology, 

intercultural communication, and evaluation criteria 

for curriculum and training vendors. 

Note(s): This certificate is not intended to meet 

the require ments for adult and vocational education 

credentials issued by the State of California. 

For information, consult the California Commission 

on Teacher Credentialing at www.ctc.ca.gov. 


To obtain the Certificate in Instructional Design and 

Delivery, you must successfully complete 14 units of 

required courses and 4 units of elective courses. 





Instructional Design Certificate 


Business Communication Across Cultures.............................1.5...........6.475 

n 

Designing Training Programs.................................................2.0...........3132 n n 

Instructional Design and Delivery..........................................3.0.........19.044 s s 

Instructional Needs Assessment and Evaluation....................1.5...........16.59 . n 

Learning Theories and Styles..................................................1.0...........39.6.7 

n 

Introduction to Online Teaching.............................................3.0.........22175 m m m m 

Practicum—Instructional Design and Delivery......................2.0.........19.049 . s 






ELECTIVE COURSES (four units) units Course F W Sp Su 

Understanding Learning Differences..........................................3.0............ 0384 

s 

Psychology of Human Learning..................................................3.0............ 3536 . s s 

Facilitation Skills.........................................................................2.0............ 0426. 

n 

Managing Projects with Microsoft Project.................................1.5............ 4556 . n n n n 

Minimalist Design for Documentation.......................................0.5............ 39.81 m 

Presentation Skills for HR Professionals and Trainers................2.0............ 09.13 n 

Role of the Project Manager......................................................1.5............ 0306 . n p n p 



40 


Education Instructional Design and Delivery / Early Childhood Education 


Designing Training Programs 




The instructional designer must integrate expected 

outcomes with knowledge of adult-learning theories, 

learning styles, and student needs. What should students 

be able to do, say, or think after instruction—at what 

level of proficiency and under what conditions How 

will the designer create opportunities for students to 

experience the content, practice the skills, and achieve 

competence What will students actually do as they 

engage in instructor-led or self-paced sessions, or combinations 

of the two Participants in this course will 

practice face-to-face delivery, delivery through remote 

channels, balancing instructor and student activity, and 

matching these activities to the expected outcomes. 

Prerequisite(s): It is recommended that participants in 

this course first take the following: “Instructional Needs, 

Assessment, and Evaluation,” and “Learning Theories 

and Styles.” 


SANTA CLARA CLASSROOM AND ONLINE (HYBRID) 

2 meetings: 6:30–9:30 pm, April 4 and May 23. 










Managing Projects with Microsoft Project 






Early Childhood 

Education 







The Early Childhood Education (ECE) program at UCSC 

Extension prepares preschool teachers and operators to 

manage the unique challenges they face in our region. 

Whether preparing to become the director of a daycare 

center or a teacher in one, our ECE program provides a full 

range of University of California-certified course work to 

meet the needs and requirements of two levels of expertise. 

Our entry-level ECE program provides all the training 

and background needed to understand child growth and 

development, strategies for effective classroom teaching, 

developmentally based curriculum, and current research 

and trends. 

Our instructors are among the top teachers and 

administrators of Early Childhood Education in the greater 

Bay Area. As a result, our students network with career 

professionals and educational leaders in early childhood 

education and daycare service, while acquiring 

University of California certified training. 


To obtain the Certificate in Early Childhood Education, 

you must successfully complete 31 units of required 

courses and 4 units of electives. 

Prerequisites 

Registration for “ECE 7” requires the completion 

of “ECE 1” and “ECE 3.” 


and Information on Transferring 

Credit from Other Schools, see page 4. 


ECE 2: Introduction to 

Teaching Young Children 


This course studies the philosophy, history and 

development of early childhood programs. Participants 

examine the teacher-child relationship and how existing 

programs meet the needs of preschool children. Programs 

are also reviewed to evaluate how they meet the criteria 

of a quality learning environment. Field observations 

at sites designated by the instructor are required. 

NICOLE KERBEY, M.A. 



April 14 and May 19. 




Early Childhood 

Education Open House 

This free event is an informal 

information session for new 

or returning students who 

are interested in the Early 

Childhood Education Certificate Program. The event 

includes a program overview and highlights of 

courses in the current quarter. The program staff and 

instructors will be available to answer individual 

questions. Staff can also provide recommendations 

regarding course sequence. We encourage you to 

register early to reserve your space. 

5–6 pm: Q&A for ECE programs 

6–7 pm: Panel Discussion: 

Careers in Early Childhood Education 




No fee, but registration is required. 









HYBRID COURSES 

Hybrid courses combine online instruction with classroom 

sessions, affording participants flexibility and 

direct contact with instructors and fellow students. 







our Web site. 














Early Childhood Education Education 


ECE 3: Curriculum Development 

in Early Childhood Programs 


Early Childhood Education certificate 

Ece certificate Required Courses Units Course F W Sp Su 

ECE 1: Development in Early Childhood................................4.0...........1185 s s 

ECE 2: Introduction to Teaching Young Children....................3.0...........36.00 s s 

ECE 3: Curriculum Development in 

Early Childhood Programs...................................................4.0...........36.74 s s 

ECE 4: The Young Child in the Family and Community...........4.0...........6.482 s s 

ECE 5: Positive Guidance and Discipline 

for the Young Child.............................................................3.0...........2529. n n 

ECE 6.: Culture and Diversity in the 

Early Childhood Classroom.................................................3.0...........26.11 s s 

ECE 7: Internship in Early Childhood Education.....................5.0...........06.01 s s 

ECE 8: Child Health, Safety and Nutrition..............................3.0.........23240 s n 

ECE 9.: Language and Literacy for the Young Child................3.0.........23230 s s 

ELECTIVE Courses (three units) units Course F W Sp Su 

Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder 

(ADHD) in the Classroom........................................................1.5............ 1004 n n 

Autism: Intervention and Treatment...........................................2.0............ 6.6.13 n n 

ECE: Brain Development in Early Childhood..............................1.5............ 49.84 n 

ECE: Creative Arts for the Young Child 

(Preschool Through Grade 3)...................................................2.0............ 0077 n n 

ECE: Infant/Toddler Growth and Development..........................2.0............ 4385 s s 

ECE: Managing Behaviors That Are Challenging.......................1.5............ 3801 n n 

ECE: Mentoring Beginning Teachers..........................................3.0............ 2084 n 

ECE: Principles of Infant/Toddler Caregiving..............................2.0............ 0437 s 

Independent Study in Education............................................................... 19.320 

Math Development in Young Children.......................................1.5............ 1122 n s 

SciencePlay: Inquiry-Based Learning Made Easy.......................1.0............ 5741 n 

Identifying and Reporting Abuse................................................................. 4228 s 

Instructional Strategies for Young English Language Learners..1.0 ......... 23398. n n 


In this course, participants examine basic child development 

theories in relation to design and implementation 

of a curriculum for young children. Topics include the 

design of developmentally appropriate lesson plans 

and learning centers to fit the needs of specific age 

groups; the steps involved in curriculum development; 

material and equipment selection; planning group 

experiences; and basic guidance techniques for young 

children. Emphasis is placed on the value of play and 

learning environments and developmentally appropriate 

materials and activities. 

KATHRYN POULSON, M.Ed. 


4 meetings: Wednesdays, 6–9 pm, April 25–May 9; 





ECE 6: Culture and Diversity 

in the Early Childhood Classroom 


This course explores diversity, values, culture, racism 

and oppression from the educators’ view point and 

the impacts of these factors on creating a positive 

multicultural classroom environment. The course 

covers various styles of communicating with parents, 

and provides the educator with role play scenarios 

to practice handling awkward situations. Course 

assignments provide an opportunity for participants 

to develop multicultural lesson plans that can be 

used in an early childhood classroom. 

TRUDY BONINCONTRO, M.A. 


2 meetings: Saturdays, 9 am–4:30 pm, 

April 28 and June 9. 



ECE 7: Internship in 



This course provides early childhood education 

professionals with the opportunity to observe and 

evaluate children, applying theoretical and practical 

models from the field of early childhood education. 

Course activities include structured observation, 

analysis of the roles of adults, lesson planning, 

parent conferencing and reflective teaching. 

Prerequisite(s): “ECE 1: Development in Early Childhood,” 

and “ECE 3: Curriculum Development in Early 

Childhood Programs.” 

MADHAVI SUDARSANA, M.A. 


Tuesdays, 5–8 pm. Meets once April 3 and then in 

the field and online through June 2. 



ECE 9: Language and Literacy 

for the Young Child 


This course covers the development of language 

in children and outlines experiences and techniques that 

enable children to further that development. Participants 

learn how to promote oral language abilities through 

the active use of books, poetry, dramatic play and group 

discussions. There will also be a review of the reading 

process along with various reading theories and issues. 

MELISSA LE, B.A. 


2 meetings: Mondays, 5–8 pm, April 30 and June 11. 




ECE: Infant/Toddler Growth 

and Development 


This course provides a portion of the infant/toddler 

development knowledge required for state licensing. 

“Principles of Infant/Toddler Caregiving” fulfills the 

remainder of the state licensing requirement. 

This course is designed for those who work or plan 

to work in child-care programs for children up to three 

years of age. The focus is on understanding growth and 

development and recognizing the range of individual 

differences within developmental norms. Topics include 

gross and fine motor skills, perception, emotions and 

feelings, social skills, cognition and language. 

MELISSA LE, B.A. 


3 meetings: Thursdays, 5–8 pm, April 5–May 3. 



42 


Education Early Childhood Education 

ECE: Managing Behaviors 

That Are Challenging 


For children whose behaviors are extremely challenging, 

early intervention is crucial. This course helps participants 

understand attention deficit disorder, oppositional defiant 

disorder, autism, Asperger’s Syndrome, non-verbal learning 

disorder, sensory integration disorder, fetal alcohol 

syndrome and emotional/behavioral challenges. With 

exercises simulating the challenges, pain and frustration 

of having special needs, participants come away with 

more compassion, patience, coping skills and empathy 

for those with learning differences. Concrete skills are 

presented for changing behaviors. These include positive 

discipline, effective communication, realistic expectations, 

experiencing new attitudes toward these children, seeing 

the world through the child’s eyes, and avoiding problems. 

KATHY MCNAMARA, M.A., LMFT. 


4 meetings: Fridays, 6–9 pm, April 20–May 4; 

Saturday, 9:30 am–4:30 pm, May 5. 



Math Development in Young Children 


This course focuses on teaching and learning math 

for young children. The course covers California’s math 

standards for early childhood. You’ll participate in 

hands on activities and create exciting math games for 

young children. The course also addresses how young 

children recognize patterns in nature and how you can 

connect math to art. With ample instructor modeling, 

you’ll practice ways to create unforgettable moments 

of discovery, enchantment, and magic by studying 

geometric patterns 

and numbers. This course is recommended for teachers, 

parents, and caregivers of preschoolers and kindergartners. 

A strong background in mathematics is not required. 

MADHAVI SUDARSANA, M.A. 


3 meetings: Friday, 5–8 pm, May 11; Saturday, 

9:30 am–4 pm, May 12; Monday, 5–8 pm, May 21. 




Early Childhood Education: Supervision and Administration 





In California, prospective directors of childcare centers 

require specialized training in administration and supervision 

to qualify for licensing. Once licensed, they also require 

ongoing professional development to renew permits. 

The ECE Supervision and Administration Certificate 

Program at UCSC Extension provides comprehensive 

preparation for this role. It is designed specifically for 

childcare professionals who aspire to run childcare 

centers. The curriculum delivers targeted instruction 

in budget administration, facilities management, and 

personnel recruitment and supervision. 

Educators or working professionals interested 

in exploring careers as directors of private child-care 

centers will benefit from this program, as will parents 

interested in learning more about early childhood 

education administration. 


To earn the Certificate in Supervision and Administration 

of Early Childhood Centers, you must first successfully 

complete the Certificate in Early Childhood Education 

or its equivalent, followed by 12 units of required 

courses and 6 units of ECE electives. 



Courses may be taken in any order. 

Prerequisites 

You must complete the Certificate in Early Childhood 

Education or its equivalent before registering for 

these courses. 


and Information on Transferring 

Credit from Other Schools, see page 4. 






Early Childhood Education: 

Supervision and administration certificate 


ECE 10: Supervision and Administration: 

Home-School Cooperation and Parent Conferencing..........3.0...........3875. m 

ECE 11: Supervision and Administration of 

Early Childhood Centers, Part A..........................................3.0...........6290 m m 

ECE 12: Supervision and Administration of 

Early Childhood Centers, Part B..........................................3.0...........365.5. m 

ECE 13: Supervision and Administration: 

Adult Supervision and Mentoring.......................................3.0...........5.956. m s 

ELECTIVE COURSES (six units) units Course F W Sp Su 

Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) 

in the Classroom......................................................................1.5............. 1004. n 

Autism: Intervention and Treatment...........................................2.0............ 6613 n n 

ECE: Brain Development in Early Childhood..............................1.0............ 4.984. n 

ECE: Creative Arts for the Young Child 

(Preschool Through Grade 3)...................................................1.5............. 0077 n n 

ECE: Infant/Toddler Growth and Development..........................2.0............ 4.385. s s 

ECE: Managing Behaviors That Are Challenging.......................2.0............ 3801 n n 

ECE: Mentoring Beginning Teachers..........................................3.0............ 2084. 

ECE: Principles of Infant/Toddler Caregiving..............................2.0............ 04.37 s 

Math Development in Young Children.......................................1.5............. 1122 n s 

Instructional Strategies for Young English Language Learners..1.0 ......... 23398 n n 

SciencePlay: Inquiry-Based Learning Made Easy.......................1.0............ 5.741. n 




Early Childhood Education / Educational Therapy Education 

Required Course 

ECE 11: Supervision and Administration 

of Early Childhood Centers, Part A 

EDUC.X343.29A (3.0 quarter units) 

The history of early childhood education, the laws 

governing early childhood centers in California, and the 

goals of early childhood education are the focus of this 

course. The administrator’s job description, budgeting, 

personnel selection and standards, records and reports, 

and staff policies will also be discussed. 

WILMA GOLD, M.S.W. 





ECE: Infant/Toddler Growth 








COMING SOON 

Educational Therapy 

Professional Award 

Our Ed Therapy courses are highly practical and 

valuable, even if you don’t meet the prerequisite 

requirements for the full certificate program. Now, you 

can select courses and apply them to our upcoming 

Educational Therapy Professional Award. This new 

Award is an excellent goal for individuals who lack a 

foundation in special education or who wish to hone 

their skills in a targeted area. Participants will learn 

how to help all students achieve independence and 

competence. The Educational Therapy Professional 

Award program will prepare you to provide one-on-on 

intervention that will help your clients develop selfsufficiency 

and self-responsibility. Participants also learn 

traditional intervention techniques for academic learning, 

behavior problems, and social-skills acquisition. 

Upon completing the Award program, you may choose 

to pursue our Educational Therapy Certificate or join the 

workforce as a paraprofessional in special education. 




Education Department, (408) 861-3860, 



In this program, you will learn how to work with young 

children, adolescents and adults who struggle with learning 

problems, and gain the latest instructional techniques 

and strategies in special education. The program covers 

administration and support of individual education plans, 

data collection and reporting, state and federal laws, and 

communication and family involvement. You will be trained 

in the most current and innovative approaches to providing 

resources and support for parents, guardians, and families 

of children with disabilities. 

Our Educational Therapy program thoroughly 

prepares educational specialists and tutors to serve 

students with special needs, emphasizing practical 

application and experience. Our course work is in accordance 

with the Association of Educational Therapists’ 

requirements and culminates in an internship. Students 

who have established candidacy for the full certificate 

are encouraged to apply for an AET associate level 

membership. 


Educational Therapy Certificate 

To Qualify as a Certified Educational Therapist 

The Certificate in Educational Therapy issued by 

UCSC Extension is an important first step. However, there 

are additional requirements to qualify as a professional 

member in the Association of Educational Therapists 

(AET), as well as more requirements to qualify as a 

Certified Educational Therapist with AET. 

To learn more about the requirements, call 

(818) 843-1183, visit www.aetonline.org, or 

attend the free program orientation. 


To obtain the Certificate in Educational Therapy, 

you must successfully complete “Educational Therapy 

Orientation,” 26 units of required courses, and 

4 units of elective courses. You must attain an 

overall average of 3.0 to qualify, including a B or better 

in “Assessment for Educational Therapists Using Formal 

and Informal Approaches.” 

As you make your way through the courses and 

internship, you will compile a portfolio for review by 

the program coordinator and advisory board. 





Understanding Learning Differences......................................3.0...........0384 s s 

Psychology of Human Learning..............................................2.0...........3536. s s 


EdTher: Program Orientation.................................................0.0...........0726. n n n 

Educational Therapy: Reading I..............................................3.0.........23235 n 

Principles of Educational Therapy..........................................3.0...........5581 n n 

Management of Clinical Practice...........................................3.0...........46.15 s s 

Assessment for Educational Therapists..................................3.0...........56.42 n n 

Assessment for Educational Therapists Practicum.................3.0...........4217 n n 

Techniques of Educational Therapy: 

Affective, Cognitive and Perceptual Elements.....................3.0...........5152 n 


Learning Differences and Mathematics..............................3.0.........23229. s s 

Internship: Educational Therapy.............................................5.0...........6.361. s s 



in the Classroom.................................................................1.5...........1004 n n 

Autism: Intervention and Treatment......................................2.0...........6.6.13 n n 

ECE: Brain Development in Early Childhood..........................1.0...........49.84 n 

ECE: Managing Behaviors That Are Challenging....................1.5...........3801 n 

Math Development in Young Children...................................1.5...........1122 s 

Adaptive Technologies...........................................................1.5...........5861. m m 



44 


Education Educational Therapy 


Note: If you have a California Multiple Subject Teaching 

Credential, you may waive all prerequisite courses. 



This course helps professional educators, counselors, 

educational therapists, and parents understand learning 

differences. Current theories on neurological processing, 

attention and memory are presented. Through case 

studies, discussion, video and lecture, participants learn 

to identify the signs of autism, Asperger’s Syndrome, 

Nonverbal Learning Disorder, learning disability and 

Attention Deficit Disorder, as they relate to learning tasks. 

SHARMILA ROY, Ph.D. 







The principles of cognitive, developmental and social 

psychology, as they apply to the exceptional learner, are 

examined in this course. Current research is reviewed as 

it relates to individual differences, the learning process, 

and theories and problems of learning, including the 

impact of motivation and intelligence on the special 

learner. The fundamentals of physical, motor, social and 

emotional development at critical stages are examined. 

This course covers the key human learning theories, 

including classical, social, Piagetian, and informationprocessing 

perspectives. 



3 meetings: Saturdays, 9 am–3 pm, April 14 and May 19. 




Assessment for Educational Therapists– 

Using Formal and Informal Approaches 


In this course, participants are introduced to the 

assessment tools and procedures frequently used in 

educational-therapy settings. In addition to classroom 

activities, students gain field experience using specific 

assessment instruments. Participants have access to 

a limited number of assessment instruments and are 

assisted in their fieldwork placement. Testing is limited 

to educational assessment tools, which are widely used 

by educational therapists and do not require authorization 

to administer (i.e., credentialing as a school 

psychologist or licensing as a clinical or educational 

psychologist). Participants gain the knowledge they 

need to understand and administer tests used by 

educational therapists. 

Prerequisite(s): “Understanding Learning Differences,” 

“Teaching Reading (Ryan Multiple and Single Subject),” 

and “Principles of Educational Therapy.” Bring a ruler 

and color pencils or highlighters to the first class 

meeting. Must receive a grade of B or better. 

PAMM SCRIBNER, M.A., BCET. 


5 meetings: Saturdays, 9 am–4 pm, April 14–May 19. 



Educational Therapy Orientation 

For course description, see right-hand column. 

Management of Clinical Practice 


Establishing and operating a successful private practice 

can be a challenging process for those entering the field 

of educational therapy. This course fosters the confidence 

that comes with knowledge of basic business practices. 

Topics include the development of a business plan, office 

procedures, record-keeping, insurance requirements, fee 

structures, public relations, advertising, time management, 

and community involvement. 




April 21 and June 2. 




Learning Differences and Mathematics 


In this course, students explore inquiry-based strategies, 

high-level conceptual understanding and problemsolving 

in mathematics for students with learning 

differences. The course focuses on the development 

of conceptual knowledge beginning in elementary and 

continuing through middle school. The cognitive aspects 

of mathematics disabilities will be discussed, as well as 

information processing and working memory issues. 



3 meetings: Fridays, 5–8 pm, May 4, 11; 

Saturday, 9:30 am–3:30 pm, June 16. 











Orientation 

This orientation session explores 

career options for professionals 

in the field of education. This is 

an opportunity to learn about 

special education and educational therapy. Experienced 

professionals will share career advice for those interested 

in working as tutors, mentors, and academic coaches. 

You will learn what it takes to establish a small business 

providing academic advocacy, training, and support 

for students with special needs. 

Note: This certificate is not intended to meet the 

requirements of adult vocational credentials issued 

by the State of California. For information, consult 

the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing 

at www.ctc.ca.gov. 

Sherry Stein, M.A. 


Saturday, 9–11 am, May 12. 



The Association of Educational Therapists 

welcomes all Educational Therapy students to 

contact them. Their annual conference is being 

held October 28–30 at the Hilton in Pasadena, CA. 

Phone: (800) 286-4267. 

We are excited to announce a new 

partnership with AET which allows 

us to offer their online professional 

development courses. 







our Web site. 














Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages Education 



Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL) 





Teachers of English as a Second Language generally 

work with immigrants and foreign nationals living in 

English-speaking countries. TESOL teachers need special 

preparation to meet the unique challenges in settings 

where students have had some exposure to English 

but are still struggling. UCSC Extension Silicon Valley 

offers a specialized sequence of courses in linguistics 

and education to prepare instructors to enter the 

TESOL field. The program provides teachers with the 

knowledge, strategies, and practice they need to feel 

comfortable teaching English classes to students of 

various levels and backgrounds. Join the hundreds 

of students who have completed this certificate 

and gone on to rewarding careers. 



To obtain the TESOL Certificate, you must successfully 

complete 23 units of core courses, 4 units of electives 

and 0.5 ceus. You must have a bachelor’s degree to 

enroll in the program. In order to be eligible for this 

certificate, you must maintain an overall 3.0 grade-point 

average (GPA) for all required and elective courses. 


The pre-practicum and practicum are taken at the end, 

but the other courses can be taken in any order. We also 

recommend the Program Overview. 





(TESOL) Certificate 


Language Structure................................................................3.0...........1851 n m 

First- and Second-Language Development............................3.0...........3219. n n 

Methodology of Bilingual and English Language 

Development.....................................................................4.0...........06.33 s s 

Culture and Cultural Diversity................................................4.0...........0776. s s 

Fundamentals of English Grammar for ESL Teachers.............2.0...........1783 n s 

Assessment, Evaluation and Placement.................................2.0.........20031 s s 

Pre-Practicum.................................................................... .0.5 ceu.....13545 n n 

Practicum...............................................................................5.0...........3181 n n 



in the Classroom.................................................................1.5...........1004 n n 

English As a Second Language Through Music 

and Movement....................................................................2.0.........30000 

n 

Instructional Design and Delivery..........................................2.0.........19.004 n m 

Intro to Online Teaching.........................................................3.0.........22175 m m m m 

Teaching Beginning ESL Students: Principles and Practices..1.5...........5818 n 

Teaching English to Asian Students, U.S. and Abroad............1.0...........5174 n n 

Teaching Writing....................................................................2.0...........7015 n n 

Teaching Grammar, Level II....................................................2.0.........20088 n n 

Teaching English to Adults.....................................................2.0.........23589. 

n 

Approaches to Teaching English to Refugees........................2.0.........23397. n n 




Culture and Cultural Diversity 


Teachers and students work daily in the context 

of cultural diversity and intercultural contact. In this 

interactive course, participants review the history and 

current status of diversity in the U.S. Topics include 

the nature and content of culture and the outcomes 

of intercultural interaction, with a special focus on 

those factors that most impact teaching and learning. 

Participants learn strategies for providing culturally 

responsive instruction. Activities include the presentation 

of a mini-lesson for self-evaluation and for 

feedback from peers and the instructor. 

KIMBERLY PERSIANI, Ed.D. 



April 14 and May 19. 



First- and Second-Language 

Development 


Participants in this course examine how the theories of 

first- and second-language learning and acquisition apply 

in TESOL and bilingual education. Participants examine 

the critical factors affecting language development, drawing 

upon their own language learning and teaching 

experience for examples that relate theory to practice. 






Fundamentals of English Grammar I 


This course familiarizes prospective ESL teachers with 

those aspects of English grammar that are crucial for 

their students, who bring special grammatical challenges 

to the learning process. An ESL teacher can become truly 

effective only if he or she is able to identify, objectify and 

then clarify those challenging aspects of English grammar. 

Exploring these points is the goal of this course. 

RICHARD ABEND, M.A. TESOL. 


2 meetings: Saturdays, 9 am–3 pm, 

June 16, 23. Starts online June 2. 








46 


Education Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages 

Methodology of Bilingual and 

English Language Development 


New methods, in tandem with traditional methods, have 

triggered a surge in effective language teaching and 

learning. In this content-rich course, participants review 

both the theory and practical methods of delivering 

bilingual education and English language development. 

Topics include program design, instructional strategies 

and current methods and approaches. 

MICHAEL SMITH, M.A. 


5 meetings: Tuesdays, 5–8:30 pm, April 3–May 29. 



TESOL Practicum 

LING.X417. (5.0 quarter units) 

The practicum provides an opportunity to apply 

previously learned theory and methodology to the 

ESL classroom through supervised student teaching. 

In this practice course, certificate candidates meet 

with their instructor for 21 hours, work with a master 

teacher for 25 hours and teach in a classroom setting 

for four hours. Candidates prepare a proposed lesson 

plan, including teaching objectives, learner outcomes, 

methodologies, and assessment tools. Observation and 

feedback sessions with the instructor are arranged 

individually. Candidates organize a cumulative portfolio 

of their certificate course work, sample student work, 

and other evidence of professional achievement in the 

TESOL Certificate Program. The instructor reviews the 

portfolio as part of the evaluation for the certificate. 

REBECCA LEE LOVIN, Ed.D. 

SANTA CLARA FIELD STUDY/PRACTICUM 


April 21 and May 12; Wednesday, 6–9:30 pm, May 23. 








Teaching English to Asian Students, 

U.S. and Abroad 

EDUC.X332.21 (1.0 quarter unit) 

This course is designed for those educators currently 

teaching or who plan to teach ESL to Asian students. 

Special attention is given to critical differences in 

student and parent expectations, teacher roles, and 

cultural patterns that support or hinder teacher success. 

Content includes information on the types of ESL teaching 

positions available in the United States and abroad. 

Participants who teach to other cultural groups can also 

benefit from the principles presented in this course. 

Rebecca EaglEson, M.A. 


3 meetings: Thursdays, 6–9:30 pm, May 17–31. 



Teaching English to Adults 


In this course, you will learn to apply the principles of 

adult learning to second language acquisition and to 

differentiate teaching in ESL and EFL classrooms. Topics 

include the diversity of learners, assessment and student 

placement, integration of four skills, individual learning 

styles. and an introduction to ESL resources. This course 

equips teachers to develop instructional strategies that 

meet adult students’ goals and improve their outcomes. 

USHA NARAYANAN, Ph.D. 


5 meetings: Mondays, 5–9 pm, April 9–30; 

Thursdays, 5–9 pm, May 7, 14. 










HYBRID COURSES 

Hybrid courses combine online instruction with classroom 

sessions, affording participants flexibility and 

direct contact with instructors and fellow students. 


3NEW 

TESOL Open House 



or returning students who 

are interested in the TESOL 

Certificate Program. The event 

includes a program overview and highlights of 

courses in the current quarter. The program staff and 

instructors will be available to answer individual 

questions. Staff can also provide recommendations 

regarding course sequence. We encourage you to 

register early to reserve your space. 

5–6 pm: Q&A for TESOL Certificate Program 

6–7 pm: Panel Discussion: Careers in TESOL 






2012 

Summer Intensive 

starting June 11 

Special Topics 

• Differentiated Learning: 

How to Structure Effective Group Work 

• Utilizing Web 2.0 and Multimedia in the Classroom 

• Classroom Management Techniques 

• “I read it, but I don’t get it”— 

Helping the Struggling Readers 

• Multicultural Instructions: 

Teaching to Diverse Groups of Students 

• Effective ESL Instruction for Reading and Writing 

• Literacy Instructions for All 

Certificates 

• TESOL 

• ECE: Supervision and Administration 

Credentials 

• Technology in Schools 

• Becoming a Professional Educator: 

Special Populations and Healthy Environment 

For information, contact: 

Education Department, (408) 861-3860, 



credential courses Education 

Credential Courses 



Education Department, (408) 861-3860, fax 

(408) 861-3870, or e-mail program@ucsc-extension.edu. 

Courses for Teaching Credential 

Completion and Renewal 

UCSC Extension offers programs for educators seeking 

to complete the requirements for the Ryan Clear credential, 

or to meet selected teacher preparation requirements for 

the SB2042 Preliminary credential. Many of our credential 

courses are offered online for the convenience of professional 

educators. As with all programs that meet the 

specific requirements established by the Commission, 

candidates who complete their teacher preparation at 

UCSC Extension must be formally recommended for the 

credential by UCSC. Please confirm with the administrator 

of your credential program that the course you intend 

to take is acceptable. 

Ryan Clear Teaching Credential 

We offer courses for the Ryan Clear Teaching Credential. 

If you possess a Ryan preliminary credential or an SB 2042 

preliminary credential, you will find detailed information 

on meeting credential requirements on our Web site at 

ucsc-extension.edu/clear. 

Technology in Schools, Introduction 

(SB 2042 Standard 11) 

EDUC.XSC209 (2.0 quarter units) 

This course meets the SB 2042 Level 1 technology 

requirement (Standard 11) for teacher preparation. The 

course provides an overview of the use of technology 

in the K-12 classroom and helps prepare teacher 

candidates to use appropriate technology to facilitate 

the teaching and learning process. 

LARRY LIDEN, M.A. 




SB 2042 creDentials 

SB 2042 Preliminary—Healthy Environments, Special Populations, Technology 

UCSC Extension Silicon Valley offers CCTC-approved 1 courses 

to meet selected standards for SB 2042 Teacher Preparation and Teacher Induction. 

UCSC Extension Courses 

Becoming a Professional Educator 

XSC26.5 2 

UCSC SB 2042 

Introduction to Technology in Schools 

XSC 209. 

notes 

5 units: Teacher Preparation Stan dards 10 and 14. 

Combines special populations (mainstream ing) and 

supportive, healthy environments (health ed). Does 

not include CPR. 

2 units: Approved by the commission for SB2042 

Teacher Preparation Standard 11. 

For information and guidance, contact the Education Department at (408) 86.1-386.0 


1 

California Commission on Teacher Credentialing. See www.ctc.ca.gov. 

2 

To satisfy the Mainstreaming and Health Education requirements, the Education Department offers a combined course 

approved by the CCTC: “Becoming a Professional Educator: Special Populations and Healthy Environments” 

(Course Number 4317). 

Becoming a Professional Educator: 

Special Populations and Health 

EDUC.XSC265. (5.0 quarter units) 

Meets the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing 

requirements in (a) healthy environment and special populations 

for SB 2042 preliminary Multiple or Single Subject and 

Ryan Professional Clear Credentials and (b) health education 

and nutrition for the clear, full-time Adult Education and 

Vocational Education Credential. 

This course offers an overview of the field of special 

education and the expanded role of the teacher in 

providing health and substance abuse prevention 

in the “mainstreamed” classroom. 

Anna Sanfilifippo Pulido, M.S., M.A. 










our Web site. 




















Master’s Degree Coming Soon 

In partnership with the Department of Education 

at UC Santa Cruz, UCSC Extension Silicon Valley 

will be offering a Master’s degree with a 

single subject credential in 2012. If you are 

interested in pursing a math or science credential 

at our Santa Clara location, please visit our Web 

site at ucsc-extension.edu/education, or call 

(408) 861-3700. 

48 


Education 

Institute for the Study of Western Civilization 

New! Americans in Paris 

Summer 2012 

Monday Nights 

In the years before Thomas Jefferson became President, he lived in Paris as the American ambassador to the court 

of Louis XVI—one of the very first “Americans in Paris.” But certainly not the last. In the peaceful and progressive 

years of the mid- to late-nineteenth century, Paris emerged as the cultural capital of the world, and thousands 

of Americans decided they wanted to be there! In painting, sculpture, architecture, interior design, city planning— 

in every aspect of culture—Paris was the place to be, and painters like Mary Cassatt and sculptors like Augustus 

Saint-Gaudens packed their bags and headed to the City of Lights. Other Americans, like Isabella Stewart Gardner, 

came to buy their art, and writers and intellectuals followed. In our summer course, we will study ten of these 

fascinating Americans and their years in Paris. We will enjoy their paintings, visit the noteworthy locations in the 

city that influenced their work, read their books, and share the great city that inspired and uplifted their 

art and their lives. 

Week by week: 

1. June 25: Thomas Jefferson (1743–1826). 

In his five years in Paris, Jefferson was clearly influenced 

by Paris intellectuals, which helped to obliterate 

the last traces of provincialism in the Virginia farmer 

and further implanted in him the ideals of the 

Enlightenment and the French Revolution. 

2. July 2: Winslow Homer (1836–1910). 

Born in Boston, Homer went to Paris in 1867 at the 

height of the Impressionist movement, motivated 

perhaps by the chance to see two of his Civil War 

paintings at the Exposition Universelle. He shared 

the Impressionists’ interest in using outdoor light, 

simple forms, and free brushwork. 

3. July 9: Augustus Saint-Gaudens (1848–1907). 

This “American Renaissance” sculptor was born in 

Dublin and grew up in New York. At 19, he traveled 

to Paris to study at the École des Beaux-Arts. He came 

home to create grand monuments to Civil War heroes 

and noted designs for U.S. coins, including the famous 

gold double eagle, still considered the most beautiful 

American coin ever issued. 

4. July 16: Mark Twain (1835–1910). 

In 1867, a local newspaper funded Twain’s travels 

throughout Europe, whereupon he wrote: “In Paris 

they just simply opened their eyes and stared when 

we spoke to them in French! We never did succeed in 

making those idiots understand their own language.” 

—The Innocents Abroad 

5. July 23: Mary Cassatt (1844–1926). 

Cassatt moved from Pennsylvania to Paris in 1866. 

Since women could not attend the École des Beaux- 

Arts, she studied privately and augmented her artistic 

training with daily copying in the Louvre. She was 

encouraged by Degas, and her work, often featuring 

tender scenes of women and children, was ultimately 

included in Impressionist Exhibitions. 

6. July 30: John Singer Sargent (1856–1925). 

Sargent was an American expatriate trained in Paris 

who enjoyed international acclaim as a portrait 

painter, though not without controversy: his Portrait 

of Madame X was intended to consolidate his position 

as a society painter, but it resulted in scandal instead. 

7. August 6: Isabella Stewart Gardner (1840– 

1924). Isabella Stewart Gardner, born in New York 

and doyenne of her adopted city of Boston, lived 

an engaging, exuberant life including much travel, 

entertainment, and adventure. She made frequent 

trips abroad to collect the work of ex-patriot artists, 

and endowed the museum that bears her name. 

8. August 13: Ernest Hemingway (1899–1961). 

Hemingway arrived in Paris in December 1921 and 

produced there some of the most significant works 

of 20th century fiction. Within a few short years, he 

went from being an unknown writer to being the 

most important writer of his generation. 

9. August 20: Gertrude Stein (1874–1946). 

Stein, who was born in Pennsylvania and lived for 

a time in Oakland, moved to Paris in 1903 and spent 

the rest of her life there. Much of her fame derives 

from her “salon” of the avant-garde of Paris and 

for a private modern art gallery she assembled, 

from 1904 to 1913, with her brother Leo Stein. 

10. August 27: Julia Morgan (1872–1957). 

One of the first women to graduate from University 

of California at Berkeley in civil engineering, Morgan 

pursued architectural studies in Paris at the École des 

Beaux-Arts, which had initially refused her admission. 

Her architecture now graces many locations in 

California. 

WILLIAM FREDLUND, Ph.D. 

INSTITUTE FOR THE STUDY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION 


10 meetings: Mondays, 7–10 pm, 

June 28–August 30, 2012. 

ENROLLMENT INFORMATION 

The “Americans in Paris” course is a presentation 

of the University of California Extension, Santa 

Cruz, and the Institute for the Study of Western 

Civilization. 

All enrollment is handled by the Institute. 

To enroll, you may call the Institute 

at (408) 864-4060 (Monday-Friday, 

10 am–6 pm). Classes are held at the Institute, 

10060 Bubb Road, Cupertino, 95014. 

Internet Requirement and Course Web Site 

An e-mail account and access to the Internet 

are requirements for this class. Please be ready 

with your e-mail account information at the time 

of enrollment. 

For more information about “Americans in Paris” 

with timelines and other material, visit the 

Institute Web site at www.westernciv.com 

49

Engineering and Technology 




Embedded Systems........................................ 51 

VLSI Engineering............................................ 54 


and Systems Security..................................... 56 


and Administration......................................... 58 


Computer Programming................................. 61 

Internet Programming and Development........ 65 

Software Engineering and Quality.................. 68 

Database Systems.......................................... 70 

Web and Graphic Design 

Graphic Design.............................................. 71 

Web Design................................................... 72 

Technology Management 

Knowledge Services and Enterprise 

Management (KSEM)................................. 74 



Embedded Systems, 

VLSI, and Network 

Engineering 

This free event is intended as an 

informal information session for 

new or returning students who are interested in the 

Embedded Systems, VLSI and Network Engineering 

certificate programs. The event includes an one-hour 

presentation with a program overview and highlights 

of new courses. After that, the floor is open for questions 

and answers of general interest. The program 

staff and program coordinator (or senior instructor) will 

be available to answer individual questions. The staff 

can answer questions about individual courses, or 

provide recommendations regarding course sequence. 

This is an opportunity to receive course counseling for 

the coming quarters. We encourage you to register 

early to reserve your space. 

ANDY HOU. 





Tuesday, 6:30–8:30 pm, May 29. 



50 


Engineering and Technology Hardware Systems and VLSI Engineering 


Hardware design engineers throughout Silicon Valley make UCSC Extension their source for training in VLSI design, 

hardware systems engineering, analog and digital circuit design, microprocessors, PLC, instrumentation, solid-state 

electronics, nanotechnology, EMC, signal processing, power electronics, communications, control systems, and I/O 

processing. With a combination of online and traditional courses taught during weeknights and weekends, our 

convenient courses are ideal for busy Bay Area engineers. 


Embedded Systems 

Today’s embedded systems development includes 

microprocessor-based control systems, systems-on-chip 

(SoC) design, and device software development. 

Implementations can be found in PDAs, consumer 

electronics, networking equipment, industrial controllers 

and military electronics. This program looks at embedded 

systems engineering as a synergistic integration of 

hardware and software device design and development. 

You’ll master the essential concepts of embedded systems 

development by learning algorithms, hardware design, 

software development, manufacturing and testing. 


Engineering and Technology Department, (408) 861-3860, 



This program will equip you with essential tools, 

techniques and an overall understanding of embedded 

systems. For working professionals in the field of 

embedded systems, we offer courses in the areas of 

hardware design (system architecture, board design and 

interfaces), software development (real time embedded 

programming, Linux based systems), digital signal 

processing (DSP and DV) and applications (consumer 

electronics, networking, and control systems). 

Embedded systems are everywhere today. There 

are vast career and business opportunities related to 

such systems in Silicon Valley and internationally. Few 

academic schools provide practical training to students 

entering the embedded systems field. To meet that need, 

UCSC Extension Silicon Valley has developed this unique 

certificate program to help working professionals learn 

all aspects of embedded systems. 

From hardware to software, from algorithm 

development to practical implementation, we have 

been training engineers in this burgeoning field for the 

past 15 years. This is one of the most popular programs 

within the Engineering and Technology department 

at UCSC Extension. 

Program Benefits 

• Certificate program provides the basic knowledge 

for designing and programming embedded systems 

• Wide variety of advanced topics helps students 

develop areas of specialization 

• Courses taught by working professionals 

• Board and programming projects for hands-on learning 

• Courses frequently updated to reflect changing 

technology and industry needs 


To obtain the Certificate in Embedded Systems, you must 

successfully complete a total of 14 units, including one of 

the three core courses. Each core course is focused on one 

of three major specialties: Hardware Design, Embedded 

Soft ware, and Digital Signal Processing and Digital 

Video. Since the embedded field is diverse, only one core 

course is required in the area of the student’s interest or 

specialization. 

Prerequisites 

Technical aptitude, a background in science and technology, 

an engineering degree, programming experience, or equivalent 

knowledge acquired through training and experience in the 

field. Prospective students are advised to review prerequisites 

that apply to individual courses. 


For beginners, take the core courses first. After which, 

courses may be taken in any order provided the 

prerequisites are met. 




Only one course may be shared between two 

Engineering and Technology certificate programs unless 

otherwise noted. 

Courses 

C Programming for Beginners 



Energy Storage, and Green Building 

EE.X400.114 (3.0 quarter units) 

This course covers the fundamentals, trends, and 

challenges inherent to smart grid, energy storage, and 

green building technologies. Smart grid topics include 

smart meters, sensors and appliances on the user side, 

as well as distributed generation (DG), microgrids, and 

distributed resources (DER) used in managing the new 

energy sources. The course addresses the challenge 

of energy storage with a review of current and future 

technologies including lithium ion batteries and 

nanotechnology applications. Green building addresses 

the LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental 

Design) standards for sustainable construction and 

the latest LED (Light Emitting Diode) and integrated 

photovoltaic applications. 

Prerequisite(s): A background in science, engineering 

or three years of work experience in an energy-related 

industry. 

WILLIAM KAO, Ph.D. 


10 meetings: Mondays, 6:30–9:30 pm, April 9–June 18. 



Coding Theory and Applications, 

Introduction 


Data Acquisition System Design 

and Implementation 


This course covers the Data Acquisition Systems (DAS) 

architecture and components: sensor (or transducer), 

signal conditioner, analog to digital conversion (ADC), 

microcontroller (or DSP), memory, communication channels. 

Various types of sensors (transducers) are analyzed 

for accuracy and linearity. Sampling and digitizing will 

be addressed, including practical types of ADC. The 

hands-on portion of the course introduces the design of 

an embedded microcontroller-based DAS. Students will 

learn to install tools, set up a development environment, 

program, simulate and debug. The course concludes 

with a review of commercial data acquisition systems. 

Prerequisite(s): Students must have a basic understanding 

of C programming, circuit analysis, analog and 

digital electronics, and microprocessor-based design. 

VICTOR KOLESNICHENKO, Ph.D. 


10 meetings: Thursdays, 6:30–9:30 pm, April 5–June 7. 
















our Web site. 














Hardware Systems and VLSI Engineering Engineering and Technology 

Designing Xilinx CPLDs and FPGAs, 

Introduction 

CMPE.X432.1 (3.0 quarter units) 

This course is a practical introduction to programmable 

logic design with Xilinx FPGAs and CPLDs. Using several 

examples and design techniques, students will be taken 

through a complete PLD design. Upon completion of the 

course, students should be able to complete a design 

with Xilinx CPLDs and FPGAs, and understand the 

design and timing reports. The course will include two 

student projects. Topics include a logic design process 

review, design software, Xilinx CPLDs and FPGAs 

architecture, design techniques and optimizing, JTAG, 

power optimization and large design techniques. 

Prerequisite(s): Experience with logic design of digital 

systems or equivalent knowledge. Some knowledge of 

Verilog or VHDL is recommended. 

JESSE JENKINS, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E., Ph.D. 



April 11–June 13. 




for Android Mobile Devices 


Developing Applications for iPhone, 

iPad and iPod Touch, Introduction 


PRACTICAL SYSTEM PROGRAMMING 

COURSES 

Beyond the basics, we offer practical and hands-on 

board programming courses for professionals 

working in the embedded, consumer, and system 

development fields. 

• Real-Time Embedded Systems Programming, 

Introduction 

• Real Time Embedded Systems I/O 

Programming— Ethernet, USB, SPI and 

Serial Devices 

• USB Device Interfaces: Architecture, Protocols 

and Programming 

• Designing with Xilinx FPGAs, Comprehensive 

• Linux Device Drivers, Advanced 

• Embedded Linux Design and Programming, 

Introduction 

• Wireless Technologies for Embedded Systems: 

Bluetooth, WiFi and ZigBee 


EMBEDDED SYSTEMS CERTIFICATE 

*Choose one of these three core courses Units Course F W Sp Su 

System Design 

*Embedded Systems Hardware Architectures, Introduction....1.5.........21319 n n 

IO Concepts and Protocols: PCI Express, Ethernet, and 

Fibre Channel.....................................................................3.0.........22177 n n 

Printed Circuit Board Design for Signal Integrity and 

EMC Compliance................................................................1.5.........21943 n n 

Jitter Essentials......................................................................1.5.........21321 n n 

Comprehensive Signal and Power Integrity 

for High-Speed Digital Systems..........................................3.0.........22874 n n 

Design Overview of High Efficiency Switch-mode 

Power Supply.....................................................................3.0.........23590 n n 

Data Acquisition System Design and Implementation...........3.0.........22873 n n 

Designing Xilinx CPLDs and FPGAs, Introduction..................3.0...........6346 n n 

Designing with Xilinx FPGAs, Comprehensive.......................3.0.........22179 n n 

SystemVerilog for ASIC and FPGA Design..............................3.0.........20095 n n 

Introduction to SystemC........................................................1.5.........19957 n n 

Embedded Linux 

*Embedded Linux Design and Programming, Introduction.....3.0...........3364 n n n 

Linux Device Drivers...............................................................3.0...........2470 p p p p 

Linux Device Drivers, Advanced..............................................3.0...........1016 n n n n 

Real-Time Systems 

Real-Time Embedded Systems Programming, Introduction...3.0...........5381 n n 

Real-Time Embedded Systems I/O Programming: 

Ethernet USB, SPI and Serial Devices.................................3.0.........30028 n n 

Embedded Software 

Wireless Technologies for Embedded Systems: 

Bluetooth, WiFi and ZigBee................................................3.0.........23093 n n 

Embedded Boot Loaders: BIOS and UEFI...............................3.0.........23092 n n 

USB Device Interface: Architecture, 

Protocols and Programming..............................................3.0...........2179 n n 

Software Testing: Techniques, Tools and Practices..................3.0.........20501 n n 

Developing Applications for iPhone, iPad and iPod Touch, 

Introduction.......................................................................1.5.........21938 n n n n 

Developing Applications for Android Mobile Devices............3.0.........21956 n n n n 

Multicore Programming.........................................................2.0.........22180 n n 

C Programming for Beginners................................................3.0...........5208 p p p p 

DSP and DV 

*Digital Signal Processing, Fundamentals...............................2.0...........5758 n n 

DSP Applications in Audio, Imaging, and 

Communications Systems..................................................3.0...........0516 n n 

Coding Theory and Applications, Introduction.......................3.0.........23389 n n 

Digital Video Compression and Codec ..................................3.0.........19025 n n 

Emerging Technologies 

Clean Technology: 

Smart Grid, Energy Storage, and Green Building...................3.0.........22749 n n 

Smart Grid, Introduction........................................................1.0.........22867 n n 



52 



Digital Signal Processing, Fundamentals 


This course introduces students to the basic concepts, 

fundamental theory and implementation of DSP technology. 

Topics include digital signals, digital systems, 

Fourier transform, Z-transform, sampling, digitalization, 

transform analysis of LTI systems, structures for discretetime 

systems, digital filter design, discrete Fourier 

transform, Hilbert transform, and fast Fourier transform 

algorithms. MATLAB will be introduced and used to 

demonstrate concepts and principles of DSP. The course 

features expert guidance and interactive instructions 

to help students understand the fundamentals of DSP 

technologies and design considerations. 

DANHUA ZHAO, Ph.D. 





Embedded Linux Design and 

Programming, Introduction 


Embedded Systems Hardware 

Architectures, Introduction 


This course covers the hardware components and 

interfaces in a typical embedded system. The course 

begins with an inside look at some typical embedded 

systems and the functional blocks within those systems. 

The course addresses design considerations for such 

systems and several approaches to system building. Also 

covered are the various types of memory commonly 

used in embedded systems, basic concepts in microprocessors, 

microcontrollers and DSP, and an introduction 

to the typical buses used at the system level. 

Prerequisite(s): Some familiarity with the hardware 

components of a computer system is required. 

MICHAEL WANG, M.B.A., M.S.E.E. 


5 meetings: Tuesdays, 6:30–9:30 pm, April 24–May 22. 



IO Concepts and Protocols: PCI Express, 

Ethernet, and Fibre Channel 


This course focuses on IO technologies and walks 

students through the complexities of IO subsystems in 

modern computers, and the networking and storage subsystems 

to which they are attached. After an introduction 

to the basic concepts of IO, we will delve into the details 

of PCI Express, Ethernet and Fibre Channel. Discussion 

will include operation and protocols and an exploration 

of how these technologies work. We will follow an 

application’s IO request all the way from the system 

call, to when the data actually makes it out of the wire. 

Prerequisite(s): An introductory course or practical 

experience with operating systems internals, an 

introduction to computer architecture and organization, 

and systems programming experience. 

AJIT NATARAJAN, M.S. 






Linux Device Drivers 


Linux Device Drivers, Advanced 


Multicore Programming 


Printed Circuit Board Design for Signal 

Integrity and EMC Compliance 


This course presents simplified design techniques for 

the design and layout of printed circuit boards to achieve 

both signal integrity and electromagnetic compatibility 

(EMC) for both experienced and entry level engineers. 

Design and layout techniques are introduced in a simple, 

step-by-step presentation that allows plenty of opportunities 

to address specific questions. Emphasis is placed 

on real-life examples that demonstrate good layout 

practices that can be incorporated immediately for 

high-perfomance designs and products. 

Prerequisite(s): Prior experience with printed circuit board 

and system level design and testing is highly desired. A 

solid foundation in basic electrical engineering principles 

helps one understand fundamental design concepts. 

This course targets the spectrum of designers, from entry 

level to senior engineer, including EMC engineers. 

MARK MONTROSE, M.S. 





3NEW 

Real-Time Embedded Systems 

I/O Programming—Ethernet, USB, 

SPI and Serial Devices 


This course examines common external IO architectures 

for embedded systems and provides hands-on instruction 

in designing and developing IO sub-systems under 

real-time constraints. A variety of IO architectures are 

addressed, including Ethernet, WiFi, SPI, USB, I2C, and 

UART (RS232). Discussions cover physical interfaces, 

input/output protocols, and the design and implementation 

of the IO subsystems that interact with real-time 

applications. Issues of bandwidth, latency and real-time 

are also discussed. You’ll gain practical experience 

designing and coding embedded systems on a PIC 

microcontroller based SDK. 

This course requires students to purchase a development 

board ($99, not included in the tuition) to perform 

basic RT programming tasks on a Windows computer. 

Detailed board information will be provided at the first 

class meeting. 

Prerequisite(s): “Real-time Embedded Systems 

Programming, Introduction, ” and a strong background 

in C programming and some understanding of 

embedded IO systems. 

AVNISH AGGARWAL, M.S. 


10 meetings: Tuesdays, 6:30–9:30 pm, April 17–June 19. 



SystemVerilog for ASIC and FPGA Design 


SystemC, Introduction 


Wireless Technologies for Embedded 

Systems: Bluetooth, WiFi and ZigBee 


This course provides practical knowledge of embedded 

system programming for wireless technologies. 

Instruction includes UDP and TCP based communications 

and socket programming, which is the foundation of 

network programming. The course addresses tradeoff 

considerations of bandwidth, cost and power among 

Bluetooth, WiFi and ZigBee. For each technology, the 

discussion includes architecture, key protocol, programming 

API and debugging. In the hands-on portion of 

the course, students design, implement, and demonstrate 

a wireless-enabled application on a Rabbit 

development board. 

Prerequisite(s): Knowledge of embedded system 

hardware, Internet basics (IP address, packet routing, 

PING and TCP/UDP transport protocols), strong C 

programming experience (source level debugging, 

C program memory map, and pointers), and basic 

microprocessor and networking hardware knowledge 

(microprocessor IO ports, DMA, interrupt, Ethernet, 

USB and Internet handling). 

AVNISH AGGARWAL, M.S. 


10 meetings: Fridays, 6:30–9:30 pm, April 13–June 15. 




C Programming, Advanced 


Design Simulation with Verilog 

and SystemVerilog 


TCP/IP Essentials 






ONLINE AT UCSC-EXTENSION.EDU 


Hardware Systems and VLSI Engineering Engineering and Technology 


VLSI Engineering 





Design engineers have broad responsibility for hardware 

specification, analysis, logic design, verification, simulation, 

synthesis, testing and maintenance of integrated 

circuit products. While some have advanced degrees in 

computer science or electrical engineering, few have the 

practical education required for design, development and 

maintenance of complex VLSI devices to accommodate 

cost control, schedule and customer requirements. 

The VLSI Engineering certificate program meets 

this need. Taught by working professionals, this program 

provides you with the tools, techniques and overall 

understanding of the VLSI design process needed in 

the design of small- to large-scale hardware products. 

You will acquire a comprehensive understanding of 

the entire design process and how each phase supports 

the development of a VLSI product. The program also 

prepares you for design work on VLSI projects at systems 

or semiconductor companies and provides you with 

required knowledge in simulation, verification, synthesis 

and testing using modern EDA tools. 


To obtain the Certificate in VLSI Engineering, you must 

successfully complete a total of 14 units. 


It is recommended that you take at least one course from 

the “Design Methodology” category. Other courses may 

be taken based on your interests and professional level. 







Courses 

ASIC Physical Design, Advanced 


This course covers the advanced topics of ASIC front-toback 

design automation. It introduces backend design 

and low power techniques in 65nm technologies and 

beyond. Topics include floor-planning considerations, 

physical design synthesis, timing closure after detail 

route, RC extraction and static timing analysis, congestion 

analysis, IR drop, signal integrity, power planning and 

analysis. The instructor will share his extensive experience 

in ASIC implementation over many generations and will 

also provide 90nm and 45nm lab exercises for students 

to practice techniques learned in class. 

Prerequisite(s): Basic knowledge of the backend design 

flow from netlist to GDSII. Knowledge and hands-on experience 

with Linux/Unix will be required for lab exercises. 

SHAHROKH SHAKOURI, M.S. 






Introduction 


Design Simulation with Verilog 

and SystemVerilog 


This course covers basic Verilog language. It introduces 

students to the digital simulation process with hands-on 

exercises using the simulation tool in the lab. The instructor 

discusses simulation techniques, such as coding style, 

event ordering, delta cycle debugging, zero width glitch, 

race conditions, time slices and conditional compilation, 

among other topics. The course also addresses simulation 

performance and code coverage. The second half of the 

course introduces the SystemVerilog language including 

syntax and semantics. Examples are given to show how 

these tools help designers with code compaction and 

system verifications. 

VLSI ENGINEERING certificate 

14-unit minimum Units Course F W Sp Su 

Design Methodology 

Developing the Nanometer ASIC: From Spec to Silicon..........1.5...........3497 n n 

Designing Xilinx CPLDs and FPGAs, Introduction..................3.0...........6346 n n 

Logic and Functional Design 

Digital Logic Design Using Verilog.........................................3.0...........0764 n n 

Logic Synthesis, Introduction.................................................3.0...........4377 n n 

SystemC, Introduction............................................................1.5.........19957 n n 

Practical Logic Design by Example.........................................3.0.........22607 n n 

Practical DFT Concepts for ASICs: With Nanometer Test 

Enhancements...................................................................3.0...........5373 n n 

IO Concepts and Protocols: PCI Express, Ethernet, and 

Fibre Channel.....................................................................3.0.........22177 n n 


SystemVerilog and Verification 

Design Simulation with Verilog and SystemVerilog...............3.0...........6932 n n 

SystemVerilog for ASIC & FPGA Design.................................3.0.........20095 n n 

SystemVerilog Assertions for Design Verification...................3.0.........20062 n 

SystemVerilog for Advanced Design Verification....................3.0.........18966 n n 

Structured Verification Using UVM 

(Universal Verification Methodology).................................1.5...........0027 n n 

Physical Design and Timing Closure 

Physical Design Flow from Netlist to GDS II..........................3.0...........4436 n n 

ASIC Physical Design, Advanced............................................3.0...........0634 n n 

Timing Closure in IC Design...................................................3.0...........4775 n n 

Circuit Design 

Low-Power Design of Nano-Scale Digital Circuits.................3.0.........21941 m m m m 

Analog IC Design, Introduction..............................................3.0...........3799 n 

Mixed-Signal IC Design..........................................................3.0...........1999 n n 

PLL and Clock/Data Recovery Circuits....................................3.0...........2283 n n 

Designing CMOS Radio Frequency Integrated Circuits (RFIC).... 3.0.........22866 

n 

Jitter Essentials......................................................................1.5.........21321 n n 

Comprehensive Signal and Power Integrity for 

High-Speed Digital Systems................................................3.0.........22874 n n 



Prerequisite(s): Knowledge of basic logic design and 

familiarity with a high-level programming language 

(e.g., C) and use of a text editor in the Linux 

environment. 

BENJAMIN TING, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E.. 












54 



Designing CMOS Radio Frequency 

Integrated Circuits (RFIC) 


This course addresses both the theoretical and practical 

aspects of CMOS RFIC circuit design. The course begins 

with a review of the CMOS transistor model and RLC 

network. It introduces the concepts of impedance matching, 

two-port noise, and linearity. The instructor provides 

in-depth explanations of the design and analysis of lownoise 

amplifiers, mixers, voltage-controlled oscillators, 

synthesizers, and power amplifiers. To reinforce the skills 

learned in this course, students will develop their own 

designs for major wireless transceiver blocks. The course 

also includes discussion of the design trade-offs in 

various radio architectures. 

Prerequisite(s): “Analog IC Design, Introduction.” 

Familiar with circuit analysis and small-signal models. 

Have prior experience with a circuit simulator. 

MIN “ADAM” CHU, Ph.D. 


8 meetings: Saturdays, 9 am–1 pm, April 21–June 16. 



Designing Xilinx CPLDs and FPGAs, 

Introduction 


IO Concepts and Protocols: 

PCI Express, Ethernet, and Fibre Channel 


Low-Power Design of 

Nano-Scale Digital Circuits 


This course introduces advanced topics in nano-scale 

(below 90nm) VLSI device and circuit design. Highperformance 

and low-power design issues in modern 

and future nano-scale CMOS technologies are discussed 

in detail. Students will learn low power design approaches 

and techniques at different levels of abstraction. New 

design techniques will be introduced to deal with nano 

circuit designs under excessive leakage and process 

variations. Several non-classical CMOS devices for circuit 

design in such technologies will be explored. Prospects 

of future non-silicon nanotechnologies will be reviewed. 

Prerequisite(s): Knowledge of CMOS technology and 

digital circuit design in CMOS is recommended, but 

an overview will be provided. 

HAMID MAHMOODI, Ph.D. 

ONLINE, April 16–July 30. 



PLL and Clock/Data Recovery Circuits 


Phase-locked-loop (PLL) circuits are used extensively 

in system and chip designs for frequency multiplication, 

data extraction, and re-timing purposes. This course 

provides students with the knowledge required for 

analysis and design of PLL circuits and their applications 

in clock and data-recovery circuits. The instructor will 

discuss various components involved in the design of a 

PLL circuit. Topics include transceiver design, high-speed 

I/O, ring and LC oscillators, charge-pump PLL, practical 

issues at transistor-level design, noise and jitter in PLL, 

delay-locked loop, frequency multiplier, and clock and 

data recovery circuits. 

Prerequisite(s): Basic knowledge of RLC circuits, MOS 

transistors, simple analog circuits such as single stage 

amplifiers, differential amplifiers, current sources and 

concept of feedback, and simple digital circuits such 

as logic gates, flip-flops, shift registers and counters. 

KAMRAN IRAVANI, M.S. 





Practical Logic Design By Example 


This course teaches the logic design of real-world 

digital systems. The emphasis is on how to break down 

a complex digital design specification, logic design of the 

sub-designs, and integration into the top level design, 

validated with respect to the specification. The course 

goes deep into the logic design of common to re-useable 

sub-systems. There will be a guided project to design a 

complete digital system from specification to validation. 

Students will also learn the concepts of designing for 

speed, power, area, testability, cost, and physical design. 

Prerequisite(s): “Design Simulation with Verilog and 

SystemVerilog.” Experience with some EDA tools (such 

as synthesis and STA) and Linux/Unix computing is 

required for the lab exercises. Familiarity with Verilog 

language is required. Students are expected to have 

completed a college level course in logic. 

YACOUB EL-ZIQ, Ph.D. 






(Universal Verification Methodology) 


This five week course covers structured verification 

development using the Universal Verification Methodology 

(UVM) environment. It begins with an overview of 

UVM’s basic building blocks, followed by an examination 

of the components and transactions they use to communicate. 

Test and component creation and sequence 

generation will be discussed and reviewed. Students 

learn the effectiveness of modular and encapsulated, 

ready-to-use and configurable verification environments. 

Concepts introduced in class are reinforced in the lab 

with a real-world design project. 

Prerequisite(s): “SystemVerilog for Advanced Design 

Verification” course or equivalent experience. 

NICK ARREGUY, B.S.E.E.. 


5 meetings: Mondays, 6:30–9:30 pm, May 7–June 11. 







For event description, see page 50. 






Tuesday, 6:30–8:30 pm, May 29. 



LOGIC AND FUNCTIONAL DESIGN 

COURSES 

In addition to teaching languages and tools, we 

also offer courses in logic and functional design of 

hardware. This knowledge is applicable in the chip, 

board, and system industries. 

• Digital Logic Design using Verilog 

• Practical Logic Design by Example 

• Practical DFT Concepts for ASICs: 

With Nanometer Test Enhancements 

• Introduction to SystemC 

• IO Concepts and Protocols: PCI Express, 

Ethernet, and Fibre Channel 







our Web site. 














Hardware Systems and VLSI Engineering / Network Engineering and Systems Security Engineering and Technology 

3NEW 

SystemC, Introduction 


SystemC is gaining popularity among system design, 

semiconductor, and IP companies. This course will help 

you build a solid understanding of all major aspects 

of SystemC, with a focus on modeling and system 

verification. The course begins with an overview of 

the Open SystemC Initiative (OSCI) and the C++ class 

library. Language syntax and modules are covered. 

In the hands-on lab, you will learn the key event 

management methods, including timing specification, 

concurrency, interfaces, channels and ports. The course 

also covers debugging, and includes an overview of the 

SystemC Verification Library (SCV) and Transaction Level 

Modeling (TLM). 

Prerequisite(s): Experience with C++ language is 

required. Knowledge of Verilog, SystemVerilog, VHDL or 

logic simulation (such as VCS) is strongly recommended 

but not required. 

YASSER KHAN, B.S. 


5 meetings: Thursdays, 6:30–9:30 pm, April 26–May 24. 



SystemVerilog for ASIC and FPGA Design 


This course prepares hardware engineers, ASIC and 

FPGA designers, and design-support staff to use the 

high-level syntax of SystemVerilog to design, debug, and 

synthesize digital logic for ASICs, FPGAs, and IP cores. 

Students will learn SystemVerilog’s basic building blocks 

and language constructs, including synthesizable data 

types and operators, structures and unions, 2-D arrays 

and loops, and the bus interface unit. In lab sessions, 

students will write code and synthesize it into digital 

logic and bus fabric, using both ASIC and FPGA tools. 

Prerequisite(s): “Logic Synthesis, Introduction” or 

“Designing Xilinx CPLDs and FPGAs, Introduction.” 

Familiarity with either Verilog or VHDL. No prior 

exposure to SystemVerilog is needed. 

CHARLES DANCAK, M.S.E.E. 













SystemVerilog Assertions 

for Design Verification 


This course introduces SystemVerilog Assertion (SVA) 

concepts and syntax, using both small examples and 

a realistic design. It covers a range of topics, from the 

basics of the SVA constructs to using the OVL checker 

library. It also covers methods for capturing design 

intent based on design specification into assertions. 

Writing and debugging assertions in the design using 

advanced SVA constructs is also covered. Students learn 

to write assertions for functional coverage and formal 

or semi-formal verification. This is a lab-based course 

with hands-on exercises using assertions, dynamic 

simulations and formal or semi-formal verification. 

Prerequisite(s): Knowledge of basic logic design and 

familarity with a hardware description language. 

HAIHUI CHEN, M.S.E.E. 





Timing Closure in IC Design 


This course begins with basic timing concepts and STA 

methodology. You will learn what needs to be timed and 

how to setup a run for STA. The course exposes students 

to constraints, exceptions and “what if” analysis. It also 

explains how to address timing violations in ECO mode. 

Nanotechnology topics including noise analysis, prevention 

and on-chip variations are covered. The instructor 

shares practical experiences meeting timing closure, 

budgeting and debugging. This is a lab course using 

Primetime tools and test cases for hands-on practical 

experience. 

Prerequisite(s): “Developing the Nanometer ASIC: From 

Spec to Silicon.” Linux/Unix skills are required for lab 

exercises. 

ARVIND VIDYARTHI, M.S. 







Embedded Systems Hardware 

Architectures, Introduction 


Perl Programming I 


Perl Programming II 



and Systems Security 

The Network Engineering and Systems Security Program 

combines two previous certificate programs: Network 

Engineering and Management, and Systems and 

Network Security. Courses you have previously taken 

in either program can all apply toward the certificate. 

The certificate program includes tracks with network 

and security focuses beyond the fundamental courses. 








Computer networks are the global platform on which 

companies conduct business and people communicate. 

As a result, virtually every industry needs engineering 

and IT professionals who can design, manage and support 

networks which deliver competitive advantage and 

have high security. This certificate program addresses 

that need with a curriculum that begins with network 

fundamentals, and then moves on to advanced study 

in specialized areas of networking and system security. 

The curriculum is designed to reflect the industry’s 

latest developments and practices. You will acquire 

career-oriented skills and practical knowledge, and 

many courses include hands-on learning in our labs. 


To obtain the Certificate in Network Engineering 

and Systems Security, you must complete 14 units, 

representing 140 hours of instruction. For additional 

requirements, see page 4. 


We recommend that you begin with the fundamental 

courses. Students are expected to satisfy the prerequisites 

for each course before enrolling in more advanced courses. 







Courses 

Cloud Computing, Introduction 


56 


Engineering and Technology Network Engineering and Systems Security 

NETWORK ENGINEERING AND SYSTEMS SECURITY CERTIFICATE 


Courses Units Course F W Sp Su 

Network Engineering Fundamentals 

Computer Networking Essentials...........................................3.0...........2458 n n n n 

TCP/IP Essentials....................................................................2.0...........0661 p m p m 

Switching and Routing...........................................................3.0...........2226 n n 

Wireless Communications, Introduction................................3.0...........5455 n n 

Computer, Network and Internet Security Fundamentals......3.0...........4100 n n 

System Virtualization Fundamentals......................................2.0.........30032 n n 


Advanced Networks and System Design 

Storage Technology in Data Centers......................................3.0.........30029 n n 

Optical Networks Essentials...................................................3.0...........3943 

n 

Smart Grid, Introduction........................................................1.0.........22867 n n 

Designing Networks and Systems for High Availability.........3.0...........4577 n n 

IO Concepts and Protocols: PCI Express, Ethernet and 

Fibre Channel......................................................................3.0.........22177 n n 

Comprehensive Signal and Power Integrity for 

High-Speed Digital Systems................................................3.0.........22874 n n 


Bluetooth, WiFi and ZigBee................................................3.0.........23093 n n 

USB Device Interface: Architecture, 

Protocols and Programming..............................................3.0...........2179 n n 

Cloud Computing, Introduction.............................................0.5.........22413 n n 

Cloud Computing, Comprehensive........................................2.5.........30041 n 

VMWare vSphere: Configuration and Management [V5.0]...3.5.........30027 m m m m 

Systems and Network Security 

Intrusion Detection................................................................3.0...........2265 n n 

Cryptography and Network Security......................................2.0.........19950 n n 

Information Security: Defending the Business.......................1.5.........22624 n n 

Java Security..........................................................................1.5.........30037 n n 


3NEW 


Introduction 


This course is an introduction to the basic concepts 

of coding theory, including practical source and 

channel encoding/decoding schemes, and emerging 

technologies in communication theory. Topics include 

important definitions (entropy, mutual information, 

channel capacity), lossless and lossy data compression 

schemes (Huffman codes, arithmetic coding, ratedistortion 

theory), state-of-the-art error-correcting codes 

(Hamming codes, turbo codes and Raptor codes), and 

recent approaches that encompass the duality between 

data compression and data transmission. This course 

helps students understand the mechanisms underlying 

today’s communication systems. 

Prerequisite(s): Some knowledge of calculus, probability 

theory and the basics of linear algebra. 

CHRISTINE PÉPIN, M.S.E.E., Ph.D. 






Computer Networking Essentials 


This foundation course introduces computer networking, 

networking technologies, and the Internet. It provides 

a comprehensive survey of the data and computer communications 

field. Emphasizing both the fundamental 

principles and the critical role of performance in driving 

protocol and network design, it explores the technical 

areas in data communications, wide-area networking, 

local-area networking, and protocol design. Participants 

will also gain a strong foundation in networking 

protocols, hardware, cabling, industry standards, and 

connectivity solutions. Topics include introduction to 

the OSI and TCP/IP models of Internet-working; physical 

layer fundamentals; connectors and cabling; the medium 

access sublayer and data-link layers; bridging and switching; 

the network, transport, and upper layers; and 

network management techniques and technologies. 

Prerequisite(s): Some experience with computers 

and networking. 

STEVE ARNOLD, M.B.A. 
















Information Technology 

Program 

This free event is intended as 

an informal information session 

for new or returning students 

who are interested in the Information Technology 

certificate program, and other related programs 

including Database Systems, Computer Programming, 

Internet Programming and Development, and Linux 

Programming and Administration. The event includes 

a presentation with school/program overview and 

course highlights, followed by an open-floor segment 

for questions and answers of general interest. The 

program staff and program coordinator (or senior 

instructor) will be available to answer individual 

questions about specific courses or provide recommendations 

for course sequence. This is an opportunity to 

receive course counseling for the coming quarters. We 

encourage you to register early to reserve your seat. 


Thursdays, 6:30–8:30 pm, May 31. 



Cryptography and Network Security 


This course provides intensive coverage of the field 

of cryptography. Students learn how cryptosystems are 

designed and how to match cryptosystems with the 

needs of an application. Students also learn basic 

cryptanalysis and are presented with real life breaches 

of common cryptosystems to better understand the 

dangers of faulty cryptosystem design. The instructor 

will demonstrate a number of open source cryptographic 

tools to analyze and solve several ciphers 

and reinforce the principles and techniques learned 

in the course. 

Prerequisite(s): “Computer, Network and Internet 

Security Fundamentals.” Knowledge of network security 

is recommended. 

JIM CARR, M.S., CISSP, ISSAP. 


7 meetings: Tuesdays, 6:30–9:30 pm, May 1–June 12. 




Network Engineering and Systems Security / Linux/UNIX Programming and Administration Engineering and Technology 

Intrusion Detection 


In a hands-on lab, students will use a number of 

public-domain and commercially available security tools. 

The instructor will introduce several of the “canned” 

penetration scripts, readily available for download on 

the Internet, that may be used against your company 

and your Web site. Topics include: hacking; detailed 

analysis of representative attack mechanisms; analysis 

of specific viruses and worms; forensics investigation; 

as well as vulnerabilities in UNIX, Linux, Windows IIS, 

Active Server Pages, CGI, and Java. 

Prerequisite(s): Knowledge of TCP/IP and completion of a 

data communication or networking course, or equivalent. 

JIM CARR, M.S., CISSP, ISSAP. 

SANTA CLARA CLASSROOM and lab 

WITH ONLINE MATERIALS 

5 meetings: Saturdays, 9 am–3:30 pm, June 9–July 7. 




PCI Express, Ethernet, and Fibre Channel 


Java Security 


3NEW 

Storage Technology in Data Centers 


This course is an in-depth exploration of the storage 

technologies needed to meet the challenges of data 

centers. The course begins with the fundamental 

building blocks of enterprise storage such as SAN 

and DAS. It demystifies both the technology and the 

business aspects of storage performance, replication, 

backup, recovery, tiering and SLA. Storage and server 

virtualization environments are discussed, along with 

establishing a baseline for performance, capacity and 

power criteria. The course also covers the blueprint of 

Cloud Computing and the implementation of cloud 

storage: private, public, and hybrid. 

Prerequisite(s): A basic technical understanding of 

networking and storage concepts and terminology. 

RAMIN ELAHI, M.S.E.E. 





3NEW 

System Virtualization Fundamentals 


This course covers virtualization at various levels. For 

applications in computer systems, the course covers 

hardware virtualization and support for Hypervisors. For 

network virtualization, it addresses virtual LANs, virtual 

SANs, WAN acceleration, network access control, server 

load balancing and firewall virtualization. In the area of 

storage virtualization, discussions cover basic concepts 

and deployment at the device block level, file system 

level, and more. You will learn the basic concepts of 

virtualization and how it is applied to CPUs and operat- 

ing systems, networks, and storage systems. Licensing 

issues arising from virtualization are also covered. 

Prerequisite(s): A basic understanding of storage 

systems and networking concepts. 

JUAN GOMEZ, Ph.D. 







TCP/IP has become the primary protocol for connectivity 

on the Internet and enterprise networks. This course 

presents an overview of the TCP/IP protocol suite, IP 

addressing, and subnetting. Participants will also learn 

about routing concepts, planning and configuring IP 

address assignment, name-resolution process, and troubleshooting. 

The course will provide network professionals 

with the essential knowledge needed to apply the 

skills on the job. It is intended as a fundamental course 

for students who are interested in Network Engineering 

and Management, Systems Administration, Network 

Security, and Embedded Systems certificate programs. 

Prerequisite(s): “Computer Networking Essentials.” 

SIVA PRASAD, M.S.C.S., M.B.A. 








Wireless Communications, Introduction 


This course presents a fundamental approach to the 

underlying theory of wireless systems and standards, 

from the amplitude modulation (AM), frequency 

modulation (FM), and Single Side Band (SSB) to 

present day digital wireless techniques: PSK, TDMA, 

CDMA, and OFDM. A thorough treatment is given to 

receiver/transmitter architectures including Tuned RF 

(TRF), Superhetrodyne, and I-Q techniques. Worldwide 

standards such as GSM, 802.11, Bluetooth, IS-95, 

3G and WiMax will be discussed. The course prepares 

students for technical work in the wireless field. 

Prerequisite(s): A general background in electrical 

engineering, computer engineering and networking. 

EDISON FONG, Ph.D. 






Wireless Technologies for Embedded 

Systems: Bluetooth, WiFi and ZigBee 


VMware vSPHERE: Configuration 

and Management [v5.0] 


Linux/UNIX 

Programming and 




and Administration 





Linux and UNIX are the leading operating systems on 

workstations and mid-range to high-end systems. They 

are also fast becoming the OS of choice for an increasing 

number of embedded systems. Known for their 

scalability, performance and large installed base, they 

are capable of supporting many simultaneous users of 

databases and other GUI applications. The adoption 

of Linux for new hardware platforms is happening at 

a fast pace. For these reasons, the need for trained 

Linux and UNIX professionals will remain strong for the 

foreseeable future. 

The certificate in Linux/UNIX Programming and 

Administration provides a solid foundation for configuring, 

operating and creating drivers for these open, multi-user, 

multi-tasking UNIX operating systems. The courses 

emphasize the knowledge, skills, and tools needed to 

perform Linux and UNIX programming and administration 

in a heterogeneous networked environment. The program 

is designed for programmers who wish to explore basic 

and advanced areas of the operating system and system 

administrators who wish to acquire the skills necessary to 

effectively perform administration tasks. 


To obtain the Certificate in Linux/UNIX Programming 

and Admini stration, you must complete 14 units. 


If you have limited or no UNIX or Linux experience, 

we strongly recommend that you begin with “Linux, 

Introduction.” 







Courses 





58 


Engineering and Technology Linux/UNIX Programming and Administration 

Linux/UNIX PROGRAMMING AND ADMINISTRATION CERTIFICATE 


Courses Units Course F W Sp Su 

System Administration 

Linux, Introduction.................................................................2.5...........2215 n n n n 

Linux System and Network Administration............................3.0.........13515 n n 

Computer Networking Essentials...........................................3.0...........2458 n n n n 

Linux System Performance and Tuning...................................3.0...........5632 n n 


System Virtualization, Fundamentals.....................................2.0.........30032 n n 

Storage Technology in Data Centers......................................3.0.........30029 n n 

Cloud Computing, Comprehensive........................................2.5.........30041 n 

VMWare vSphere: Configuration and Management [V5.0]...3.5.........30027 m m m m 


Open House Event for Software 

Development Programs 










Linux Programming 

Linux Systems Programming..................................................3.0...........3493 p p m p 

Linux Kernel Architecture and Programming.........................3.0...........1397 p p p m 

Linux Device Drivers...............................................................3.0...........2470 p p p p 

Linux Device Drivers, Advanced..............................................3.0...........1016 n n n n 

Embedded Linux Design and Programming, Introduction.....3.0...........3364 n n n 

Linux Kernel Programming, Advanced...................................2.5.........23103 n n 

Application Programming in Linux/UNIX 

Linux-Based Web Application Development— 

Apache, MySQL, PHP...........................................................3.0.........21958 m n m n 

Perl Programming I................................................................2.0...........2856 n n n n 

Perl Programming II...............................................................2.0...........2110 n n n 


Python for Programmers........................................................3.0...........3064 p p p p 


Computer Networking Essentials 


Embedded Linux Design and 

Programming, Introduction 


This course covers the fundamentals of building and 

installing an embedded Linux operating system version 

2.6 on an ARM 9 processor platform, and provides 

hands-on experience for creating cross-platform 

environments using the GNU tools. Basic concepts for 

designing, testing, and customizing embedded Linux 

will be covered, including how the Linux scheduler is 

implemented, and how to write Linux kernel modules 

and remotely debug the embedded Linux applications. 

Prerequisite(s): “Linux, Introduction,” and “C Programming 

for Beginners.” Working knowledge of C programming 

language and UNIX/Linux operating-system internals. 

SULEMAN SAYA, B.S. 


10 meetings: Thursdays, 6:30–9:30 pm, 





Linux Based Web Application 

Development—Apache, MySQL, PHP 


Linux, Apache, MySQL and PHP, collectively known 

as LAMP, comprise the majority of servers, databases 

and scripting languages on the Internet today. LAMP 

belongs to open-source and is very robust, available 

free, easily configured, deployed and maintained. This 

course teaches LAMP basics including installation, 

deployment and developing a Web site. You will learn 

the basics of programming MySQL (a popular web 

database) and PHP (Hypertext Preprocessor, a Web site 

scripting language). Teaching method includes theory, 

practices and case studies. You will be able to develop 

basic to intermediate level 3-tier Web sites and Web 

applications with a database in the back-end. 

Prerequisite(s): “Linux, Introduction.” Basic knowledge 

and experience with Web site development on Linux 

or Windows. Some programming experience will be 

helpful. Students can have the option of learning 

Apache, MySQL and PHP on Windows platform. 

Linux platform is preferred but not required. 

TARAL OZA, M.S. 

















our Web site. 














Linux/UNIX Programming and Administration Engineering and Technology 



This course covers the design and implementation of 

device drivers for the Linux operating system, and the 

interfaces to the Linux kernel for writing them. Students 

will be given an outside project to write a device driver, 

including the analysis, coding, and debugging of a 

networking device driver. Topics include compiling the 

kernel; building and running; character and block device 

driver concepts; PCI, I/O, and timer routines; hardware 

management and interrupt handling; networking 

drivers; PROC file system and IOCTL interface; as well 

as kernel mechanisms and advanced topics. 

Prerequisite(s): A basic knowledge of C language 

programming. “Linux Kernel Architecture and 

Programming” or equivalent experience is 

recommended. 

RAGHAV VINJAMURI, B.S.E.E. 









DATA CENTER TECHNOLOGIES 

Data centers enable the Cloud Computing. Learn 

the building blocks of the fundamental technologies. 

We also have a series of courses that will 

help you manage or design data centers: 

• System Virtualization Fundamentals 

• Storage Technology in Data Centers 

• Cloud Computing, Introduction 

• Cloud Computing, Comprehensive 

• Programming for Cloud Computing: Amazon 

Web Services 

• VMware vSphere: Configuration and 

Management 

• Designing Networks and Systems for High 

Availability 

Linux Device Drivers, Advanced 


This course will enhance your understanding of the art of 

writing Linux device drivers. Students explore the framework 

that can be used to develop a commercial grade 

driver. The course includes detailed discussion of the USB 

and PCI family (PCI-E, PCIe) subsystems, as well as Linux 

kernel services and facilities. The course includes a board 

project, and code review of real-world drivers. Additional 

discussions cover live debugging with Kprobes, profiling 

with Oprofile, and a survey of industry trends including 

virtualized drivers, iSCSI and serial IO buses. 

Prerequisite(s): “Linux Device Drivers.” 

AMER ATHER, B.S.E.E. 






Linux, Introduction 

CMPS.X472. (2.5 quarter units) 

This course introduces the Linux operating system. Linux 

is gaining popularity on personal computers, devices, 

embedded systems and enterprise servers. The course 

gives students an opportunity to use Linux for personal 

or professional purposes. Students will learn basic Linux 

administration, Linux file and directory structure, basic 

network configuration, and how to utilize office-related 

tools available in Linux. The course provides students 

with a hands-on approach for learning Linux through 

assignments and projects. 






Linux Kernel Architecture 



This course provides an introduction to kernel-level 

programming in Linux and writing kernel modules. Core 

kernel is covered at both the conceptual and practical/ 

coding levels. The course starts with the kernel source 

code organization and how it functions. It covers topics 

in memory management, file systems, process creation 

and scheduling, interrupts, kernel synchronization, 

device drivers, and performance tuning. Discussion 

addresses various data structures and algorithms used 

in the Linux kernel. Students gain hands-on experience 

with kernel programming through a class project. 

Prerequisite(s): “Linux Systems Programming.” 

Proficient knowledge of Linux system and 

C programming language is required. 

SIVA PRASAD, M.S.C.S., M.B.A. 


10 meetings: Tuesdays, 6:30–9:30 pm, 







Linux Kernel Programming, Advanced 


For Linux projects that demand high performance or 

custom features from the kernel, developers must 

work at a much deeper level. After a brief review of 

key topics, this course covers the data structures and 

inter-workings of the kernel with respect to file system 

creation, process scheduling, memory management, and 

network stack management. Students will also learn 

multicore, multi-threaded management techniques. 

Inter-processor scheduling at the kernel and process 

level with the latest Linux 2.6 kernel will also be 

addressed. The instructor will present practical 

examples of each topic throughout the course. 

Prerequisite(s): “Linux Kernel Architecture and 

Programming,” and “Linux Systems Programming.” 

Proficiency in C programming and an understanding 

of networking basics is required. 

ANAND PAI, M.S. 






Linux System Performance and Tuning 


This course covers the fundamentals of Linux 

performance and the use of monitoring tools and 

tuning options available in Red Hat Enterprise Linux. 

Understanding the way Linux kernel manages system 

resources will help you identify suboptimal interactions 

among various Linux subsystem and the performance 

trade-offs of tuning. You will review the characteristics of 

commercial workload such as Oracle database, Apache 

Web server and NFS server, and learn to eliminate 

performance inhibitors. The course provides hands-on 

experience using various tools for performance measurement, 

profiling and system tracing. The instructor 

will present practical examples, case studies and 

market trends. 

Prerequisite(s): “Linux System and Network 

Administration.” 

AMER ATHER, B.S.E.E. 












60 


Engineering and Technology Linux/UNIX Programming and Administration / Software Development 

Linux Systems Programming 

CMPS.X496. (3.0 quarter units) 

System calls are functions called from within a C program, 

which provide access to the lowest level resources of 

the OS. Topics covered in this course will enable a C 

programmer to understand and implement standard 

utilities (e.g. ls, wc, cat). It includes conceptual background, 

functional interfaces and topics on I/O control, file 

systems, access, and docking; signal handling; process 

and threads management; IPC using pipes and TCP/UDP 

sockets; and related discussions on makefiles, man pages 

and rpm packaging utilities. This course covers the 

development of a complete ftp package, including the 

client-side interface and the server-side components. 

Prerequisite(s): “Linux, Introduction.” A basic knowledge 

of C language programming and a working knowledge 

of the Linux/UNIX operating environment are required. 









Python for Programmers 


Storage Technology in Data Centers 


System Virtualization Fundamentals 





Server virtualization has become a critical technology 

to reduce IT costs and support the rise of cloud 

computing. The VMware vSphere 5.0 course includes 

lectures and hands-on labs covering the installation, 

configuration, and management of VMware ESXi 5.0 

and vCenter Server 5.0. In hands-on lab sessions, each 

student has his own ESXi servers, vCenter Server, and 

SAN storage to create standard and distributed virtual 

switches, establish storage access, and apply access 

controls. Virtual machines are created and used for 

resource monitoring, vMotion, load balancing, and 

high availability. This course helps prepare students for 

the VMware Certified Professional 5 (VCP5) exam and 

satisfies the VCP5 course requirement. 

Prerequisite(s): An understanding of basic system 

administration (OS installation) and networking, 

including IP addressing and the role of switches 

and network adapters. 

ARMOND INSELBERG, M.B.A., Ph.D. 





If you’re looking for training in software engineering 

principles or the latest programming languages, you’ll 

find them at UCSC Extension Silicon Valley. We offer 

traditional and online courses in a variety of programming 

languages, object-oriented programming, Java, and 

.NET. We also offer certificates and courses in software 

engineering and in today’s most popular OS platforms, 

including UNIX, Linux, and Windows. Our courses and 

certificates are designed to help Bay Area technical 

professionals develop and advance skills to stay 

competitive throughout their careers. 


Computer Programming 





Software applications are deployed in nearly every facet 

of modern life. This has created a corresponding need 

for technical professionals who can create, maintain, 

and troubleshoot these applications. 

Our Certificate in Computer Programming not 

only provides a solid foundation of knowledge in the 

computer- programming field, it goes beyond the 

fundamentals to teach professionals how to apply 

that knowledge to various platforms and applications 

in the industry. Courses explain basic mechanisms 

and emphasize programming practices that reduce 

maintenance costs, optimize the code, and enable the 

creation of reusable software components. Advanced 

courses strengthen the concepts that experienced 

programmers already possess; and the knowledge 

gained can be applied immediately on the job. 


To obtain the Certificate in Computer Programming, 

you must complete 14 units, representing 140 hours 

of instruction. For additional requirements, see page 4. 

Prerequisites 

Refer to individual course descriptions for prerequisites, 

where applicable. 







Courses 



This course will benefit individuals who want to learn C 

programming language but have little or no programming 

background. The course begins with an overview 

of programming and tools. It introduces the functions, 

data types, input/output, strings, operators, precedence, 

and expressions. It also demonstrates the use of control 

statement, arrays, and pointers for problem solving. You 

will receive assignments to write non-trivial programs 

and learn to create modular programs with efficiency 

and readability. 

Prerequisite(s): Technical aptitude and experience with 

a computer operating system or equivalent knowledge. 

BINEET SHARMA, M.S.C.S. 










This course will broaden your skills as a C language 

programmer by introducing sophisticated problem-solving 

techniques, including the advanced use of pointers, 

abstract data types, data structure concepts and optimization 

techniques. This course delves into the design, 

implementation, and use of advanced data structures, 

based on primitive data types. Students will solidify their 

understanding of strings, arrays, structures, unions and 

bit manipulation. Emphasis will be on programming that 

employs and improves upon a variety of data structures. 

Through this course, you will learn to write efficient 

programs by understanding the complexities of various 

algorithms. 

Prerequisite(s): “C Programming for Beginners.” 

Students should have a good understanding of 

programming using data types such as pointers, 

control flow, structures and functions. 

RAJAINDER YELDANDI, M.S. 




C++ Programming, Comprehensive 


C++ is a general-purpose object-oriented programming 

language that offers portability, speed, and modularity, 

as well as compatibility with C and other languages. 

An excellent foundation in developing optimized 

C++ applications, this course offers participants the 

opportunity to write faster code, learn debugging 

techniques, and deliver modular code for real-world 

applications. Topics include object-oriented concepts; 

structure and input/output streams; declarations, 

identifiers, pointers, and arguments; memory management, 

constructors, and destructors; enumeration type, 

as constructor parameter; character strings, file I/O, 

functions; inheritance, and interaction diagrams; and 

exception handling, pointers, and functions. 

Prerequisite(s): “C Programming for Beginners.” 

Experience with a high level programming language 

such as C. 








Software Development Engineering and Technology 

computer programming CERTIFICATE 

14-unit minimum Units Course F W Sp Su 

C Programming 


C Programming, Advanced.....................................................3.0...........3948 m p m m 

C++ Programming 

C++ Programming, Comprehensive......................................3.0.........18344 n n n n 

Data Structures and Algorithms using C++ ..........................3.0...........4732 n n 

.NET Programming 

C# .NET Programming, Comprehensive.................................3.0...........5408 n m n m 

C# .NET Programming, Advanced..........................................3.0.........19026 m n m m 

Visual Basic Programming, Comprehensive...........................3.0...........2874 m m m m 

Developing Applications for Windows 7/8 and Silverlight: 

UI and Data Access.............................................................2.0.........30033 n n 

Java Programming 

Programming with Java for Beginners...................................1.5...........5185 p m p m 

Java Programming, Comprehensive.......................................3.0...........6634 p p p p 

XML Essentials.......................................................................2.0...........3279 m m m m 

JUnit Test Framework............................................................ .1.5...........6198 p m p m 

Scripting Languages 



Python Programming for Beginners.......................................1.5.........20776 n n n n 


PHP (Hypertext Preprocessor)............................................... .2.0.........21343 p p p p 

Mobile Device Programming 


Introduction.......................................................................1.5.........21938 n n n n 

Developing Applications for iPhone, iPad and iPod Touch: 

Practicum...........................................................................1.5.........30001 n n 


Advanced...........................................................................3.0.........23592 n n 

Developing Applications for Android Mobile Devices............3.0.........21956 n n n n 

Developing Applications for Android Mobile Devices, 

Advanced...........................................................................2.0.........30002 n n 

Advanced Programming 

Multicore Programming.........................................................2.0.........22180 n n 

Object-Oriented Analysis and Design.....................................3.0...........0774 m p m p 

Object-Oriented Development: Architectures and Design 

Patterns, Advanced..............................................................3.0...........6633 n n 

Machine Learning and Data Mining, Introduction.................3.0...........2612 n n 

Computational Intelligence....................................................1.5.........19951 n n 


C# .NET Programming, Comprehensive 


This course introduces beginning and intermediate 

programmers to .NET programming using Microsoft’s 

C# programming language. The instructor explains the 

Visual Studio development environment and reviews 

the basic constructs of C# language with detailed explanations 

of the C# regular expressions, delegates, events, 

generics and collections. The course also covers exception 

handling, threading and synchronization. Sample applications 

will be used to illustrate core concepts and the 

instructor will present real-world code examples in class. 


Prerequisite(s): Some programming experience with 

a high-level language such as C, C++, Java or Visual 

Basic. C# knowledge is not required. 






C# .NET Programming, Advanced 


For students who have learned the basic C# language 

and the C#.NET integrated development environment, 

this course provides an opportunity to expand C# 

and .NET skills by learning advanced C# features 

and programming techniques. The course introduces 

the components of the .NET framework, database 

connectivity and Web application development. 

Prerequisite(s): “C# .NET Programming, Comprehensive.” 





Data Structures and Algorithms 

Using C++ 


In this course, students learn to implement efficient 

algorithms with powerful data structure in object 

oriented code using C++. After a quick review of C++, 

the course delves into complexity of algorithms using 

examples. Students learn and implement industry 

standard container objects such as dynamic array, 

linked list, stack, heap, hash tables, heap and binary 

tree, search and sort, as well as graph algorithms 

using C++ templates. Emphasis is placed on common 

problems, implementation details, examples, and testing 

throughout the course. 

Prerequisite(s): “C++ Programming, Comprehensive” 

or equivalent working knowledge of C++. 

JAGADEESH VASUDEVAMURTHY, B.S.E.E., Ph.D. 





Developing Applications for 

Android Mobile Devices 


Android is an open source mobile platform supported 

by Google and OHA. This course begins with an overview 

of the Android development platform. An example 

application will be used to demonstrate how to build 

applications for the new platform. The course explains 

in detail the platform architecture, the basic mobile 

building blocks, how to program it with Java code, 

debugging, implementing the UI, and using the optional 

APIs and Google libraries to enrich the application. 

Students learn through programming assignments. 

Prerequisite(s): “Programming with Java for Beginners.” 

Java programming experience is required to program 

Android. Linux experience is not required. 






62 


Engineering and Technology Software Development 





3NEW 

Developing Applications for 

Android Mobile Devices, Advanced 


This course is for software developers who want to 

learn the advanced capabilities of Android. The course 

goes beyond the basics and covers key topics, such as 

creating custom views, webviews, drawables, widgets, 

camera applications, and SMS. The instructor covers 

many recipes for popular tasks that developers are likely 

to come across. Offering a balance of technical topics 

and practical recipes, the course efficiently prepares 

students to tackle real-world development projects. 

Prerequisite(s): “Developing Applications for Android 

Mobile Devices” Java programming experience is 

required to program Android. Students should have 

experience developing Android apps. Basic Android 

knowledge will not be repeated here. Laptop or netbook 

is required for this class. Instructor will give instructions 

to install Android SDK, but students should have some 

experience with software installation including a Java IDE. 



7 meetings: Tuesdays, 6:30–9:30pm, May 1–June 12. 



Developing Applications for iPhone, iPad 

and iPod Touch, Introduction 


The course provides an overview of using the iOS SDK 

to develop iPhone, iPad, and iPod Touch applications. 

It begins with discussion of Xcode and Objective-C. 

Students learn various iOS programming frameworks, 

user interface development, memory management and 

program design. The App Store submission process and 

guidelines are covered. Discussions also delve into special 

considerations for the iPad and iPod Touch. Upon completing 

this course, students have a solid understanding of 

the iOS SDK and the ability to do application development. 

To participate, students must have an ADC account/ 

Apple ID—to sign up please visit: http://developer.apple. 

com/programs/register. The school provides access to 

Mac computers with SDK installed. Students can bring 

their own Mac laptops to class or use their iMac at 

home. The system requirement is an Intel-based Mac 

running Mac OS X Snow Leopard or Lion. See details at 

the Apple developer site. Members of Mac User Groups 

can receive discount for textbook purchase through 

O’Reilly. For example, www.svmug.org. 

Prerequisite(s): C Programming and knowledge of 

an object-oriented programming language such as Java 

or C++. Objective-C is preferred. 

MICHAEL PATRICK ELLARD, M.A. 

DAVID PHILLIP OSTER, M.S.E.E. 


6 meetings: Tuesdays, 6:30–9:30 pm, April 10–May 15. 






Programs 



or returning students who are 

interested in our software development programs, 

including Computer Programming, Internet Programming 

and Development, Software Engineering and 

Quality, Linux Programming and Administration, 

and Database Systems. The event includes a short 

presentation with program overview and new course 

highlights, followed by an open-floor segment for 

questions and answers of general interest. The program 

staff and program coordinator (or senior instructor) 

will be available to answer individual questions about 

specific courses or provide recommendations for 

course sequence. This is an oppor-tunity to receive 

course counseling for the coming quarters. We 

encourage you to register early to reserve your space. 

ANDY HOU. 









New Lab! 

3NEW 

Developing Applications for iPhone, 

iPad and iPod Touch: Practicum 


This follow-up course will help you implement skills 

learned in the course “Developing Applications for 

iPhone, iPad and iPod Touch, Introduction.” After a 

brief review of the iOS programming frameworks, 

discussions cover advanced functionality, multitasking, 

and programming considerations. You will propose and 

develop a project on the iOS platform with the expert 

guidance of instructors. Upon completing this course, 

you will have hands-on experience developing 

a real-world application for the iOS platform. 

Prerequisite(s): “Developing Applications for iPhone, 

iPad and iPod Touch, Introduction.” 

DAVID PHILLIP OSTER, M.S.E.E. 

MICHAEL PATRICK ELLARD, M.A. 






Every student is equipped with a brand new iMac in UCSC Silicon Valley’s recently completed lab, located on our 

third floor with sweeping views of the Valley. It’s another reason we’re a great place to take the next step in your career. 



Developing Applications for Windows 7/8 

and Silverlight: UI and Data Access 


Java Programming, Comprehensive 


Java is the premier language for Web servers, enterprise 

servers, network applications, embedded devices, 

appliances and wireless applications. This course covers 

the Java fundamentals, including language syntax, 

constructs, and the development environment. It also 

extends to the Java platform, including client/server 

communication and managing XML data. The course 

begins with Java’s implementation of object-oriented 

concepts such as classes, data and function access 

controls and inheritance. Students build graphical user 

interfaces and program in the Java event-handling 

model. Additional topics include the Java class library, 

collection frameworks, Internet communication, and 

multithreaded programming. 


Experience in a programming language such as C, C++ 

or Visual Basic. “Programming with Java for Beginners” 

is recommended for those new to Java. 

AHMAD NOURI, M.S. 




HIEN LUU, M.S. 


10 meetings: Fridays, 6:30–9:30 pm, 




JUnit Test Framework 


Multicore Programming 


Understanding how your multi-threaded application 

executes on multicore/multi-processors is the key 

to getting maximum performance benefits on these 

computing platforms. This course gives you the basic 

understanding of multicore architecture and operating 

system factors needed when designing multi-threaded 

applications. It discusses the patterns used to identify 

parallelism in your applications targeting a specific 

platform and the step-by-step process of identifying 

the parallel solution that best fits the need of the 

problem. You will gain a practical knowledge of Intel 

software tools used to write, debug, analyze and profile 

applications on multicore platforms. 

Prerequisite(s): Working knowledge of C++ and 

Microsoft Visual Studio on a Windows based platform. 

GITU JAIN, Ph.D. 

SANTA CLARA CLASSROOM AND LAB 

WITH ONLINE MATERIALS 




Object-Oriented Analysis and Design 




This course introduces users, programmers and system 

administrators to the popular interpreted language 

called Perl, the Practical Extraction and Report 

Language. Perl is hailed as the system administrator’s 

language and is the de facto standard for writing 

dynamic Web pages. This practical course is also useful 

for anyone working with UNIX text files, databases and 

processes. Although the course is taught on a UNIX 

system, Perl is very portable. The fundamental topics 

covered in this course are data types, operators, regular 

expressions and pattern handling, conditional and 

looping constructs, file handles and filters, file testing, 

command-line arguments, subroutines and packages, 

the UNIX system interface, formatting and database 

management files. 

Prerequisite(s): Recent programming experience is 

required. 

ELEANOR QUIGLEY, B.A. 


3 meetings: Monday–Wednesday, 9 am–5 pm, 

May 14–16. 





This hands-on course is designed for those interested in 

advanced applications for Perl. It is a highly beneficial 

continuation of the “Perl Programming I” course. 

Students learn to read and write Perl modules, both 

procedural and object oriented. Topics covered include 

Perl subroutines and packages, references (pointers), 

objects, modules, pragmas and the standard Perl library. 

Students learn how to document their programs using 

Perl’s Plain Old Documentation format and store them 

in a library. There will be an overview of the Perl DBI 

for connecting to any database and performing SQL 

queries, retrieving result sets, and displaying the results 

in a browser using the CGI.pm module. 

Prerequisite(s): “Perl Programming I.” 

ELEANOR QUIGLEY, B.A. 


3 meetings: Monday–Wednesday, 9 am–5 pm, 

June 11–13. 



PHP (Hypertext Preprocessor) 


Programming with Java for Beginners 


This course is intended for those who are new to 

programming or need a refresher. Java, a widely popular 

programming language, will be used to generate 

solutions to real, practical problems. The course begins 

with the concepts of programming, computer science, 

and software engineering. It introduces the basic 

Java syntax, and then delves into abstraction, the 

object-oriented paradigm, procedural programming, 

elementary data structures, and more. Students will 

gain a strong foundation and learn to write programs 

for real applications. The course includes lab exercises. 

Prerequisite(s): No programming experience is required. 

Students should have amplitude in logic thinking. 

BINEET SHARMA, M.S.C.S. 



April 11–May 9. 



EDWIN MACH, M.S. 




Python Programming for Beginners 


This course is intended for newcomers to programming. 

The course covers the important concepts and 

programming mechanisms that exist in all programming 

languages: reading and writing to standard I/O, using 

operators, controlling the flow of execution, using 

functions, reading and writing files, and, object-oriented 

programming concepts, etc. It also includes Python 

specific facilities, such as code re-use, built-in sequence 

types, and iteration. This is a hands-on lab-based course. 

Interactions and expert help are available. 

MARILYN DAVIS, Ph.D. 


6 meetings: Fridays, 6–9 pm, April 20–June 1. 





Because of its clear and elegant syntax, dynamic typing, 

automatic memory management, and straight-forward 

module architecture, Python enhances program 

correctness and increases efficiency. Its code is easy 

to read, write, extend, and modify. This lab-based 

course builds proficiency in Python, and the skills and 

knowledge for creating applications using task-specific 

Python libraries. Topics include the Python environment 

and code introspection, syntax, flow control, 

function protocols, exception handling and functional 

programming. Also covered are object-oriented features, 

classes, inheritance and overriding; as well as building 

applications, packages, and libraries. 

Prerequisite(s): “Python Programming for Beginners.” 

Significant experience in any programming language. 

64 



MARILYN DAVIS, Ph.D. 





4 meetings: Monday–Thursday, 9 am–5 pm, 

April 23–26. 







Visual Basic Programming, 

Comprehensive 


This course introduces the student to object oriented 

programming techniques in a Windows environment. 

The fundamentals of event driven programming are 

covered using the Rapid Application Development 

tool Visual Basic (VB). Planning, programming and 

debugging VB applications using modern programming 

techniques and practicing good graphical user interface 

design are emphasized. 

Prerequisite(s): Practical programming experience in any 

high-level language. Prior knowledge of Visual Basic is 

not required. 

TANWEER HAROON, M.S. 




XML Essentials 


This course is an introduction to the power of XML 

and its importance to the Web. The course begins with 

the history and background of XML and the advantages 

of moving toward the XML standard. The course introduces 

basic tags, as well as syntax rules for XML and 

XML environments. Practical examples will be used to 

demonstrate the basics of working with XML, cascading 

style sheets and document-type definitions. The course 

briefly addresses the Document Object Model (DOM) 

concept and the data manipulation capability. 

Prerequisite(s):Web page creation skills and a basic 

understanding of cascading style sheets. 






Internet Programming 






Internet technology has evolved rapidly in recent years 

and will likely continue this trend into the future. This 

certificate program encompasses the major frameworks 

on the Internet today. It provides comprehensive training 

for professionals working on e-commerce, enterprise 

applications, and interactive Web sites. 

Java EE is the platform originated by Sun Micro Systems. 

It is a set of specifications, patterns and practices 

that define distributed, multi-tiered application development, 

deployment, and management for the Java 

programming language. While it remains a key technology, 

in recent years other frame works have emerged 

to support the applications server and associated 

development environment. Examples include Microsoft 

.NET, and various open-sourced frameworks. There is 

also a trend toward moving more processing to the 

client side. Knowledge of such platforms is essential 

for developers to stay ahead in implementation and 

deployment of these continuously evolving and 

challenging technologies. 

This program shares courses with our certificates in 

Computer Programming, Web Design and Development, 

and Linux Programming. It is the one place where 

important Internet development and application 

programming courses are combined in a single, 

rich curriculum. 


To obtain the certificate in Internet Program ming and 

Development, you must complete a minimum total of 

14 units, including one of the three core courses. In 

order to be eligible for this certificate, you must (1) 

complete all course work within three years of filing the 

application to establish candidacy, and (2) achieve an 

overall 3.0 grade point average (GPA) for all courses. 

In addition, all courses applying toward the certificate 

must have been successfully completed within five years 

of the date on which the certificate is issued. 

Certificate Application Information 

We encourage you to establish candidacy in a certificate 

program early in your studies. The benefits of declaring 

candidacy early include notification of updates to the 

program. Certificate applications can be submitted 

online. An application fee, listed on the Web page, is 

required to establish candidacy. 



















Courses 



This course introduces students to the concepts 

and technologies involved in cloud computing, which 

refers to scalable and virtualized computing over the 

Internet. The course begins with surveys of technologies 

deployed by Amazon, Google, Microsoft, and various 

academic and open-source providers. It explains how 

cloud computing services can provide on-demand 

access to data storage, computing resources, and 

messaging. It also introduces the enabling technologies: 

Web 2.0, virtualization, grid and utility computing that 

comprise the infrastructure behind a cloud computing 

service. The course examines various case studies and 

technical-business models. 

Prerequisite(s): A basic understanding of the Internet, 

databases, messaging and programming experience 

sufficient to follow code examples. 

JEFFREY MILLER, B.S.C.S. 


2 meetings: Thursdays, 6–9 pm, April 5–12. 





C# .NET Programming, Advanced 

For course description, see page 62 

Designing with Cascading Style Sheets 

(CSS) I 









3REVISED 


and Silverlight: UI and Data Access 


This course will introduce students to concepts and 

techniques used to develop desktop-based applications 

for Windows 7/8 and Silverlight for RIA (Rich Internet 

Applications) that can run on multiple platforms. The 

focus of the course will be on two areas: user interface 

and data access. User interface topics will include: XAML, 

WPF, Silverlight, and Windows-8/Metro. Data access 

topics will include: ADO.NET, LINQ-to-SQL, ADO.NET 

Entity Framework, Domain Services, and using WCF Web 

Services. The course also covers data binding and the 

popular MVVM (model-view-viewmodel) design pattern. 

Prerequisite(s): “C# .NET Programming, Comprehensive” 

or experience developing C#-based programs and 

the ability to install and configure software tools 

and databases. 

JEFFREY MILLER, B.S.C.S. 


7 meetings: Thursdays, 6–9 pm, April 26–June 7. 



Developing Java and Java EE 

Applications with Spring Framework 


Spring Framework and Hibernate are two of the most 

popular open source frameworks for developing Java 

and Java EE applications. Spring simplifies enterprise 

application development and promotes good programming 

practices. Hibernate is a high-performance and 

matured object to relational mapping framework. Topics 

include Bean Container and inversion of control, aspectoriented 

programming and transaction management, 

Spring MVC, Hibernate overview and architecture, JPA 

objects and persistence mapping, and query language. 

Prerequisite(s): “Java Programming, Comprehensive.” 

HIEN LUU, B.S.E.E., M.S. 






Internet PROGRAMMING and development CERTIFICATE 



Internet Architecture 

Web Technologies, Introduction.............................................1.0.........22623 n n 


Programming for Cloud Computing: Amazon Web Services..1.5.........23094 n n 

User Experience Design for Web Applications........................2.0...........3113 n n 

Java EE Framework 

*Enterprise Solutions Using Java EE........................................3.0...........6933 n n n n 

Developing Java and Java EE Applications with Spring 

Framework..........................................................................3.0.........20063 n n 

Java Programming, Comprehensive.......................................3.0...........6634 p p p p 

Enterprise Application Performance Management 

(APM) for Java EE and .NET Platforms................................1.5...........4412 n n 

Java Security..........................................................................1.5.........30037 n n 

Rich Internet Applications 

*JavaScript and AJAX, Comprehensive....................................3.0...........1500 n n 

Developing JavaScript-based Rich Web UI with JQuery.........2.0.........22865 n n 

Developing Applications for Windows 7/8 and Silverlight: 

UI and Data Access.............................................................2.0.........30033 n n 

.NET Framework 


C# .NET Programming, Advanced..........................................3.0.........19026 m n m m 

Open Source Web Framework 

*Linux Based Web Application Development— 

Apache, MySQL, PHP...........................................................3.0.........21958 m p m p 

Ruby and Ruby on Rails, Advanced....................................... .2.0.........21342 n m n m 

Web Application Development with Groovy and Grails.........2.0.........23390 n n 

Internet Programming Languages 


Ruby, Introduction..................................................................0.5.........21341 n n n n 

PHP (Hypertext Preprocessor)................................................2.0.........21343 p p p p 





HTML/XHTML: Building Blocks for Web Development...........2.0.........20816 m p m p 

Designing with Cascading Style Sheets, Fundamentals.........1.5...........6673 m n m n 







our Santa Clara facility. Students may need to 

install protective software on their laptops 


Developing JavaScript-based 

Rich Web UI with JQuery 


JQuery is a JavaScript library that simplifies the rapid 

development of rich Web applications. JQuery can be 

used in web applications regardless of the language 

or technology employed on the server side. After an 

overview of the JQuery framework, this course goes into 

the inner workings of document object model (DOM) 

and HTML content, including traversal, modification, 

user interactions and event handling. Students learn 

to leverage the browser event model, perform AJAX 

requests, add effects and animations, use JQuery 

plug-ins, and work with CSS and form data. 

Prerequisite(s): Some knowledge of HTML, CSS, and 

JavaScript. Must have recent programming experience. 

SUBHADEEP CHATTERJEE, M.S. 


8 meetings: Mondays, 6:30–9:30 pm, April 2–May 21. 



66 



Enterprise Solutions Using Java EE 


Java Enterprise Edition supports the development 

of robust, secure and scalable Web-based enterprise 

business applications. The course starts with the Java 

technologies used in Web applications, including 

Servlet, JSP, JBoss application server and database API. 

It introduces the Struts framework for implementing 

Java EE Web applications. Emphasis will be on the 

current Enterprise JavaBeans (EJB) 3 release and 

its powerful Java Persistence API. The course covers 

message services, interceptors, injection, transactions, 

Web services and security. Students will gain hands-on 

experience with tools, servers and databases. 

Prerequisite(s): “Java Programming, Comprehensive.” 

Some experience with Java programming. Familiarity 

with Web and software installation. 

GERALD COMISAR, Ph.D. 










3NEW 

Java Security 


This course is for Java developers and enterprise administrators 

looking to understand the security aspects of 

Java applications. The course begins with an overview of 

Java application security and security debugging. Java 

language security constructs and access controllers are 

addressed, as well as the Java secure socket extension, 

including SSL clients, context and key management 

API. The package for security keys and certificates is 

explained in detail. Using examples, you will learn the 

Java Authentication and Authorization Service (JAAS), 

including policy, configuration and the login module. 

Prerequisite(s): “Java Programming, Comprehensive,” 

or “Enterprise Solutions Using Java EE.” 

SHREYAS KUMAR, Ph.D. 















PHP is one of the best server-side technologies for 

handling Web content. It is used by millions of sites 

worldwide. The course starts by covering the development 

environment, language syntax and programming 

constructs. It introduces the concepts of OOP in PHP 

at different levels. It also covers the interactions with 

HTML web pages and databases. PEAR (PHP repository) 

and unit tests are included as the advanced topics. 

Practical examples and sample codes will be given. 

Students will gain hands-on experience with PHP and 

how to process data to create interactive and dynamic 

Web pages. 

Prerequisite(s): Familiarity with basic programming 

constructs (of a language such as C or Perl) and a 

working knowledge of HTML and SQL fundamentals. 

MIN WU, Ph.D. 















Ruby, Introduction 


Ruby is a dynamically-typed, object-oriented 

programming language which has recently experienced 

a surge in interest because the popular Rails Web 

programming framework is written in Ruby. It can be 

used for command scripts, system administration, text 

processing, GUI programs, networked and distributed 

applications, and web development. Ruby works well 

with Test-Driven Development and Agile Methodologies. 

This course is an introduction to Ruby and will provide 

a solid foundation for further study. Programming 

with a dynamic language is different and we’ll try to 

jump-start your learning by emphasizing material not 

easily found elsewhere. 

Prerequisite(s): Some familiarity with at least one 

object-oriented programming language (Java, Python, 

C#, C++, Smalltalk, CLOS, etc.) 

WAYNE VUCENIC, B.S. 


2 meetings: Mondays, 6:30–9:30 pm, June 4–11. 



Ruby and Ruby on Rails, Advanced 


Ruby on Rails is a popular framework for creating 

dynamic Web 2.0 database applications. It delivers 

working, bare-bones Web applications out of the box, 

ready to be developed into your application. The focus 

is on the three main topics: Active Record for database 

persistence, Action Controller for HTTP request routing 

and processing, and Action View for Web page and 

form generation. The course also covers configuration, 

debugging, testing, performance, Ajax on Rails, RESTful 

architecture, and other advanced topics. 

Prerequisite(s): “Ruby, Introduction.” 1–2 years of 

object-oriented programming experience. Understanding 

of technologies such as the HTTP protocol, HTML, CSS, 

JavaScript, and SQL will enhance your ability to learn Rails. 

MIN WU, Ph.D. 





User Experience Design 

for Web Applications 




RICH INTERNET APPLICATIONS 

Learn Web 2.0 technology, and develop interactive, 

engaging, and powerful Web sites. 

• JavaScript and AJAX, Comprehensive 

• Developing Applications for Windows 7/8 and 

Silverlight: UI and Data Access (see page 66) 

• Developing JavaScript-based Rich Web UI 

with JQuery 

• Adobe Flash II—ActionScript 3.0 







our Web site. 
















Software Engineering 

and Quality 

The Software Engineering and Quality certificate program 

at UCSC Extension is a program for Silicon Valley 

software developers who want to grow in their specific 

areas of expertise and broaden their skills. It blends 

foundation-level coursework in software engineering 

with cutting-edge developments in software quality, 

testing, and software development practices. 





The program is unique because it brings together 

software engineering, testing and management courses 

under a single umbrella. This provides our students with 

an integrated view across key disciplines so that they 

better understand their position in the overall software 

development process. This broad perspective is also 

helpful in identifying new career options. Areas of 

focus include: 

• Engineering—covers software architecture and 

software modeling 

• Quality and Testing—offers courses in the state-of-theart 

testing strategies and quality assurance methods 

• Software Development Practices—covers the 

practices and skills required to manage the entire 

software product life cycle 


To obtain the Certificate in Software Engineering and 

Quality, you must complete a minimum total of 14 

units which must include one of three core courses. 

For additional requirements, go to ucsc-extension.edu. 

Prerequisites 

A degree in computer science or engineering, or 

equivalent experience in software development, testing, 

QA or project management is required. 







SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE 

AND TESTING 

We offer several unique courses that focus on the 

SQA and software testing. All software developers 

should acquire knowledge and skills in this field. 

You can get a SEQ certificate with a focus on this 

track of courses. 

• Software Quality Assurance and Testing 

• Software Testing: Techniques, Tools and Practices 

• Professional Software Development 

Fundamentals 

• JUnit Test Framework 


Courses 

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING and Quality CERTIFICATE 


Software Engineering 

*Object-Oriented Analysis and Design.....................................3.0...........0774 m p m p 

Object-Oriented Development: 

Architectures and Design Patterns, Advanced........................3.0...........6633 n n 

Refactoring with Design Patterns...........................................1.5...........6427 n 

Enterprise Applications Performance Management 

(APM) for Java EE and .NET Platforms...............................1.5...........4412 n n 

Data Structures and Algorithms using C++ ..........................3.0...........4732 n n 

Software QA and Testing 

*Software Quality Assurance and Testing................................2.0...........3396 n n 

Software Testing: Techniques, Tools and Practices..................3.0.........20501 n n 

JUnit Test Framework............................................................ .1.5...........6198 p m p m 

Professional Software Practices 

*Professional Software Development Fundamentals..............3.0.........22868 n n 

User Research: User Needs and Usability Assessment...........2.0.........20079 n 

User Experience Design for Web Applications........................2.0...........3113 n n 

Agile Software Development.................................................1.5.........20285 n n 

Managing Software Projects..................................................1.5...........0943 n n 

Refresher for Software Professionals 






Ruby, Introduction................................................................. .0.5.........21341 n n n n 

Relational Database Essentials..............................................3.0...........6195 p p p p 


Agile Software Development 


Agile methodologies are changing the way software 

developers work. This course will equip you with the 

concepts, methods, practices and tools needed to use 

Agile in software development. It covers common Agile 

practices including extreme programming, pair programming, 

feature driven development, test driven development, 

continuous integration, code refactoring, and more. 

You will also learn how Agile can be applied to larger 

projects. To experience the real world use of Agile, there 

will be a laboratory session that simulates an Agile project. 

Prerequisite(s):A degree in computer science or 

engineering or equivalent experience in software 

development, testing, QA or project management. 

SUSAN MICKEL, M.B.A., M.S. 

KAREN MACKEY, Ph.D. 


5 meetings: Thursdays, 6:30–9:30 pm, June 7–28; 









Data Structures and Algorithms Using C++ 


68 





JUnit is one of the most popular open source testing 

frameworks for all types of Java software applications at 

the unit, integration, functional, and acceptance testing 

stages of the software life cycle. This course begins 

with the fundamentals of JUnit, including installation, 

setup and integration with Eclipse and Apache Ant, two 

of the major Integrated Development Environments 

(IDE) that support JUnit. Then the features of JUnit are 

covered, along with how different versions compare 

to each other, and how to customize JUnit and create 

automated tests. 

Students will learn the real-world uses of JUnit, 

including test strategies and the concept of Test Driven 

Development (TDD) also known as “test first, code 

later.” Other advanced topics include testing presentation 

layer, server side, JPA and database access. By the 

end of this course, students will have learned to use 

JUnit to test Java applications in all life cycle stages 

and will be able to apply this framework to build 

automation testing. 






SANTA CLARA HYBRID 


April 21–May 19 (no meetings April 28 and May 12). 



Managing Software Projects 




Object-oriented design involves transforming the 

descriptive analysis models into computational models 

for coding. During an object-oriented analysis, a 

descriptive model of the problem domain is developed. 

Instruction uses the notation specified by the Unified 

Modeling Language (UML). Students will learn Agile 

and Iterative Development methodologies and use case 

design and requirements driven design. The course 

covers the principles of object-oriented design as well 

as practical considerations for applying these principles. 

Methods for evaluating and fixing poor designs are also 

addressed, as well as tools and library issues. 

Prerequisite(s): Programming experience required in 

an object oriented language. e.g. Java, C++, C#, 

Python, etc. 

EDWIN MACH, M.S. 






Professional Software Development 

Fundamentals 


This course provides an essential overview of software 

product development for people who want to move 

beyond programming or testing into a lead role or management. 

The instructor addresses the entire product 

life cycle, including key make-or-break milestones. The 

course covers the fundamental practices in software 

production, along with trade-offs between rigorous and 

informal approaches. Participants learn measures that 

help steer progress and determine success. Additional 

topics include the impact of major industry quality 

standards, open source opportunities and legal risks. 

Prerequisite(s): A degree in computer science or 

engineering or equivalent experience in software 

development, testing, QA or project management. 

KAREN MACKEY, Ph.D. 










Refactoring with Design Patterns 


Software companies prefer to incrementally improve 

their existing code base, instead of undertaking new 

design and development. This approach to improving 

the design and implementation of existing code is called 

refactoring. This course covers refactoring principles, 

common software problems, reusability, code analysis, 

and design patterns to solve them. This course is not 

language specific. Upon successful completion, students 

will be able to identify, apply, and adapt design patterns 

to existing designs and implementations, including 

making trade-offs concerning architectural impacts 

and using common design patterns to refactor 

software applications. 

Prerequisite(s): “Object-Oriented Analysis and Design.” 

Proficiency in at least one object-oriented language 

is required. Knowledge of UML or related notations 

is preferred. 

ANDREAS GUENTHER, B.S. 


5 meetings: Mondays, 6:30–9:30 pm, May 7–June 11. 



Relational Database Essentials 














Ruby, Introduction 





Earn a Master’s Degree 

in Engineering 

Qualify for Degree Credit 

The Engineering and Technology Department 

has secured a transfer agreement with the 

University of Wisconsin–Platteville. This agreement 

specifically assists students who have 

achieved a Software Engineering and Quality 

Program Certificate and would like to pursue an 

online Master of Science in Engineering degree. 

Applicants to master’s degree program must hold 

a bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution 

and fulfill the school’s admissions requirements in 

addition to the following. 

Graduate-Degree Credit 

Transfer Agreements for 

SEQ Certificate Holders 

University of Wisconsin–Platteville 

Before entering the UW–Platteville M.S. in 

Engineering Program, the student must complete 

the UCSC Extension Software Engineering and 

Quality Program Certificate with a grade of “B” 

or better in all coursework. Completion of the 

UCSC Extension SEQ Program Certificate 

(with 14 quarter units) equates to 9 graduate 

elective credits in the UW–Platteville M.S. in 

Engineering Program. 

See school Web site for other requirements: 

www.uwplatt.edu/disted 

For information on this agreement, contact the 

Engineering and Technology Department at 

(408) 861-3860, or program@ucsc-extension.edu. 




Database Systems 





Most businesses today use some form of shared data 

to serve the needs of their enterprise. Many database 

management system (DBMS) products have been 

developed to meet these needs. The need for qualified 

professionals to manage these systems has never been 

greater. 

Our Certificate in Database Systems is designed for 

technical professionals who want to enrich their careers by 

learning the principles and practices involved in designing, 

administering, tuning, and using shared databases. The 

certificate will provide you with not only broad, general 

knowledge of database systems and concepts, but 

also state-of-the-art practical skills needed by DBMS 

profession als. Whether your focus is installing a database 

management system, using data warehousing or data 

mining techniques to provide decision support information 

or writing programs that interface with a DBMS, this 

combination of general and practical knowledge will 

prepare you to take on challenging DBMS positions in 

today’s technology-dependent workplace. 


To obtain the Certificate in Database Systems, you must 

complete “Relational Database Essentials,” plus five 

elective courses for a minimum total of 14 units. 

For additional requirements, see page 4. 


We recommend that students begin with “Relational 

Database Essentials” and that numbered courses 

(those ending in I, II and III) be taken in consecutive 

order. Otherwise, you may take courses in this program 

in any order and in any combination. 




















Any application that needs to process and store large 

amounts of information will likely use a commercial 

database management system (DBMS). This course 

provides in-depth knowledge of the concepts behind 

a DBMS, and then focuses on issues related to practical 

database design. Students learn how to create conceptual, 

logical and physical designs of relational databases 

in response to a set of user requirements. The course 

will lay a solid foundation for technical professionals 

and others who want to pursue a career in databases 

and apply that knowledge to the next level of SQL 

Server as well as the Oracle series of classes. Topics 

include relational database concepts, entity-relationship 

model, normalization, SQL fundamentals, and data 

warehouse fundamentals. 

Prerequisite(s): Familiarity with general database 

concepts. 

MOHAMMAD NAVEED, M.S., M.B.A. 




DATABASE SYSTEMS CERTIFICATE 

required Courses Units Course F W Sp Su 

Relational Database Essentials..............................................3.0...........6195 p p p p 

elective Courses Units Course F W Sp Su 

Oracle Database 

Oracle SQL Programming, Introduction.................................3.0...........3053 n n 

Oracle PL/SQL, Introduction...................................................3.0.........21320 n 

Oracle 11g: Enterprise Architecture and Administration 

on Linux..............................................................................3.5.........19069 n n 

Oracle 11g: Administration II on Linux...................................4.0.........19070 n n 

MySQL Database 

MySQL Database Administration I.........................................2.0.........23095 n n 

MySQL Database Administration II........................................2.0.........23228 n n 

MySQL Database for Developers and Designers....................3.0.........22632 n n 

Linux-Based Web Application Development— 

Apache, MySQL, PHP...........................................................3.0.........21958 m p m p 

Database Programming and Applications 

Data Warehouse Solutions and Business Intelligence............2.0...........3502 n n 


Data Mining...........................................................................5.0.........30034 n 

PHP (Hypertext Preprocessor)............................................... .2.0.........21343 p p p p 


Enterprise Application Performance Management 

(APM) for Java EE and .NET Platforms................................1.5...........4412 n n 




10 meetings: Thursdays, 6:30–9:30 pm, 





Data Mining 


Data Warehouse Solutions 

and Business Intelligence 


This course provides students with the knowledge 

needed to plan and implement a business intelligence 

solution using data warehouse technology. It covers 

the various aspects of data warehousing, including 

process, architecture, tools, multi-dimensionality, data 

marts, requirements, implementation approaches, and 

how to implement successful projects. The instructor 

will share real-world cases of data warehouse and BI 

applications. As part of the project, students will learn 

to define requirements, and perform basic design tasks, 

such as developing the Kimball matrix and designing 

subject areas. 

70 


Engineering and Technology Software Development / Web and Graphic Design 

Prerequisite(s): “Relational Database Essentials.” 

General knowledge of computer databases and decision 

support systems. 

ARSHAD KHAN, M.E., M.B.A. 


6 meetings: Saturdays, 8:30–12 pm, April 14–May 19. 






MySQL Database Administration II 


This hands-on lab course outlines and demonstrates 

the advanced administrative features of MySQL and 

prepares students for the Certified MySQL Database 

Administration Part-II (CMDBA-II) exam. Beginning with 

the advanced user account management features, the 

course covers in sequence: the security aspects of the 

server OS, network, accounts and data; the optimization 

techniques for queries, databases, server load, memory 

tuning and cache utilization; and the diagnostic process 

and considerations of hardware choices, network and 

OS for MySQL. The course concludes with scaling up 

MySQL with multiple servers. 

Prerequisite(s): “MySQL Database Administration I.” 



7 meetings: Mondays, 6:30–9:30 pm, April 9–May 21. 



MySQL Database for Developers 

and Designers 


MySQL is a reliable database engine commonly used 

for storing and serving data as Web content. The course 

begins by reviewing the basic SQL queries and the types 

of storage engines. It introduces the aggregate, the 

index merge, data manipulation, and stored procedures 

in MySQL. You will learn to write complex queries and 

get hands on experience with advanced features, such 

as creating sub programs, data security, triggers, and 

dynamic SQL. You will also learn a performance tuning 

strategy, server configuration, loading techniques and 

the application architecture for efficient database design. 

Prerequisite(s): “Relational Database Essentials,” and 

“Linux Based Web Application Development—Apache, 

MySQL, PHP.” Students should have prior knowledge of 

the installation and basic operation of MySQL. “Linux 

Based Web Application Development—Apache, MySQL, 

PHP” is recommended. 







Oracle 11g: Administration II on Linux 


In this course, you’ll learn how to configure an Oracle 

database for multilingual applications and practice 

various methods of recovering the database using RMAN, 

SQL, and Flashback technology. Tools to monitor database 

performance and what steps to take to improve database 

performance are covered as well as how to use 

various database technologies, such as Resource Manager, 

Scheduler, and Automatic Storage Management 

(ASM). Topics include using globalization support, 

securing the Oracle listener, diagnostic sources, and 

automating tasks with the scheduler. The course is 

designed to prepare you for the corresponding Oracle 

Certified Professional exam. 

Prerequisite(s): “Oracle 11g: Enterprise Architecture 

and Administration on Linux.” 




June 2–July 14 (1 no meeting TBA). 



Oracle PL/SQL, Introduction 


Oracle Corporation has defined PL/SQL as a procedural 

language that has the capability to host both procedural 

and non-procedural statements in accessing and 

manipulating data stored in a relational database. 

The procedures and packages written in PL/SQL can 

run either on the host or the client machine. It is used 

extensively in writing Stored Procedures and Functions 

in Oracle and other relational databases. This is a lab 

course with hands-on exercises for learning. 

Prerequisite(s): “Oracle SQL Programming, Introduction” 

or equivalent experience 

FAYSAL SHAARANI, M.B.A. 

















Web and 

Graphic Design 

Our Silicon Valley-based Web and graphic design courses 

are taught by working professionals and cover a wide 

range of design, business and technical subjects relevant to 

these fields. To keep current with these dynamic industries, 

we frequently review and update our courses. We offer 

a full range of hands-on software application training 

courses including Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, Flash and 

Dream weaver. Our design courses include graphic design 

fun da mentals, visual design for the Web, user-experience 

design, and designing with various technologies. Our 

technical courses cover programming skills, such as HTML/ 

XHTML, JavaScript, and cascading style sheets (CSS). 

Graphic Design 

Whether you’re designing Web sites, developing mobile 

apps or deploying a marketing campaign, good graphic 

design skills and familiarity with the leading graphics tools 

are essential for Silicon Valley professionals. Our graphic 

design courses are ideal if you’re looking for foundation 

skills or want to learn the latest versions of these tools. 


ART.X476.8 (1.5 quarter units) 

Illustrator’s vector-based, small graphic format makes 

it a must for print and Web graphics. This hands-on 

course introduces the essential features and tools of 

Adobe Illustrator. Students develop basic competency 

in the use of this complex software, with emphasis on 

the Pen tool. Other topics include using the Pen tool to 

draw curved, corner and cusp points; using templates; 

selection techniques; layers; color swatches; transformation 

tools; moving dialog boxes; painting objects; 

gradients and blends; gradient Mesh tool; transparency; 

type basics: point, area, path; patterns and brushes; 

and compound paths and masks. 

Prerequisite(s): Working familiarity with the Macintosh 

and/or Windows operating system including the 

fundamentals of file management and navigation. 

VICKI WINTERS, M.A. 


4 meetings: Thursdays, 5:30–9:30 pm, April 5–26. 









Web and Graphic Design Engineering and Technology 



If you need to make design decisions for presentations, 

Web pages or printed materials and you want your final 

product to be professional and effective, this is the class 

for you. This course will provide you with the basic skills 

used by designers everywhere. Students will learn to set 

a strategy for any given project, ideate via thumbnail 

sketches, select appropriate imagery and typeface, all 

while keeping the brand and project constraints in 

focus. Topics include typography, color theory, layouts 

and grids, and image selection. This course is highly 

recommended as a foundation for anyone interested 

in taking web design courses. This course emphasizes 

visual problem solving skills and not computer 

instruction. 

Prerequisite(s): “Adobe Photoshop, Introduction,” 

and “Adobe Illustrator, Introduction.” 

RUSSELL LEONG, B.A. 


7 meetings: Wednesdays, 6:30–9:30 pm, April 4–May 16. 




Web Design 





Designing a successful Web site involves understanding 

business needs, who the end-users will be, and 

what is technically possible. It starts with knowing 

the Web design process and the technical landscape. 

Web designers need to know how to define business 

problems, determine user needs, and apply principles 

of information architecture, interaction design, visual 

design, and user research. They also need to know 

how to write their own front-end code and use visual 

authoring software. Our certificate program offers both 

foundation-level and advanced Web design courses. 

Those who are new to the Web Design field should 

start with the recommended prerequisites and take 

all the foundation courses. This will equip you with 

the broad, solid skills needed to become a competent 

Web designer. Experienced Web designers who want 

to extend and expand their skill set can take a mix of 

foundation and advanced courses based on current 

knowledge and individual career goals. Either approach 

leads to a UC certificate. 


To obtain the Certificate in Web Design, you must 

complete a minimum of 17.5 units. Certificates are 

granted upon successful completion of “Web Design 

Project.” For students new to the Web Design field, we 

strongly recommended: “Web Design, Introduction” 

and all eight other foundation courses. For those with 

two or more years of industry experience who are 

proficient in some Web design skills, foundation courses 

can be taken, as needed, to round out your skill set and 

to supplement the advanced courses. For additional 

information, go to ucsc-extension.edu/web-design. 

17.5-unit minimum 

WEB DESIGN CERTIFICATE 

recommended PREREQUISITE COURSES Units Course F W Sp Su 

*Adobe Illustrator, Introduction...............................................1.5...........6497 n n 

*Adobe Photoshop, Introduction.............................................1.5...........5307 n n 


* The Illustrator and Photoshop Introduction courses may not be applied toward the Certificate, 

however, students may apply “Graphic Design Fundamentals” as an elective. 

FOUNDATION COURsES Units Course F W Sp Su 

Design Basics 

Web Design, Introduction......................................................0.5.........22609 n n 

User Experience Design Fundamentals for the Web..............2.0.........30031 n n 

Visual Design for the Web......................................................2.5.........30030 n n 

Production and Animation 

Graphical Production for the Web..........................................1.5...........1262 n n 

Adobe Flash I—Animation for the Web.................................1.5...........1107 n n n n 

Technical Implementation 

Web Technologies, Introduction.............................................1.0.........22623 n n 

HTML/XHTML: Building Blocks for Web Development...........2.0.........20816 m p m p 

Designing with Cascading Style Sheets, Fundamentals.........1.5...........6673 m n m n 

Adobe Dreamweaver—Client Side........................................2.0...........2212 n n 

ADVANCED COURSES Units Course F W Sp Su 


User Research: User Needs and Usability Assessment 

for Web and Software Products.........................................2.0.........20079 n 

User Experience for Web-Based Applications.........................2.0...........3113 n n 

Advanced Implementation 

JavaScript for Designers.........................................................1.0...........1879 n n 

Designing with Cascading Style Sheets, Advanced................1.0.........21317 n n 

Adobe Flash II— 

Basic ActionScript Programming for the Web....................1.5...........5496 n n 

Site and Content Management 

Managing Website Development and Deployment...............1.0...........4313 n n 

Web Content Management Systems: 

Drupal and Wordpress, Introduction..................................2.0.........22627 n n 

REQUIRED COURSE Units Course F W Sp Su 

Web Design Project ...............................................................2.0...........5228 n n 

also of interest* Units Course F W Sp Su 

Internet Programming and Development 

PHP (Hypertext Preprocessor)................................................2.0.........21343 p p p p 


Javascript and AJAX, Comprehensive.....................................3.0...........1500 n n 


Search Engine Optimization...................................................2.0.........19966 n 

Web Writing that Works.........................................................1.5.........23091 m m 

Web 2.0: Social Media Marketing..........................................2.0.........19357 m 

*One "Also of Interest" course may be applied towards the Certificate 



72 


Engineering and Technology Web and Graphic Design 

Prerequisites 

There are no formal prerequisites to enter the certificate 

program. However, students should be proficient in 

Adobe Illustrator and Adobe Photoshop. For those 

in need of these skills, we offer introductory courses 

in Adobe Illustrator and Adobe Photoshop. These two 

recommended prerequisites do not count toward the 

total number of units required for the certificate and 

may be satisfied with equivalent experience. We also 

recommend “Graphic Design Fundamentals” as a 

prerequisite for students who do not have previous 

graphic design background. 


Depending on student experience in Web Design, the 

courses may be taken in any order, provided the individual 

course prerequisites have been fulfilled. All students 

should end with “Web Design Project.” For more 

information, visit ucsc-extension.edu/web-design. New 

students should attend the Program Overview or Open 

House events to receive course sequence information. 


LILLIAN SVEC, M.F.A., has championed user-centered 

design and information architecture (IA) on the Web for 

more than 15 years. She pioneered the IA role at Studio 

Archetype. At Sapient, she was the Global Practice Lead 

for IA, providing leadership to 100 team members in 

eighteen offices worldwide. At Walmart.com, she was 

the Director of User Experience. 




Recommended Prerequisites 






Adobe Dreamweaver–Client Side 


Adobe’s Dreamweaver is a professional WYSIWYG Web 

authoring tool for designing, coding, and developing 

Web sites and Web applications. This course covers 

Dreamweaver’s features, from inserting images, tables, 

and forms to using JavaScript behaviors for swapping 

images or using AP Divs. Other design techniques are 

discussed and demonstrated, such as creating and 

employing cascading style sheets, libraries, templates, 

and image maps, and incorporating Flash animation on 

your Web page. After completing this hands-on course, 

students will have sufficient Dreamweaver skills to 

create a functional and effective Web site. 

Prerequisite(s): Completion of “HTML/XHTML: Building 

Blocks for Web Development” and “Designing with 

Cascading Style Sheets I” is required, or equivalent 

experience with instructor approval. 

AUDREY BLUMENEAU, M.Ed. 





Adobe Flash I—Animation for the Web 

FILM.X403.3 (1.5 quarter units) 

Adobe’s Flash CS5 is a powerful application for creating 

content for the Web, mobile devices, CDs, videos and 

stand-alone desktop applications. This course explores 

the rich animation capabilities of Flash. Learning how to 

import Photoshop and Illustrator files will expand your 

resources. You’ll also learn to build objects using the 

Flash toolset, employing key frame animation to create 

2D and 3D effects, motion, masking and 3D rotation. 

The final project is a timeline-based Web site using 

basic ActionScript, Flash’s programming language. 

Prerequisite(s): Hands-on working knowledge of the 

Macintosh and/or Windows environment. 

MICHAEL BASHISTA, M.Ed. 



June 2–23 (no meeting June 16). 




(CSS), Fundamentals 

Formerly “Designing with Cascading Style Sheets (CSS), I“ 


Cascading style sheets (CSS) are a mandatory method 

for a web designer to control the look and feel of a 

modern Web site. Combined with proper HTML markup, 

CSS allows for precise control over a Web page’s appearance 

without the use of tables. This beginning class will 

provide demonstration and hands-on exercises covering 

the application and syntax of CSS; hand-coding CSS 

properties for font, text formatting and backgrounds; the 

box model; creating vertical and horizontal navigation 

menus and two and three column page-layouts. 

Prerequisite(s): “HTML/XHTML: Building Blocks for 

Web Development” or equivalent experience with 

instructor approval. 





Graphical Production for the Web 


This class covers the creation of Web graphics using 

professional digital imaging tools. Photoshop is the 

primary focus of the class, but other programs, including 

Fireworks and Illustrator, will be explored. Students 

learn the workflow for creating graphic components— 

from page layouts to navigation to animations—along 

with efficient production techniques. Topics include 

GIF vs. JPEG compression; color, type, and background 

images; layers, layer groups, layer comps, and layer 

styles; slicing images and creating rollovers; creating 

animated GIFs and SWFs; integration with Dreamweaver 

and the Web site design process. 

Prerequisite(s): This advanced class assumes that the 

student has mastered foundation skills as noted on the 

Photoshop Skills list (see course description on Web site). 

Competency in these skills will be essential to completing 

assignments and keeping up with the pace of the class. 

“Adobe Photoshop, Introduction” or equivalent experience 

is required. Familiarity with HTML is recommended. 



6 meetings: Thursday, 6–8 pm, May 3; 

Thursdays, 6–9:30 pm, May 10–June 7. 




Open House Event 

for Web and Graphic 

Design Programs 

This free event is intended as 

an informal information session 

for new or returning students 

who are interested in the Web and Graphic Design 

Programs. The event includes a short presentation 

with program overview and new course highlights. 

After that, the floor is open for questions and answers 

of general interest. The program staff and program 

coordinator (or senior instructor) will be available 

to answer individual questions. The staff can answer 

questions about individual courses or provide 

recommendations for course sequence. This is an 

opportunity to receive course counseling for the 

coming quarters. We encourage you to register 

early to reserve your space. 

LILLIAN SVEC, M.F.A. 


Thursday, 7–9 pm, May 31. 



MAC LAB for Hands-on Learning 

UCSC Extension Silicon Valley offers a state-ofthe-art 

Mac Lab, featuring dual-core Mac Pros, flat 

panel displays, the latest version of Mac OS X, and 

professional software, including Adobe CS5. This 

Mac Lab, along with our other PC Labs, provides 

you with the opportunity to practice new skills 

while you learn. Instructors can interact with you 

and answer your questions in class, and help you 

turn the classroom knowledge to your professional 

advantage. 


Web and Graphic Design / Technology Management Engineering and Technology 




In this hands-on course, students learn to code 

Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) and Extensible 

Hypertext Markup Language (XHTML) as specified by 

the W3C, the official Web standards body. The course 

also examines ways in which HTML5, a new version of 

HTML currently under development, is poised to change 

the current standards. This course is for students who 

have not coded Web pages before and it can serve as 

a review for students who have some HTML coding 

knowledge and want to build on that knowledge as 

the foundation for learning XHTML or HTML5. 

Prerequisite(s): Ability to surf the Web, working knowledge 

of standard text editors like SimpleText, TextEdit, 

NotePad, WordPad, or BBEdit. Basic Web-development 

concepts are recommended. 





Managing Web Site Development 

and Deployment 

FILM.X402.5 (1.0 quarter unit) 

This course covers the decision points and practical 

challenges of launching and administering a Web site. 

Relevant topics include strategic decisions, such as 

choosing a domain name, a Web host, an e-commerce 

platform or a content management system. Also 

covered are the hands-on skills necessary to administer 

domains and get listed by search engines. The course 

includes hands-on exercises using Web site administrative 

control panels, content management and 

e-commerce “back-end” resources. The course is for 

students interested in the Web site administrator role. 

Prerequisite(s): “Designing with Cascading Style Sheets 

(CSS), Fundamentals,” and “HTML/XHTML: Building 

Blocks for Web Development,” or equivalent experience. 

“Web Technologies, Introduction” is recommended. 










Web applications are becoming the de facto standard 

for delivering software functionality to users. This projectoriented 

course provides an overview of the design 

process and best practices for Web app development. 

In addition to the lectures, you’ll create and design your 

own Web app using graphical and Web tools to address 

a real-world business problem. The course explores 

the key phases of the user experience design process, 

including strategy, competitive and user research, 

persona development, UI (user interface) framework 

and design, usability testing and rapid prototyping. 

Prerequisite(s): “Designing with Cascading Style Sheets 

(CSS), Fundamentals,” “HTML/XHTML: Building Blocks 

for Web Development,” or equivalent knowledge, and 

proficiency with a drawing application and Office suite. 

“User-Experience Design Fundamentals” and “Web 

Technologies, Introduction” are recommended. 

FRANK RAMIREZ, B.S. 


7 meetings: Tuesdays, 6:30–9:30 pm, May 1–June 12. 



User Experience Design Fundamentals 

for the Web 

Formerly “User Centered Design Fundamentals 

for the Web” 


Creating effective Web sites starts with meeting the 

needs of the business and the end-users. This course 

demonstrates how to balance the requirements of both 

by applying a user-centered design process. The course 

covers three phases of the process: discovery; definition; 

and interaction design with an emphasis on the interaction 

design phase. Topics include: user and business 

requirements; site audits; personae; scenarios and task 

flows; interaction design; wireframing; prototyping and 

testing; and Information Architecture. 

Prerequisite(s): “Adobe Illustrator, Introduction” and 

“Web Design, Introduction”. Access to and experience 

using a drawing application (e.g. Adobe Illustrator, 

Microsoft Visio, OmniGraffle or a similar program) 

and Microsoft Office. 

ALICE CHIANG, Ph.D. 

WILLY LAI, B.A. 


7 meetings: Mondays, 6:30–9:30pm, April 16–June 4. 



Web Design, Introduction 


Applications for Web design skills are diverse. Marketing 

communications, e-commerce, social networking —the 

list is endless. As a result, the role of a Web designer 

has many variations. This course will start by defining 

the Web design process and roles. Case studies and 

guest speakers will provide unique perspectives on the 

industry. The course will show how the Web Design 

program maps to industry roles and conclude by helping 

participants identify Web design career goals. 

Prerequisite(s): PC and Web literacy is required, including 

experience with common computer applications on 

Windows or Macintosh and using the Web. 

LILLIAN SVEC, M.F.A. 


2 meetings: Saturday, 9 am–5 pm, April 14; 

Saturday, 1–3:30 pm, April 21. 












Technology 

Management 

Extension’s Engineering Management Program is one 

of the few training programs in the Bay Area designed 

specifically for engineers, project managers and other 

technology professionals interested in information 

and knowledge management in high-tech enterprises. 

With a specialized program in Knowledge Services and 

Enterprise Management (KSEM), we provide a new 

interdisciplinary graduate certificate program to address 

the challenges in today’s global and knowledge-based 

economy. More information and technology management 

courses will be added in the coming quarters. 


Knowledge Services and 

Enterprise Management 

(KSEM) 


UCSC Baskin School of Engineering: (408) 919-8902, 

or spabst@soe.ucsc.edu. 


Knowledge Services and Enterprise Management 

(KSEM) is a UCSC Extension graduate-level certificate 

program designed and developed by the Technology 

and Information Management faculty of the UCSC 

School of Engineering in consultation with UCSC 

Extension. 

KSEM is a new interdisciplinary field, studying the 

application of information technology and knowledge 

services to the management of high-tech enterprises 

and other complex systems. The KSEM Certificate 

Program is designed to prepare graduates for careers 

in the areas of: 

• Data mining and data analytics 

• Information retrieval and knowledge management 

• Business, service and call center analytics 

• New product and service development 

• Management of technology 

• Project planning and risk management 

74 


Engineering and Technology Technology Management 

• Portfolio management (products and services) 

• Service management and e-business 

• Ad optimization and Web marketing 

• Global supply and value change management 

• Manufacturing and outsourcing 


To obtain the Certificate in Knowledge Services and 

Enter prise Management, you must complete a minimum 

of 20 units, including two of the four core courses. 

Any remaining unit requirements may be satisfied by 

taking elective courses. 

Prerequisites 

Training in the basics of statistics, stochastic process 

and other algorithmic approaches (i.e., “CE 107: 

Introduction to Stochastic Methods of System Analysis”) 

is required. 

For more information, see soe.ucsc.edu/programs/ksem. 




Core Courses 

Data Mining 

TIM.XSC245. (5.0 quarter units) 

Overview of the principles underlying data mining 

algorithms and their application, data mining 

algorithms, and algorithm construction to solve specific 

problems in a principled manner. The algorithms 

covered include trees and rules for classification and 

regression, association rules, belief networks, classical 

statistical models, nonlinear models such as neural 

networks, and local “memory-based” model. How 

analysis fits together when applied to real-world data 

mining problems is also covered. Topics include the role 

of metadata, how to handle missing data, and data 

preprocessing, statistical learning techniques, supervised 

and unsupervised learning; Support Vector Machines; 

and Kernel methods. 

YI ZHANG, Ph.D. 


11 meetings: Tuesdays, 6–9:30 pm, April 3–June 12. 








KNOWLEDGE SERVICES AND ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE 


CORE COURSES (choose two) Units Course F W Sp Su 

Data Mining...........................................................................5.0.........30034 n 

Information Retrieval.............................................................5.0.........20326 

E-Business Technology and Strategy......................................5.0.........20325 

Knowledge Services and Data Analytics................................5.0.........20034 n 

elective Courses Units Course F W Sp Su 

Advanced Topics in TIM..........................................................5.0.........23587 n 

Financial Engineering and Management in 

High Technology Firms.......................................................5.0.........30035 n 

Large-Scale Web Analytics and Machine Learning.................5.0.........30003 

Management of Technology I: 

Management, Development and Commercialization 

(MDC) of New Products and Technologies.........................5.0.........20022 n 

Management of Technology II: Supply Chain Management..5.0.........30004 n 

Random Process Models in Engineering................................5.0.........30005 n 

Services Engineering and Management.................................5.0.........30036 n 

Stochastic Optimization in Information Systems and 

Technology Management...................................................5.0.........20842 

Data Warehouse Solutions and Business Intelligence............2.0...........3502 n n 





Data Warehouse Solutions 

and Business Intelligence 


Financial Engineering and 

Management in High Tech Enterprises 

TIM.XSC230 (5.0 quarter units) 

This course provides students with a systematic 

methodology and the corresponding set of methods 

and analytical tools to address the field of financial 

engineering and its use in high tech enterprises in 

an integrated manner. It covers the basic concepts 

of stochastic optimization and other algorithmic 

approaches, including stochastic dynamic programming, 

decision models and analysis, and binomial trees. These 

concepts are then applied to financial engineering in 

the context of high-tech enterprises. 

SAFWAN SHAH, Ph.D. 


10 meetings: Mondays, 6–9:30 pm, April 2–June 11. 




Principles 



Random Process Models in Engineering. 

TIM.XSC207 (5.0 quarter units) 

This is a beginning graduate level course in stochastic 

process modeling and analysis with an emphasis on 

applications in technology management, information 

systems design, and engineering. 

JOHN MUSACCHIO, Ph.D. 


22 meetings: Tuesdays and Thursdays, 4–5:45 pm, 




Service Engineering and Management 

TIM.XSC270. (5.0 quarter units) 

This course is a thorough introduction to service 

engineering and management, from the role of services 

in the global economy to analytical models in service 

operations management. This is a rapidly developing 

field, and the material will cover fundamental principles 

of services as well as recent research developments in the 

field. Topics include designing efficient service networks, 

forecasting, resource allocation and globalization. 

KEVIN ROSS, Ph.D. 







Environmental 

Health and Safety 


Hazardous Material Management................... 77 

Occupational Safety and Health Management...77 

Environmental Safety and Health 

Management............................................... 77 

HAZWOPER.................................................... 79 

You May Be Closer to a 

Certificate Than you realize 

Are you just a few courses away from earning 

an EHS certificate Let us review your 

academic record and help to fast track your goals. 

Contact us to develop a personalized study plan: 

ehs@ucsc-extension.edu. 







our Web site. 













76 


Environmental Health and Safety 

Environmental Health and Safety Programs 

UCSC Extension Silicon Valley offers individual courses and three full certificate programs to meet the needs of Bay Area 

professionals currently working in or planning for a transition into the environmental health and safety field. Courses 

in environmental safety and health, hazardous materials, and occupational safety and health are designed to help 

EH&S professionals meet regulatory and certification requirements as well as advance their careers. We also regularly 

offer HAZWOPER and one-day updates. Taught by experienced professionals, our EH&S programs develop the hands-on 

skills as well as the advanced management techniques needed to elevate performance to the highest level. 


Environmental Safety 

and Health Management 





Hazardous Materials 

Management 





This program provides a solid foundation in the principles, 

regulations, and technologies required to manage 

hazardous materials and hazardous waste. Courses are 

designed for public and private-sector professionals and 

managers who have hazardous materials and hazardous 

waste regulatory compliance responsibilities and 

related duties. 


Candidates for the certificate must complete a total 

of 210 classroom hours (21 units) comprising five 


Students pursuing both the Hazardous Materials 

Manage ment cer tificate and the Occupational Safety 

and Health Management certificate (the dual certificate) 

may not use required courses from one program as electives 

for the other. A minimum of 37 units is required 

to obtain two certificates. For GPA requirements and 

program time limits, see page 4. 



Prerequisite 

Completion of at least one college-level chemistry course. 


Courses may be taken in any order. 






ucsc-extension.edu/ehs. For more information on this 

program or to be added to our mailing list, please call 



Occupational Safety and 

Health Management 





Businesses today face myriad safety and health issues, 

including worker safety, employee health liability, loss 

control, government regulations, program development, 

and extensive training requirements and techniques. 

This certificate helps employers develop proactive safety 

programs that meet these increasingly important safety 

and health responsibilities. Courses are taught by expert 

consultants, academics, and trainers from environmental 

health and safety companies, ensuring that you receive 

the latest knowledge, theory, and skills in this important 

field. If you are responsible for, involved with, or 

interested in managing a proactive health and safety 

program, you will find this certificate extremely useful. 

You also have the option of earning a dual Certificate in 

Environmental Safety and Health Management by taking 

as few as five required courses from our Hazardous 

Materials Management Certificate. 



of 220 classroom hours (22 units) comprising five 


Students pursuing both the Occupational Safety and 

Health Management certificate and Hazardous Materials 

Management certificate may not use required courses 

from one program as electives for the other. A minimum 

of 37 units is required to obtain two certificates. For 

GPA requirements and program time limits, see page 4. 




We recommend that you start with “Safety Manage ment, 

Introduction.” 












Known as the “dual” certificate, Environmental Safety 

and Health is a combination of the Hazardous Materials 

Management and the Occupational Safety and Health 

Management certificates. It is designed for safety engineers 

and managers who have broad environmental and 

management responsibilities that encompass hazardous 

materials, hazardous waste, and environmental, health 

and safety compliance. 



of 10 required courses from the two basic certificates 

and 6 units of elective courses for a minimum of 

37 units. For GPA requirements and program time 




Prerequisite 

At least one college-level chemistry course. 


You can begin the dual certificate by taking courses from 

either the Hazardous Materials Management Certificate 

or the Occupational Safety and Health Management 

Certificate. 





Environmental Fate of Pollutants 

NATSC.X424. (3.0 quarter units) CSPs can claim COC 

points, 3.99. 

This course is an overview of the movements, dispositions 

and transformations of chemical pollutants within and 

between environmental compartments, such as air, soil, 

water and biota. Topics include major sources of environmental 

pollution, distribution mechanisms between and 

within environmental compartments, and the physical 

and chemical properties that affect the movement of 

pollutants through the environment. Also covered are 

the chemical reactions that pollutants undergo in the 

environment and major factors that influence those 

reactions, as well as site characteristics and process 

technologies that may have significant effects on the 

environmental fate of pollutants. 

Prerequisite(s): At least one college-level chemistry course. 



4 meetings: Fridays, 9 am–5 pm, April 27–May 4; 

Saturdays, 9 am–5 pm, April 28–May 5. 





courseS 

cerTIFICATEs 

Units HM OSHM ES&H Term 

Applied Ergonomics: Human Factors of Safety and Health 3.0 Elec Elec Elec Spring 

Biosafety 1.5 Elec Elec Elec Fall 

Business Dynamics of Safety and Health Management 3.0 Elec Req Req Fall 

Climate Change and AB 32: What It Means for You 0.5 Elec Elec Elec Winter 

Dimensions of Safety and Health Training 3.0 Elec Req Req Winter 

Environmental Fate of Pollutants 3.0 Req Elec Req Spring 

Hazardous Materials Management, Principles 3.0 Req Elec Req Winter 

Industrial Hygiene and Health 4.0 Elec Req Req Spring 

ISO 14001 and Environmental Management Systems: 

Introduction 1.5 Elec Elec Elec Fall 

Occupational Safety and Health Standards for General Industry 3.0 Elec Elec Spring 

(OSHA 511) 

Occupational Safety and Health Annual Regulatory Update 0.5 Elec Elec Elec Spring 

Regulatory Framework for Toxic and Hazardous Materials 3.0 Req Req Req Fall 

Safety and Health Program Development and Implementation 3.0 Elec Req Req Spring 

Safety Management, Introduction 3.0 Elec Req Req Summer 

Toxicology, Principles 3.0 Req Elec Req Summer 

Toxics Laws and Regulations, Update 0.5 Elec Elec Elec Winter 

Trainer Course in OSHA Standards for General Industry 3.0 Elec Elec Summer 

(OSHA 501) 

Waste Stream Management 3.0 Req Elec Req Fall 

40-Hour HAZWOPER* 3.0 Elec Elec Elec Winter 

* May be used as a 3-unit elective only if taken at UCSC Extension. 

Schedule subject to change without notice. Visit ucsc-extension.edu/ehs for the most up-to-date information. 

HM = Hazardous Materials Management, OSHM = Occupational Safety and Health Management, 

ES&H = Environmental Safety and Health Management 

Industrial Hygiene and Health 

ENVS.X430.4 (4.0 quarter units) ABIH–American Board 

of Industrial Hygiene–CM Points, 6.68–Approval Number 

10-4256. CSPs can claim COC points, 5.32. 

This course examines occupational health hazards, their 

recognition, evaluation, and management. The instructor 

describes how toxicological data and risk assessment are 

used and how standards and regulations are developed. 

He explores methods for evaluating exposure to hazardous 

materials; available alternatives for control of exposure; 

monitoring and sampling strategies; and guidelines for 

implementing an effective hazard control program. Case 

studies and classroom exercises are used to demonstrate 

actual workplace applications. A unit on occupational 

health addresses ADA, worker’s compensation, bloodborne 

pathogens, and ergonomics. 

TIMOTHY ROHM, Ph.D., CIH. 


5 meetings: Wednesdays, 9 am–5 pm, May 2–30. 








Safety and Health Program Development 

and Implementation 

EART.X422. (3.0 quarter units) ABIH–American Board 


10-4258. CSPs can claim COC points 3.99. 

This course provides the framework to plan, maintain 

and administer safety management elements as part 

of a proactive safety and health program. Topics include 

ergonomics, radiation and laser safety, process safety, 

fall protection, OSHA inspections, indoor air quality, 

machine guarding, electrical safety, contractor safety, 

selling safety, and asbestos management. 

JAY JAMALI, CSP, CHMM, CHCM. 


4 meetings: Tuesdays, 8 am–5 pm, April 3–24. 



Safety Management, Introduction 

EART.X406. (3.0 quarter units) ABIH–American Board 



This course provides the basic elements for planning, 

implementing and maintaining the safety and health 

programs, with an emphasis on practical and effective 

safety management principles. Topics include an overview 

of health safety management, safety regulations, injury 

and illness prevention programs and compliance with 

SB 198, hazard communication, personal protective 

equipment, respiratory protection, lock-out/tag-out, 

confined space safety, emergency action plans, bloodborne 

pathogens, forklift safety, hearing protection 

and fire prevention. 



4 meetings: Tuesdays, 8 am–5 pm, July 10–31. 



Toxicology, Principles 

NATSC.X422.3 (3.0 quarter units) CSPs can claim COC 

points, 3.99. CA BRN/LVN Credit–Provider #CEP13114, 

30.0 hours. 

This course details the adverse effects resulting from 

the interaction of chemical agents with living systems. 

Lectures integrate theoretical and practical aspects of 

toxicology as they address topics including criteria and 

mechanisms of toxicity; dose-response relationships; 

factors influencing toxic action; acute and chronic effects; 

kinetics; metabolism; toxicity testing; epidemiology and 

predictive toxicology; local and systemic toxicity; reproductive 

toxicity; and teratogenesis, mutagenesis and 

carcinogenesis. Applications of toxicology in both environmental 

and occupational settings are also discussed. 

Prerequisite(s): At least one college-level chemistry course. 



4 meetings: Fridays, 8:30 am–5 pm, June 15–22; 

Saturdays, 8:30 am–5 pm, June 16–23. 




40-Hour Hazardous Waste Operations 

and Emergency Response Training 

For course description, see column 2. 

Applied Ergonomics: 

Human Factors of Safety and Health 

ENVS.X431.7 (3.0 quarter units) ABIH–American Board 



Ergonomics is the rapidly expanding science that 

explores the interaction between workers and the 

elements of their work environment. While most people 

associate ergonomics with the prevention of cumulative 

trauma disorders, its application also involves issues 

of product design, tool and equipment selection, user 

training, method improvement and organizational 

characteristics that affect workers. This course stresses 

first-hand learning of ergonomic principles through group 

exercises, lectures, and discussions of biomechanics, 

work capacity, information processing, job and 

workplace design, and organizational factors. 

DONALD MORELLI, M.S., CPE. 


4 meetings: Wednesdays, 9 am–5 pm, June 6–13; 

Thursdays, 9 am–5 pm, June 7–14. 



78 



Climate Change and AB 32: 

What It Means for You 

ENVS.X400.145 (0.5 quarter unit) CSPs can claim 

COC points, 0.6. 

After decades as a scientific and political issue, 

climate change is now emerging as the basis for statutory 

compliance requirements and market-driven economic 

activities. California has been a leader in this transition for 

a number of years, and enacted AB 32 in 2006 to establish 

statewide emission limits and enforceable standards to 

meet those limits. This evolving program will profoundly 

affect some California industries, and will create costs 

and opportunities for many more. The latest international 

and U.S. federal initiatives will also be discussed. 

JON ELLIOTT, M.P.P., J.D. 


Friday, 9 am–5 pm, March 23. 



Occupational Health and Safety 

Annual Regulatory Update 

ENVS.859. (0.6 CEUs) ABIH–American Board of Industrial 

Hygiene–CM Points, 1.34–Approval Number 10-4261. CSPs 

can claim COC points, 0.6. MCLE–Minimum Continuing 

Legal Education State Board of CA, 6 hours. 

This one-day seminar will update attendees on newly 

adopted and Fed-OSHA regulations. Topics include changes 

to the following state and federal regulations: electrical 

safety and NFPA 70E, title 8 reform, carcinogen report of 

use requirements, electrical safety, elevator safety, process 

safety management, dust collection systems, respiratory 

protective equipment, railings and stairways, excavation 

safety, laser safety, fall protection, machine guarding, crane 

safety and a review of the most common OSHA citations. 



Friday, 9 am–4 pm, April 20. 



Toxics Laws and Regulations, Update 

ENVS.809. (0.6 CEUs) MCLE—Minimum Continuing Legal 

Education State Board of CA, 6.0 hours. CSPs can claim 

COC points, 0.6. 

This one-day workshop covers new and pending 

developments in environmental legislation and regulations. 

A number of environmental policy initiatives have emerged 

from recent state legislative actions, and regulatory 

initiatives continue to implement and expand upon earlier 

legislation. Notable developments include bills that impact 

air quality, hazardous materials and hazardous waste, 

water quality, solid waste, cleanup, and brownfields. 

Participants learn about these and other new environmental 

laws and regulations, as well as their compliance 

implications. This workshop is intended for environmental 

professionals and managers in government and industry, 

and lawyers, elected officials, and policy makers. 

JON ELLIOTT, M.P.P., J.D. 





HAZWOPER 






(Federal OSHA, 29 CFR 1910.120 Training) 

ENVS.825. (4.0 ceus) CSPs can claim COC points, 4.0. 

ABIH American Board of Industrial Hygiene—CM Points, 5.0. 

This 40-hour course meets the OSHA training standard 

for professionals involved in hazardous waste site 

operations, including remediation workers, first responders, 

environmental health and safety specialists, and 

investigators. The instructor discusses local, state, and 

federal regulations; chemical and fire safety; site safety 

plans; protective equipment; monitoring and sampling 

equipment; emergency response; incident command 

systems; and decontamination procedures. Case studies, 

simulated field situations, and hands-on demonstrations 

of protective equipment and field instruments are used 

to illustrate important topics. 

Mary Henriques, M.B.A., SPHR. 


5 meetings: Monday–Friday, 8 am–5 pm, March 12–16. 



8-Hour Annual HAZWOPER Refresher 

ENVS.828. (0.8 CEUs) ABIH–American Board of Industrial 

Hygiene–CM Points, 1.0. CSPs can claim COC points, 0.8. 

Professionals who have completed the “40-Hour 

Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response 

Training” course must attend an annual eight-hour 

refresher course. This course is designed to meet the Cal- 

OSHA GISO 5192 and 29 CFR 1910.120 requirements. 

Students are required to bring to the class their valid 

certificate for the “40-Hour Hazardous Waste Operations 

and Emergency Response Training” or a previous 

“8-Hour Annual Refresher for Hazardous Waste 

Operations and Emergency Response Personnel.” 







Friday, 8 am–5 pm, June 8. 



Biotechnology 

Courses include: 

• Drug Development Process 

• Drug Discovery, Introduction 

For more information, see pages 9–11. 

Hazardous Waste Handling 

and Awareness Training 

ENVS.844. (0.7 CEUs) CSPs can claim COC points, 0.6. 

Businesses that store or use hazardous materials must 

provide annual training for all employees in the safe 

and proper handling of hazardous waste under Title 22, 

Section 66265.16, California Code of Regulations. This 

training program was designed to meet the personnel 

training in hazardous waste management requirement in 

the California Code of Regulations. Topics include federal 

and state regulatory structure; steps for identifying a 

hazardous waste; documentation, manifesting and 

labeling; on-site handling requirements for hazardous 

wastes; contingency planning, emergency response, and 

spill reporting and recording procedures; and liabilities 

for improperly handling hazardous waste. 

DAVID KEENAN, B.S. 


Thursday, 9 am–5 pm, April 26. 



Continuing Professional Development 

Selected EH&S Associations and Course Credit 

ABSI: American Board of Industrial Hygiene. 

The indicated courses qualify for ABSI certification 

maintenance points. See course descriptions for CM 

points (www.abih.org). 

AIHA: American Industrial Hygiene Association, 

Northern California Section (www. aiha-ncs.org). 

ASSE: American Society of Safety Engineers, local 

chapter (www.assesj.org). 

BAESG: Bay Area Environmental Safety Group 

(www.baesg.org). 

CSP: Board of Certified Safety Professionals. Many 

required and elective courses in the Hazardous 

Materials Management and Occupational Safety 

and Health certi ficate programs qualify for Certified 

Safety Professional (CSP) certification maintenance 

points (www.bcsp.org). 

CHMM: Most courses in environmental safety 

and management qualify for ceus needed for 

recertification of Certified Hazardous Materials 

Managers (www.ihmm.org or call [301] 984-8969). 

PIBA: Pacific Industrial and Business Association 

(www.piba.org). 

SESHA: Semiconductor Environmental Safety and 

Health Association (www.seshaonline.org). 

ANNOUNCEMENT 

UCSC Extension Silicon Valley is pleased to partner 

with the OSHA Training Center to offer Silicon Valley 

professionals greater access to OSHA safety courses. 





Project and Program Management (PPM)........... 81 

Advanced Applied Project Management 

(AAPM).............................................................. 83 

Project Management Institute 

PMI ® is the global association of project management 

professionals that administers the popular 

PMP ® Certi fi cation. Those individuals looking 

to make project management a career should 

consider joining PMI ® at pmi.org. 

Silicon Valley PMI ® 

The Silicon Valley Chapter of PMI ® , one of its most 

active chapters, serves the South Bay and can be 

reached at pmisv.org. 

Master Project Manager (MPM TM ) 

As an exclusive new benefit, graduates of the 

PPM Certificate at UCSC Extension Silicon Valley 

are now eligible for the internationally recognized 

Master Project Manager credential awarded by 

the prestigious American Academy of Project 

Management. 

For details, visit: 

www.projectmanagementcertification.org. 

PMP ® and PMI ® are registered marks 

of Project Management Institute, Inc. 

80 


Project Management PROJECT AND PROGRAM MANAGEMENT 


Project and Program 

Management 





Learn project management the Silicon Valley way, and 

acquire the sophisticated project management methods 

and systems that are the benchmark of industry. We 

are certified with PMI ® ’s highest designation—Global 

Regis tered Education Provider. Our program is renowned 

for its real-world curriculum tailored to the fast-moving, 

constantly changing workplace in Silicon Valley. 

Our instructors are working professionals and 

experts in their fields. They incorporate the newest 

technology and processes into our courses to ensure 

you graduate with cutting-edge skills. 

Flexible Learning Options 


skills, graduate with our certificate before becoming 

a certified PMI ® Project Management Professional, 

or put yourself firmly on course for an M.S. 

Our PPM Certificate’s repu tation is national, and our 

courses earn credit toward Master of Science programs 

in project management and related disciplines at 

leading graduate schools: 

• University of Wisconsin: M.S. in Project Management 

• University of Denver/University College: 

M.S. in Technology Management 

For more information, see page 82. 

CHERYL ALLEY, M.A. 


5 meetings: Thursdays, 6:30–9:30 pm, April 5–May 3. 



Project Integration 

and Risk Management 

BUSAD.X482.6 (3.0 quarter units) Project Management 

Institute–PMP® Professional Development, 30 hours. 

HRCI–PHR, SPHR and GPHR Units general recertification 

credit, 27.5 hours. 

Designed for project leaders, team members, engineering 

and marketing managers, directors and vice presidents, 

this course provides a proven set of global best practices 

to achieve fast time to market. It equips students with 

project-integration and risk-management tools and 

techniques to get outstanding results in industries 

such as systems, software, IT, Web, integrated circuits, 

hardware, services, medical, biotech, and more. Topics 

include integrating all aspects of a project; managing 

project scope; conducting efficient project status-review 

meetings; eliciting, analyzing, and validating product 

requirements; and successfully managing project risks. 

Frank Mangini, M.S.E.E., M.B.A., PMP ® , CSM. 







Institute–PMP® Professional Development Units, 30 hours. 

HRCI–PHR, SPHR and GPHR general recertification credit, 

27.5 hours. 

This course equips students with the “soft skills” 

needed for managing projects, including leadership, 

communications, team organization and development, 

conflict management, quality management, and nego 

tiating. Students explore vital aspects of participative 

management: building commitment, leadership styles, 

organizational cultures and configurations, interpersonal 

skill development, project staffing, and working with 

distance-separated teams. Students also learn to establish 

clear project goals, overcome communication problems, 

write performance reports, and manage agreement. 

Topics include project leadership versus project management, 

improving project communications, building 

commitment to the project, successfully managing 

conflict, and using the Johari Window to assess your 

interpersonal skills. 

Prerequisite(s): “Role of the Project Manager.” 



10 meetings: Mondays, 6–9 pm, April 2–June 11. 



WILLIAM BROOKS, M.A. 





Total of seven courses: 

• 4 required courses 

• 3 elective courses 

Course Sequence 

“Role of the Project Manager” is the first required course. 







Institute—PMP® Professional Development Units, 15.0 hours. 

HRCI—PHR, SPHR and GPHR general recertification credit, 

13.75 hours. 

The primary objective of this course is to acquaint 

students with a broad overview of project management 

and the roles that a project manager plays in the five 

primary processes involved in managing projects: writing 

an effective project plan; developing successful project 

schedules; executing and controlling the project plan; 

the “triple constraint” and how it affects the project 

manager; and understanding project phases and project 

life cycles. The skills needed to successfully play these 

roles are identified and discussed. Learning the life cycles 

of typical projects provides a basis for understanding 

the variety of skills needed, how these skills can be 

assembled, and how they relate to each other. 


PROJECT AND PROGRAM MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE 


Applied Project Management................................................3.0...........5837. p n n n 

Project Integration and Risk Management............................3.0...........2356. n p n p 


Role of the Project Manager..................................................1.5...........0306. n p n p 

ELECTIVE COURSES (Choose any three) Units Course F W Sp Su 

Specialized Project Management 

Creating the Successful Project Team.....................................1.5...........1156. n n m 

Decision-Making Tools and Techniques..................................1.5...........5990 n m 

Extreme/Agile Project Management......................................1.5.........20035 m n 

Managing Projects at Young Companies...............................1.5...........0338 n n 

Managing Projects with Microsoft Project.............................1.5...........4556. n n n n 

Managing Software Projects..................................................1.5...........0943 n n 

Managing the Development of New Products.......................1.5...........3196. n m n m 

Project Management Negotiation Principles and 

Techniques..........................................................................1.5...........1493 n m 

Project Procurement: Outsourcing and Contract 

Management......................................................................1.5...........4470. m m 

Schedule Optimization Techniques for Managers..................1.5...........3492 m n 




PROJECT AND PROGRAM MANAGEMENT Project Management 

Earn a Master’s 

in Project Management 

Qualify for Degree Credit 

The Business and Man age ment Department has 

secured transfer agreements with the University 

of Denver and University of Wisconsin–Platteville. 

These agreements specifically assist students who 

have achieved a PPM Certificate and would like 

to pursue an online Master of Science degree. 

Applicants to master’s degree programs must hold 

a bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution 

and fulfill each school’s admissions requirements 

in addition to the following. 

For information on these programs, contact the 

Business and Management Department at 

(408) 861-3860, or program@ucsc-extension.edu. 

Graduate-Degree Credit 

Transfer Agreements for 

PPM Certificate Holders 

University of Denver, 

University College 

Before entering the University of Denver, 

University College’s Master’s Degree in Technology 

Manage ment Program, the student must complete 

the UCSC Extension PPM Certificate with an 

overall 3.0 grade-point average. Completion of 

the UCSC Extension PPM Certificate equates to 

9 graduate credits in the University of Denver, 

University College’s Master’s Degree in Technology 

Management Program in the following manner: 

University of Denver, 

University College Courses 

MOTM 4400, Principles of 

Project Management 3 quarter credits 

MOTM 4460, Project Management 

Tools and Techniques 3 quarter credits 

MOTM 4480, Leading Successful 

Projects 

3 quarter credits 

University of Wisconsin–Platteville 

Before entering the UW–Platteville M.S. in Project 

Management Program, the student must complete 

the UCSC Extension PPM Certificate with an overall 

3.0 grade-point average. Completion of the UCSC 

Extension PPM Certificate equates to 9 graduate 

credits in the UW–Platteville M.S. in Project 

Management Program in the following manner: 

University of Wisconsin– 

Platteville Courses 

PM 7010, Project Management 

Techniques I 

3 semester credits 

PM 7020, Project Management 

Techniques II 

3 semester credits 

Project Management Elective 3 semester credits 

Applied Project Management 

BUSAD.X418. (3.0 quarter units) Project Management 


HRCI–PHR, SPHR and GPHR general recertification credit, 

27.5 hours. 

This final course in the certificate program entails developing 

a simulated but realistic team project. Students 

are given tools to facilitate the development of their 

project. Emphasis is placed on practical application 

of PM principles, processes, and techniques affecting 

control, cost management, effective project tracking, 

and outsourcing. Students also learn how to minimize 

“scope creep.” 

Topics include project portfolio management 

techniques as well as how to estimate project costs and 

forecast investment returns; applying cybernetic-control 

techniques to schedules and budgets; using earned-value 

management (EVM) to track and control projects; fasttracking 

and crashing the project’s critical path; using 

stochastic techniques to ensure accurate project schedules; 

and applying project management principles in 

a simulated team project. 

carl rand, M.B.A. 







Creating the Successful Project Team 



Explore the fundamental principles of teams and 

characteristics of highly effective teams. You’ll gain 

perspective on how people work and why they think 

differently, how they make decisions and the mindset 

and behaviors that are conducive to effective team 

building and team performance. 

SANJAY BHATIA, B.S. 


2 meetings: Saturdays, 8:30 am–5 pm, April 14, 21. 



Extreme/Agile Project Management 


Institute–PMP® Professional Development Units, 15.0 hours. 

Extreme Project Management (EPM) uses an agile 

development model to effectively address projects with 

short increment delivery schedules, high uncertainty, 

rapidly changing requirements, and high visibility. 

Participants examine the principles, values, skills, tools 

and practices of EPM, while exploring both the methodological 

and interpersonal skills needed to succeed under 

EPM conditions. Models covered include the Flexible 

Project Model, Adaptive Project Framework, and SCRUM. 

The differences between traditional and extreme projects 

are highlighted throughout. Participants develop the quantum 

mindset of extreme project reality, while expanding 

and focusing their leadership skills for EPM environments, 

gaining insight into effective stakeholder management, 

and acquiring the ability to exploit the extreme project 

model to rapidly deliver value to the organization. 

Frank Mangini, M.S.E.E., M.B.A., PMP ® , CSM. 


5 meetings: Thursdays, 6–9 pm, May 10–June 7. 



Managing Projects with Microsoft Project 



This course presents practical concepts and techniques 

for using a commonly available, but often-misused, 

management tool to reduce the time spent on planning 

and increase the time available to manage the project. 

The course is based on PM processes, not on software 

features, so students learn how to effectively leverage 

the tool during all phases of project management, from 

requirements analysis, detailed planning, and tracking/ 

implementation to close-out. Topics include preplanning 

activities, defining tasks and resources, resource leveling, 

schedule optimization, establishing buy-in, tracking 

actual data, multiple projects and users, resource pooling, 

customizing the software, and valuable add-on tools. 

No software programming experience is required. 

SERENE VARGAS, M.A. 


5 meetings: Mondays, 6–9 pm, May 7–June 11. 



Managing Software Projects 



According to a six-year study by The Standish Group, 

75 percent of all software projects fail to meet schedule, 

budget, or scope requirements. To reverse this trend, 

this course teaches fundamental software project 

management techniques for students new to this field 

or interested in moving into such a role. Participants 

learn to select the optimum software development life 

cycle for the project; identify, articulate, and document 

the customer’s needs; estimate the scope of work and 

create schedules with the appropriate level of detail; 

and control common software risks. 

Oliver Gildersleeve, PMP ® , MCTS. 


2 meetings: Saturdays, 8:30 am–5 pm, May 12, 19. 










82 


Project Management PROJECT AND PROGRAM MANAGEMENT / Advanced Applied PROJECT Management 

Managing the Development 

of New Products 



Learn the best practices that project managers use worldwide 

to get results in half the time and half the cost. 

This course addresses the root problem and demonstrates 

proven techniques to create product visions, build 

effective teams, make wise cost-benefit-risk trade-offs, 

and learn the step-by-step development flow in order 

to achieve fast time to market. Also covered are the 

five keys to doing it right the first time, and the seven 

sins that derail rapid product development. This course 

shows you how to put common sense into practice and 

get outstanding results in industries such as hardware, 

software, IT, Web systems, services, medical, and biotech. 

JEFFREY SCHLAGETER, M.S.E.E.. 


2 meetings: Saturdays, 8:30 am–5 pm, April 28–May 5. 



Project Management Negotiation 

Principles and Techniques 



Designed to benefit those involved in generating 

project support from within a company and from other 

companies, this course gives participants experience 

in each stage of a business negotiation, from the initial 

planning to the final “handshake” and the memorandum 

of agreement. Ten core principles are presented, including 

how to use the four basic forces of power, information, 

timing and approach in every business negotiation. 

Participants learn to use the Negotiation Mode Matrix 

technique to move people from ineffective negotiating 

strategies and tactics to mutually beneficial cooperation. 

Topics include preparing for a negotiation in a project 

management environment, recognizing the four forces 

present in every negotiation, developing acceptable concessions, 

dealing with negotiation deadlines, ensuring 

that all last-minute steps have been taken, getting 

a negotiation session off to a good start, recognizing 

and countering the typical strategies and tactics, 

and, ultimately, closing a successful negotiation. 

KETAN DAVE, M.S., M.B.A., PgMP ® . 









Project Procurement: Outsourcing 

and Contract Management 



This online course provides professionals with all the 

information needed to plan and organize the issuance 

of subcontracts and manage them as self-contained 

projects. Instruction covers subcontract management 

development, organizing subcontract management 

teams, developing subcontract management plans, 

writing effective requests for proposals, contract 

types and incentives, negotiating with subcontractors, 

managing and controlling subcontractors, and keeping 

subcontractors on your team. 

MICHAEL TAYLOR, M.S. 




Schedule Optimization Techniques 

for Managers 



Recent developments in scheduling theory provide 

managers with new techniques to find the best schedule 

for each project. These techniques take into account 

such factors as tasks of varying duration, precedence 

constraints, resource capabilities, resource loading, and 

business objectives. The course presents several scheduling 

techniques that can be used for various projects 

including simultaneous projects in a matrix organization. 

Students are shown step-by-step how to select the best 

scheduling technique for a particular business objective 

and how to use schedule performance metrics to evaluate 

the effectiveness of the optimization techniques. 



2 meetings: Saturdays, 8:30 am–9 pm, June 2, 9. 




PMP ® Examination Preparation: 20 Hour 

BUSAD.800.079 (2.0 ceus) Project Management Institute 

Contact Hours, 20.0 hours. 

This course prepares students to take and pass the PMI ® 

Project Management Professional (PMP ® ) examination. 

Students will be provided with a “roadmap” of required 

study, reference materials and tips for passing the exam. 

This course positions graduates to obtain certification 

in Project Management adhering to A Guide to the 

Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK ® 

Guide)—Fourth Edition, Project Management Institute, 

Inc., 2008. 

KETAN DAVE, M.B.A., PgMP ® . 


3 meetings: Saturdays 9 am–5 pm, May 5–19. 



PMI ® , PMP ® , PgMP ® , and PMBOK ® Guide are 

registered marks of Project Management Institute, Inc. 


Advanced Applied Project 

Management (AAPM) 


In response to demand from our PPM certificate 

graduates, UCSC Extension Silicon Valley is now offering 

a certificate in Advanced Applied Project Management 

(AAPM). Any project management certificate holder from 

a University of California Extension is eligible for this 

program. An accelerated track is available exclusively 

to PPM students at UCSC Extension Silicon Valley. 

Beyond project managers who have mastered 

the fundamentals, Silicon Valley companies also need 

senior leaders with breadth, vision and strategic acumen 

to drive results across multiple initiatives as well as 

divisional, geographic, and cultural lines. This higher level 

of responsibility requires not only ability as a project 

manager but also deeper command and application 

of the latest management science, decision support 

systems, and competitive scheduling methods. 

Based on decades of experience educating the 

region’s most skilled professional project managers, 

our new AAPM certificate is designed to deliver precisely 

these skills. The program covers clear-cut advanced 

applied techniques grounded in research-based theory 

and real-world cases, including the use of analytical 

hierarchy processes to drive decision making, strategic 

thinking and problem solving, and competitive project 

scheduling. 

The AAPM Difference 

Our AAPM program is grounded in our hallmark applied 

curriculum, with its real-world approach. All courses are 

100% PMI ® reviewed and approved and compliant with 

the PMBOK ® Guide. In addition, the entire curriculum 

qualifies for credit toward Master of Science degrees in 

Project Management from leading national universities. 

This level of quality is offered exclusively by UCSC 

Extension Silicon Valley. 

The program features some of the nation’s best 

project management educators, all of whom are Master 

Project Managers certified by the American Academy 

of Project Management. Your instructional team will 

include one of the profession’s most widely published 

authorities, faculty from a prestigious national graduate 

school, and a cadre of seasoned Silicon Valley practitioners, 

each possessing decades of field experience 

and exceptional teaching abilities. 

Audience and Benefits 

For project, program, portfolio, and product development 

managers, as well as senior management and 

administrators, our AAPM certificate: 

• Provides practicing project managers a path for 

continued professional growth 

• Prepares managers to develop, integrate and implement 

projects and programs that reflect the vision, goals, 

and culture of their organizations 

• Develops systems-level strategic thinking abilities 

and their application to complex projects 

• Guides you in how to operate effectively within 

corporate political environments 

• Conveys the skills and processes for corporate and 

division-level resource allocation, risk analysis, fiscal 

optimization, scheduling across departments, and 

progress monitoring 


Advanced Applied PROJECT Management Project Management 

• Uses methods and models consistent with the 

project management best practices 

• Shows how to deal with cultural differences while 

managing and delivering projects 

Certificate Requirement 

Total of eight courses 

• 5 core required courses 

• 3 advanced electives 

Accelerated Track 

Current students and certificate graduates who 

complete three out of four of the advanced electives 

as part of their PPM certificate can earn the AAPM 

certificate by completing the five required courses and 

the one remaining advanced elective. 

Eligibility 

Registrants must have already completed all five required 

courses in Project and Program Management (PPM). 

However, this means that students who are still completing 

their PPM electives may immediately begin working toward 

their AAPM Certificate. The program is open to: 

• Any applicant who has completed the basic 

PPM Certificate program 

• Any applicant holding a comparable 

UC Project Management certificate 

• Any applicant holding another Project Management 

certificate so long as the content of the program is 

substantially identical to UCSC Extension’s 



from Other Schools, seE page 4. 














our Web site. 














Advanced Applied PROJECT MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE 



Advanced Project Management Practicum............................2.0.........23233 m m 

Analytic Planning for Project Success....................................2.0...........3997. m m 

Project Business Management and Analysis..........................2.0.........22870. m m 

Strategic Case Studies in Project Management.....................2.0...........6.939 m m 

Strategic Thinking and Problem Solving.................................2.0...........5509 m m 

ELECTIVE COURSES (Choose any three) Units Course F W Sp Su 

Decision-Making Tools and Techniques..................................1.5...........5990 n m 

Extreme/Agile Project Management......................................1.5.........20035 m n 

Project Management Negotiation Principles and Techniques...1.5...........1493 n m 

Schedule Optimization Techniques for Managers..................1.5...........3492 m n 

Lean Agile Project Management: Achieving Business Value...1.5.........23595 n 


Analytic Planning for Project Success 


Institute Contact Hours, 21.0 hours. 

Participants learn to use Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP) 

principles to develop a hierarchy that depicts the priorities 

and interrelationships of the project needs, success 

criteria, and detailed project management planning. The 

course provides an integrated approach to planning with 

respect to cost, scheduling, and technical performance. 

Participants will also learn to use AHP in a project team 

environment, developing an integrated project management 

plan, from market conceptualization to detailed 

design and development. You will learn how to integrate 

subjective and objective information, quantify interdependencies, 

test for sensitivity to unknowns, quantify the 

uncertainty limits, and test for and resolve inconsistent 

inputs. Topics include analytic planning concepts, project 

management plan taxonomies, analytic planning process, 

analytic planning metrics, and evaluation and assessment 

of a project management plan. 

Prerequisite(s): “Role of the Project Manager,” 

“Project Integration and Risk Management,” 

“Project Leadership and Communication,” 

and “Applied Project Management.” 






Advanced Project 

Management Practicum 


In this course, students conduct directed research on a 

specialized and advancing topic in the field of project 

management, culminating in a research paper. A study 

proposal is prepared and submitted to the course instructor 

for approval. The instructor then oversees and advises 

the student’s work throughout the research process. 

Prerequisite(s): “Analytic Planning for Project Success,” 

“Strategic Thinking and Problem Solving,” and 

“Strategic Case Studies in Project Management,” 

and “Project Business Management and Analysis.” 






Extreme/Agile Project Management 



Principles and Techniques 


Schedule Optimization Techniques 

for Managers 


84 


Spring 2012 

Department interstate blD con 8.5/9 

UCSC Extension Online 

New, Improved Learning Platform 

Is Flexible, Interactive 

Our online courses have helped hundreds of busy 

professionals complete certificate programs and reach 

their career goals. Last year, we launched a vastly 

improved platform for our online education, in order to 

ensure that your online experience will be engaging and 

practical. New features include an integrated interface, 

expanded communication tools, a dynamic online 

community, not to mention our cutting edge curricula. 

As always, our online courses offer the opportunity 

to study with accomplished instructors and prepare for 

career advancement. In most cases, our online courses 

are eligible for your company’s tuition reimbursement 

program. 

What to expect: 

• Instructors are involved via discussion boards and/or 

e-mail throughout your course. 

• Courses have fixed start and end dates. In some cases, 

you can complete modules anytime within those 

dates. Assignments, exams and projects are usually 

due on specific dates. Check with the instructor. 

• Students enrolling in one of these courses for the 

first time will receive an e-mail with logon information 

within 24 hours. However, access to course resources 

may not be active until one day prior to the course’s 

start date. 

• When the course ends, you’ll receive a grade— 

as with any Extension course. 

Here’s what you’ll need: 

• You must have access to and know how to navigate 

the Internet. 

• For some courses, you may need a PC on which 

additional software can be installed as recommended 

by the instructor. 

• For courses such as Java, Windows 2003 Server, Linux 

and SQL Server 2005, free software is available over 

the Internet to practice commands and to participate 

in certain course activities. 

Copyright © 2012 The Regents of the University of California. All Rights Reserved. 

85

ONLINE COURSES 

April–June courses include: 

Biosciences 


Statistics 



Enrollments accepted through May 25. 

Clinical Trials Design and Management 

Clinical Research: 

The Study Site Perspective 



Enrollments accepted through May 29. 


Accounting 




CPA Preparation 

Corporate Income Tax Accounting 






Graduate School Preparation 




Legal Studies 

Paralegal Core Certificate Course 


March 5–June 15. 

April 30–August 10. 

Advanced Paralegal Certificate Course 


March 5–June 15. 

April 30–August 10. 

Marketing 














Positioning and Brand Management 







entire certificate IS available online. 

Final Project: Preparing Your Job Search 




An Introduction to the Profession 



Technical Writers’ Workshop 


May 17– June 21. 



May 23– June 20. 

Web Content Management 

certificate can be completed entirely 

online. 











ONLINE 



Join us for this free online 

seminar about our renowned 

program for technical communicators. 

Learn what usability is and how it applies to 

information; what makes information usable; and how 

to contribute to your company’s success by ensuring 

information usability. 

ANDREA AMES, M.S. 




Education 





Building Online Learning Communities 



Distance Learning in Real Time 



Land Your First Online Teaching Job 



Instructional Design 

and Delivery 






(SB 2042 Standard 11) 




Special Populations and Health 



86 


ONLINE COURSES 

Engineering and 

Technology 

VLSI Engineering 

Low-Power Design of 

Nano-Scale Digital Circuits 


April 16–July 30. 







and Administration 








Linux Kernel Architecture 




Linux Systems Programming 







Computer Programming 







lC# .NET Programming, Advanced 












Visual Basic Programming, 

Comprehensive 






Internet Programming 





Software Engineering and Quality 







Database Systems 










Web Design 


(CSS), Fundamentals 











Project and Program Management 

certificate can be completed 

entirely online. 




Project Procurement: Outsourcing 

and Contract Management 



Advanced Applied Project Management 

certificate can be completed 

entirely online. 

Analytic Planning for Project Success 



Advanced Project 

Management Practicum 




interstate blD con 8.5/9 Department 

Biosciences Open Campus 

Summer 2011 

Take UCSC Campus Courses to Test 

the Waters or Complete a Degree 

The Open Campus Concurrent Enrollment Program 

administered by UCSC Extension Silicon Valley allows 

you to enroll in courses offered on the UCSC campus 

without being formally admitted to a degree program. 

As a Concurrent Enrollment student, you may take up 

to ten units per quarter, or more by petition. 

Studying on campus will expose you to cutting-edge 

research, new developments in your field, and the latest 

teaching methods. The experience will help you focus and 

refine your advanced education goals. Class participation 

and assignments are the same as for regular students. 

Most students are able to take the campus courses 

they want, but admission is on a space-available basis and 

requires consent of the instructor. Some courses are also 

available at the UCSC Silicon Valley Center at Moffett Field 

in Mountain View. The Concurrent Enrollment Program 

is available during the fall, winter, and spring quarters. 

88 


SprING 2012 


This Is an Ideal Program for Those Who: 

• Need only one course to complete degree 

requirements at another institution 

• Are thinking about returning to school, but not 

sure if they want to become full-time students 

• Are advanced high school students who want 

to take a college course 

• Wish to gain up-to-date information in their 

professional fields 

Pursue Graduate Level Studies 

Students may take graduate level courses with the 

approval of the graduate division. An additional 

signature is required on the instructor approval form. 

Students may also take undergraduate courses as prerequisites 

to graduate programs or second baccalaureate 

programs. Be aware that there may be restrictions on 

the total number of courses that may be taken through 

Concurrent Enrollment for any of the above. Check with 

department advisors regarding these restrictions. 

Application and Enrollment Process 

1. Obtain the application forms from UCSC Extension 

Silicon Valley. The forms are available on our Web 

site at ucsc-extension.edu/open-campus. Important 

forms include: 

• The application form 

• The instructor approval form 

• Concurrent Enrollment fees and schedule 

2. You must file the application each quarter and submit 

the application form by the deadline date. Concurrent 

Enrollment is on a term-by-term basis. Because you are 

accepted for only one term at a time, you are not 

guaranteed acceptance in any future term. 

3. Your application will be reviewed and you will be 

notified by e-mail only if there is a problem with your 

application. 

4. Attend the first class meeting of the course(s) in 

which you wish to enroll. Take your instructor approval 

form with you to this meeting and let the instructor 

know that you are a Concurrent Enrollment student. 

The instructor may ask you to wait until he/she can 

determine if there will be space in the course after 

regular students have enrolled. 

5. Return the signed and completed instructor approval 

form(s) to UCSC Extension Silicon Valley and pay 

the appropriate course fee(s) by the deadline date. 

Registration is complete upon payment of all 

appropriate fees and charges. 

6. If you have questions about any of the above steps, 

or have special circumstances not covered here, please 

feel free to contact the Registrar at (408) 861-3700. 

Ordering Transcripts 

All grades and evaluations for coursework completed 

through Concurrent Enrollment are kept at the Records 

Office of UCSC Extension Silicon Valley and NOT at the 

UCSC Records Office on campus. You may request an 

official transcript of your Concurrent Enrollment course 

work at any time. If you indicate on your instructor 

approval form that this is your last class to graduate 

from UCSC, a copy of your transcript will automatically 

be sent to the UCSC Registrar’s Office free of charge. 

Otherwise, the transcript must be requested. 

To order an official transcript, please go to our Web 

site, ucsc-extension.edu/student-services/all-forms, and 

use the online order form. 

Contact Student Services Today 

One of our associates can enroll you in a fall, winter, 

or spring quarter class, on a space-available basis with 

approval of the instructor. 

Request an Application 

and Information Package 

Visit ucsc-extension.edu/open-campus. 

Call (408) 861-3700 during Student Services’ regular 

business hours: 8:30 am–4:30 pm, Monday–Friday. 

Write to: 

UCSC Extension Student Services, 



or e-mail reg_info@ucsc-extension.edu. 


89


Business Biosciences and Conference Services 

Summer 2011 

Meeting Space in the Heart of the Valley 



Santa Clara, California 95054 

• Modern, spacious rooms 

• Convenient location off 101 in Santa Clara 

• State of the art presentation systems in every room 

• Spaces configurable for small and large groups 

• ADA-accessible 

• Highly competitive rates 

90 


SPrING 2012 


Excellent Environment for 

Training and Learning 

UCSC Extension’s Santa Clara facility was designed 

from the ground up to host working professionals. 

To accommodate our students’ busy schedules, most 

courses meet on nights and weekends. As a result, we 

can offer facility rentals during the business hours that 

are most critical for Silicon Valley companies. 

Space is available for meetings, corporate training 

and conferences at rates highly competitive with those 

of area hotels. Our rooms include a range of amenities 

free of charge, including new ceiling-mounted projection 

systems, discrete presentation consoles, whiteboards 

and Internet access. Com plimentary coffee and tea is 

available in our inviting lounge. 

We’re equipped to support 

a variety of events, including: 

• Board meetings 

• Conferences 

• Seminars 

• Round tables 

• Other special events 

Service options include: 

• Space and service packages 

• On-site coordination 

• Event registration 

• On-site registration 

Prospective clients will receive a written estimate 

for services, timeline, and fees. 

High Speed Internet 

and Versatile Spaces 

All rooms have data lines to bring the vast resources 

of the Internet right to your meeting. A full list of rental 

equipment is available at reasonable rates, with on-site 

tech support. Rooms can be configured in classroom, 

lecture, pod or u-shape to meet your specific needs. 

Proctoring Services 

UCSC Extension proctoring services are available 

Monday through Friday by appointment. 

Proctoring Services Include: 

• Scheduling of the examination and collection 

of the proctoring fee directly from the student 

or school, as preferred by the school. 

• A quiet, well-lighted area within supervisory 

distance of the proctor. 

• Verification of any instructional materials allowed 

during the examination process. 

• Security of the sealed examination until it is opened 

in the student’s presence at the beginning of the 

examination session. 

• Identification of the student by photo I.D. and 

verification of the student’s signature on any 

certification accompanying the examination. 

• Return of all papers, including scratch sheets, 

examination questions, and the completed 

certification directly to the school. 

• Termination of the examination, collection of exam 

materials, and immediate notification to the school 

of improper conduct on the part of the student 

or any evidence that there has been a violation 

of the examination process. 

Contact: Shirley Morgan to schedule 

an exam time, (408) 861-3730; 

sjmorgan@ucsc-extension.edu 

On-site Training 

Our On-Site Corporate Training program is ideal 

for quickly training groups of people within an 

organiza tion. For details on how your organ ization 

can sign up for this convenient, top-quality training, 

contact: onsitetraining@ucsc-extension.edu. 

Arrange a Tour Today 

See for yourself what an outstanding value we offer. 

For additional information and to schedule a site tour, 

please contact: 

Debbie Medeiros, Operations Manager 

(408) 861-3705 

dmedeiros@ucsc-extension.edu 


91


Biosciences General Information 

Summer 2011 

Accreditation 

As part of UC Santa Cruz, UCSC Extension Silicon Valley 

is certified by the Accrediting Commission for Senior 

Colleges and Universities of the Western Association 

of Schools and Colleges (WASC). 

ENROLLMENT AT EXTENSION 

Please pre-enroll. Early registration helps ensure a place 

in the course you want, avoids unnecessary cancellation 

of courses due to projected low enrollment, and may 

save you 10 percent off the course fee (see Discounted 

Fees section below). UCSC Extension is completely selfsupporting, 

with no public funds available, and must 

cancel courses that do not draw a minimum enrollment. 

Unpaid auditing is not permitted. 

If you do not pre-enroll, please call (408) 861-3700, 

the day before your course starts and visit our Web site 

to check for possible changes. Enrollment confirmation is 

sent via e-mail to students who have an e-mail address 

on file. All fees must be paid at the time of enrollment. 

Enrollment in Extension courses does not constitute 

admission to the University of California. 

It’s easy to Enroll 

Online: Visit our Web site at 


Credit Card: We accept the following 

major credit cards: Visa, MasterCard, 

American Express and Discover. 

Mail the completed enrollment form 

on page 104. Be sure to enclose the 

necessary credit card information. 

Send to UCSC Extension Silicon Valley, 

2505 Augustine Drive, Suite 100, 

Santa Clara, CA 95054. 

By Phone: Call (408) 861-3700. 

Enrollment Policies 

Discounted Fees 

Early Enrollment Discount: Save 10 percent off the 

tuition fee of most of UCSC Extension’s public courses 

when you enroll more than 14 calendar days before the 

course start date. (Please note that the discount doesn’t 

apply to selected courses, as indicated.) This discount 

cannot be combined with any other special offers or 

discounts, and no discount will be made retroactively 

or after the course has begun. When multiple discounts 

apply, an eligible student is allowed to take the single 

highest discount. 

UC Alumni: Alumni association members of any UC 

campus may enroll in one UCSC Extension Silicon Valley 

or one UC Santa Cruz Open Campus Program course per 

quarter at a 10 percent discount up to $50 per course. 

This discount cannot be combined with any other offer. 

Discounts cannot be applied retroactively or after a 

course has begun. Proof of membership is required 

when you enroll. Check with your alumni office for 

information on your membership status. 

Employee Discounts: Reduced Rates: Reduced fees 

are applicable only to UCSC Extension courses. UCSC 

Extension offers a discount of 20%, not to exceed $150 

for any single Extension course. Discounts cannot be 

combined with any other offer. Discounts cannot be 

applied retroactively or after a course has begun. 

Eligibility: 

1) Career staff employees who have worked six months 

or more and completed probation. 

2) UCSC faculty and non-senate academic appointees who 

have worked at least 50% time for six months or more. 

3) Former University employees who have retired within 

four months of the date of separation from University 

service and who are annuitants of a retirement system 

to which the University contributes. 

4) UCSC Extension instructors. 

Withdrawals, Drops, 

and Alternate Grading 

Withdrawals: If you are unable to complete a course 

for which you are enrolled, there are several options, 

including Pass/No Pass (P/NP), No Credit (NC), or 

Withdrawal. 

If you wish to pursue either of these three options, 

you must formally notify UCSC Extension at least seven 

days prior to the last day of your course. Failure to 

do so will result in an automatic “F” grade in the course; 

and the “F” grade will be recorded in your permanent 

academic record. 

By requesting a Withdrawal, P/NP, or NC status, the 

student acknowledges that there is no refund available, 

and that the course will not be applicable to a certificate 

program, and may not qualify for reimbursement from 

the Workforce Investment Board or your company. 

To request a Withdrawal, go to ucsc-extension.edu 

and complete the online form, found in the Student 

Services section of the Web site. 

To request P/NP or NC status, please contact your 

instructor. 

Drops: A $40 processing fee will be withheld when 

any course is dropped. All requests must be received at 

least seven calendar days before a course begins. 

Some UCSC Extension programs require more advanced 

notice and a larger amount is forfeited. 

Requests are honored only when submitted by e-mail 

at drops@ucsc-extension.edu. Funds are put into your 

student account for future enrollment. 

Special programs often require deposits. It is the 

responsibility of the student to comply with the financial 

obligations, deadlines, and refund policies established 

and published for these programs. Application fees are 

not refundable. 

Course Cancellations 

UCSC Extension reserves the right to discontinue, 

postpone or combine courses, and to change instructors 

without notice. If a course is canceled, you may request 

an official transfer to another course or a full refund of the 

enrollment fee. UCSC Extension also reserves the right to 

discontinue entire programs or make significant changes 

in their structure without notice. 

92 


SprING 2012 


Financing Your Education 

Income Tax Deductions 

You may be able to deduct expenses for education that 

is required by your employer, or by law or regulations, 

to keep your salary, status or job, or that maintains or 

improves skills required in your present work. If your 

education qualifies, you may deduct the cost of items 

such as tuition, books, supplies, lab fees, travel and 

transportation (Internal Revenue Service Publication 

508, Rev. Nov. 86). 

Corporate Tuition Reimbursement 

Many of UCSC Extension’s courses qualify for corporate 

tuition reimbursement, especially those that pertain to 

your current job or a future position in your company. 

Be sure to check into the tuition-reimbursement 

programs offered by your employer. 

Tuition Assistance 

Displaced or disadvantaged workers may be eligible for 

retraining assistance through the Workforce Investment 

Act (WIA) or the Employment Development Department 

(EDD). For students who qualify, funds may be applied 

toward the cost of the Extension course fees, books, and 

materials. For additional information or to determine eligibility, 

contact either your local Workforce Investment Board 

or Extension’s coordinator at wib@ucsc-extension.edu. 

Funding eligibility must be determined prior to enrolling 

or participating in any course. 

Veterans’ Benefits 

Selected UCSC Extension certificates are eligible for 

veterans’ edu cation benefits. For information, please 

contact (408) 861-3854. 

Financial Assistance 

As a UCSC Extension student, you may be eligible 

for private financial assistance. UCSC Extension does 

not endorse or oth erwise recommend specific lending 

sources. Information about private lenders is provided 

for informa tion purposes only and can be found on our 

Web site at ucsc-extension.edu. 

Note: For lenders who require satisfactory academic 

progress to maintain loan status, satisfactory academic 

progress is defined as a minimum of 6 units for two 

terms per calendar year. 

TAXPAYER Relief Act of 1997 

The Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 may help you put 

money back in your pocket. Contact a tax consultant or 

accountant or visit www.irs.gov/taxtopics to deter mine 

how the Act may apply to you. Information on the HOPE 

Scholarship and Lifetime Learning Credits can be found 

in IRS Publication 970 available at www.ed.gov/offices/ 

OPE/PPI/HOPE/. Other pertinent tax information for 

students is available at www.1098-T.com. 

Academic Policies 

Academic Credit and Course Numbering 

The following information can be located under each 

course title in the catalog: academic number (usually 

preceded by the letter X), academic discipline in which 

credit is granted, and the quarter-unit value of the course. 

Course numbers are classified as follows: 

1–99: Lower division 

100–199: Upper division 

300–399: Professional courses in Education 

400–499: Professional courses in other departments 

800 series or Noncredit or Continuing Education Units 

non-numbered issued. (Academic credit and letter grade 

courses: not applicable.) 

All credit is offered in quarter-system 

units; semester equivalents are: 

Quarter: 1 1 1/2 2 3 4 5 

Semester: 

2/3 

1 1 1/3 2 2 2/3 3 1/3 

Some courses bear the designation “credit approval 

pending” after the X-number listed under the course title. 

When this catalog went to press, these courses were 

in the review process leading to approval for academic 

credit. The credit status of the course can be obtained 

by calling our course approval staff at (408) 861-3750. 

Continuing Education Units (ceus) 

Continuing Education Units were established by a 

national task force of educational associations and are 

intended for use where employers, relicensing agencies, 

or others require a specified number of hours of study, 

and noncredit study is acceptable for fulfillment of those 

requirements. One CEU is awarded for each 10 hours 

of contact partici pation. Because CEUs are related to 

contact time, grading is not appropriate. 

Grading 

Instructors assign grades on the basis of a student’s 

performance on the activities outlined in their course 

syllabi. Grades are available online at ucsc-extension. 

edu, usually within a month after a course ends. 

Please note that a grade of A+ cannot be issued. 

Grading Options 

When students enroll, letter grading is the default. 

The Pass/No Pass (P/NP) or Not for Credit (NC) options 

are available only to students in good academic standing. 

Students may elect to take courses for a letter grade, 

Pass/No Pass (P/NP) or Not for Credit (NC). However, 

requests for P/NP or NC grades must be submitted 

before the last scheduled day of the course. A passing 

letter-grade is required in order for a course to be 

applicable to a certificate. 

Incomplete Grades 

Under certain circumstances, an “incomplete” (“I”) may 

be authorized for students who are unable to complete 

a course within the prescribed time. Students must have 

completed a minimum of 70 percent of the course work 

and it must be of passing quality in order to qualify for 

an incomplete grade. 

To be considered for an incomplete, the 

student must send a formal request by e-mail to 

program@ucsc-extension.edu before the last class 

meeting. If approved, the instructor and program 

director will agree upon the terms of the incomplete, 

including the specific work required and the deadline 

for clearing the incom plete. Once the necessary work 

has been submitted, the “I” will be changed to the 

appropriate grade. Incomplete grades must be cleared 

by the agreed upon deadline or the “I” will convert to 

“F.” Students, with proper documentation, may also 

request a Withdrawal if they are unable to complete the 

coursework by the deadline. Courses paid for under a 

contract may be subject to additional restrictions. 

Grade Changes 

Per policy, changes to a final recorded course grade can 

be made only when there is evidence of a clerical or procedural 

error and never on the basis of re-examination 

or completion of additional work. For more information, 

including the formal grade appeals policy and process, 

contact program@ucsc-extension.edu. Grade appeals 

must be filed within 30 days of the date grades are 

posted on your online student record. 

Transcript Request Information 

You can view your grades online at ucsc-extension.edu. 

To order an official transcript, use the 

Transcript Request form found at 

ucsc-extension.edu/student-services/transcript-info. 

Fax, mail, or e-mail completed forms. 

Records Office 




E-mail: extensiontranscripts@ucsc.edu 

Fax: (408) 342-0164 

Please allow up to four weeks for standard processing. 

Please complete all information requested on the form. 

For assistance ordering transcripts or with your user 

name and password, call (408) 861-3700. 

Transfer of UCSC Extension Credit 

Some Extension courses may be applied toward degrees. 

We strongly encourage students to obtain confirmation 

of acceptance of Extension credit by the admissions office 

of the other campus or institution in advance of enrolling. 

Admission to Courses 

Our programs are designed primarily for adult professional 

devel opment. As required by federal and state law, 

the Uni versity of California does not discrimi nate on the 

basis of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, sexual 

orientation, disabil ity or age in admission to or employment 

in the educational programs and activities which it 

operates. Inquiries concerning Titles VI and VII of the Civil 

Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Education Amendments 

of 1972, Sections 503 and 504 of the Rehabilitation Act 

of 1973, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 

1967, the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, Section 402 

of the Vietnam Era Veterans Readjustment Act of 1974, 

the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and Section 

12940 of the California Government Code should be 

addressed to the Office of the Dean, UCSC Extension, 

(408) 861-3750, or to the Equal Employment/Affirmative 

Action Office, UCSC, (831) 459-1590. The University is 

an affirmative action/equal opportunity employer. 

continues on page 94… 


93

general information 

Prior to enrolling in a class not specifically structured 

for children, a minor child must receive permission from 

the department sponsoring the course. A release form 

must be signed by the parent or guardian. 

DISABLED STUDENT SERVICES 

In keeping with the Americans with Disabilities Act, 

UCSC Extension makes every effort to reasonably 

accommodate students with disability-related needs. 

If you require accommo dation, contact our Student 

Services Office at least two weeks prior to the event or 

course. Our ADA Officer will work closely with you and 

the sponsoring department to ensure your access with 

reasonable accommodation. Please call (800) 660-8639. 

For TDD access, call (408) 861-3700. For the California 

Relay Service, call (800) 735-2922. 

Problems or grievances Contact the ADA Officer at 

the numbers above or e-mail cwalker@ucsc-extension.edu. 

1. Verbal review/resolution (10-day response) 

2. Written review/resolution if verbal fails (10-day response) 

3. Contact the Dean if steps 1 and 2 are unsatis factory 

or if your complaint is against the ADA Officer. 

Tape Recording, Filming, 

and Videotaping of Classes 

Regulations do not permit tape recording, filming, 

video taping or any other recording of any Extension 

program without the express written permission of 

UCSC Extension. 

Privacy of Student Records 

The Registrar of UCSC Extension is responsible for 

maintain ing Extension student records, and any questions 

about them should be addressed to the Registrar’s 

Office in writing, at 2505 Augustine Drive, Suite 100, 

Santa Clara, CA 95054-3003. 

The policies governing the disclosure of information 

from student records, specifically the Federal Family 

Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 and the 

University of California Policies Applying to the Disclosure 

of Information from Student Records, are available at 

our office in Santa Clara. The full text of the federal law is 

avail able at the Student Affairs Office, located at 245 Hahn 

Student Services on the UCSC campus, (831) 459-4446. 

Note: The University is required by federal law to 

request your SSN and report your SSN and other 

per tinent information to the Internal Revenue 

Service pursuant to the reporting requirements 

imposed by the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997. 

The University also will use the SSN you provide to 

verify your identity. This notification is provided to 

you as required by the Federal Privacy Act of 1974. 

Student Conduct 

UCSC Extension, as a unit of the University of California, 

Santa Cruz, has high standards for academic integrity 

and student conduct. Extension students are expected 

to conform to a code of conduct that is appropriate 

and considerate of our highly diverse adult learning environment. 

Disruption of teaching, learning, research or 

administration through such activities as, but not limited 

to, disorderly conduct, physical or verbal abuse, threats 

of violence, academic dishonesty (including all forms of 

plagia rism and cheating), forgery, theft, unsanctioned use 

of alcohol, unlawful use of controlled substances, or any 

other action that might threaten UCSC Extension property 

or the health and safety of any person on UCSC Extension 

property or attending any UCSC Extension-sponsored 

event, will not be tolerated and is grounds for severe 

sanction including arrest and dismissal. See the 

Student Code of Conduct pdf document at 

ucsc-extension.edu/student-services. 

Crime Awareness 

Federal law requires the reporting of crime statistics 

on college and university campuses. For help in obtaining 

crime incidence information relative to UCSC 

Extension’s classroom facilities, call Kevin McGowan 

at (408) 861-3700. UCSC’s annual security report 

includes statistics for the previous three years concerning 

reported crimes that occurred on campus, in certain 

off-campus buildings owned or controlled by UCSC, and 

on public property within, or immediately adjacent to 

and accessible from the campus. The report also includes 

institu tional policies concerning campus security, such 

as policies con cerning alcohol and drug use, crime 

prevention, the reporting of crimes, sexual assault, and 

other matters. You can obtain a copy of this report by 

contacting the UCSC Police Department or by accessing 

www2.ucsc.edu/police/reports.html. 

Sexual Harassment 

The University cherishes the free and open exchange 

of ideas and enhancement of knowledge. Maintaining 

this freedom and openness requires objectivity, mutual 

trust and confidence; it requires the absence of coercion, 

intimi dation or exploitation. The principal responsibility for 

main taining these conditions must rest upon those members 

of the University community who exercise authority 

and leadership: faculty, managers and supervisors. 

The University has therefore instituted a number of 

measures designed to protect its community from sexual 

and other forms of harassment. Information, advice, 

referrals and/or copies of UCSC’s Sex Offense Policy and 

Procedures for Reports of Sexual Assault and Sexual 

Harassment are available to all students, faculty and staff 

by contacting Rita E. Walker, Title IX Coordinator/Sexual 

Harassment Officer, 119 Kerr Hall, at (831) 459-2462. 

The Title IX Coordinator is also available to investigate 

other violations of Title IX. Questions regarding discrimination 

may be directed to the Affirmative Action Office 

at (831) 459-1590. 

Other Student Information 

Holidays 

Memorial Day Weekend: May 26–28 

Textbooks 

Information on required and recommended textbooks 

can be found in course descriptions online at 

ucsc-extension.edu, and on your enrollment receipt. 

Most textbooks can be purchased through Extension’s 

partnership with Amazon.com. Our Web site has a convenient 

search tool online at ucsc-extension.edu/bookstore. 

Printed Course Readers 

Printed course readers are available from our vendor, 

CMC, and students are responsible for ordering course 

materials and bringing them to the first class session. 

Materials are bound and shipped directly to the student, 

and for many courses, PDF downloads of the materials 

may also be available. There is a modest fee for both 

options provided by CMC. 

Students will receive an e-mail from Content Manage 

ment Corporation six days before the first class session. 

The e-mail will contain a unique username and password, 

different from your student ID, which is used to log in 

to a special URL, also provided in the e-mail, and order 

materials. After logging in to the CMC ordering site, you 

will only see your courses that begin in the next six days. 

To order materials for additional courses, return to the 

site when you receive an e-mail notification for that course. 

CMC usernames and passwords are automatically 

created for each Extension student ID. To avoid receiving 

multiple CMC logins, always enroll with your existing 

Extension ID, rather than create a new one. 

For more information, see: 

ucsc-extension.edu/course-materials. 

Wireless Access 

Wireless Internet access is provided in all throughout our 

Santa Clara facility. The appropriate wireless network card 

is required. Any wireless connec tion is open to the Internet. 

No protection against viruses, worms, intrusion, and other 

data vulnerabilities is provided by Extension. Protective 

software must be installed on the owner’s laptop. 

Extension Students Are Part 

of the UCSC Family 

Extension students are invited to become members 

of the UCSC Alumni Association after completing 15 

or more units of credit courses. Call (408) 861-3700 

for more information. 

94 


SprING 2012 


Instructor Biographies 

A 

RICHARD ABEND, M.A. TESOL and M.Ed. Applied 

Linguistics, has been teaching ESL and Linguistics 

courses for over 30 years. He has been involved in 

Distance Education for the last seven years. 

AVNISH AGGARWAL, M.S., has over 30 years of 

experience with the development and testing of network 

applications, routers, LAN/WAN switches, GSM/GPRS 

network video servers and LAN security products. He 

also has extensive software background in embedded 

systems and test automation software. 

CHERYL ALLEY, M.A., CAPM, is the principal of nCore 

Associates. Cheryl has extensive experience as a high 

performance leader in a variety of industries. Her expertise 

includes project management, training and facilitation, 

leadership development, communication, and negotiation. 

Ms. Alley also holds a certificate in Instructional Design 

and Delivery and is a certified career coach. 

ADDY ALSUMDE, M.D., Ph.D., CEO of Advancement 

in Health Profession and has more than 23 years 

of experience in clinical research. 

ANDREA AMES, M.S., program coordinator, see page 36. 

STEVE ARNOLD, M.B.A., is the owner of Custom 

Computer Services. He has experience teaching courses 

in WAN, LAN, network administration, and online 

systems development. 

NICK ARREGUY, B.S.E.E., is owner of Verification 

Engineering, which consults for verification architecture, 

coding, and implementation services for SystemVerilog, 

NTB and OpenVera. He has provided ASIC applications 

support for gate-array, standard-cell, and SOC design 

and verification. 

AMER ATHER, B.S., has over 18 years of industry 

background in operating system technologies and 

performance analysis of enterprise system solutions. He 

also has extensive experience in writing and debugging 

low level kernel drivers in Solaris and Linux environment. 

He has written several technical articles in trade 

publications. 

B 

MICHAEL BASHISTA, M.Ed. in Instructional Design 

and Media Development, develops Flash interactive presentations 

and works with graphic designers to program 

JavaScript and implement CSS for Web sites. He has 

taught at various post-secondary educational institutions. 

LEON BEZDIKIAN, B.A., is an HR director with extensive 

experience in the high-technology industry. He has demonstrated 

success in implementing innovative and costeffective 

HR solutions to support business objectives. 

SANJAY BHATIA, B.E., PMP ® , has over 23 years 

of experience managing and developing large scale 

enterprise software applications. He has held senior 

management positions at various companies in Silicon 

Valley, where he regularly delivered complex projects 

involving global teams, in fast paced environments, 

with aggressive schedules. 

AUDREY BLUMENEAU, M.Ed., teaches Adobe 

Dreamweaver, Flash, PhotoShop, HTML, Cascading Style 

Sheets and Web-design courses at UCSC Extension, 

colleges, businesses, schools and non-profit organizations. 

She has worked as the technology instructor 

for a Gender Equity Grant from the National Science 

Foundation. Her consulting firm develops, implements 

and maintains Web sites for a diverse clientele. 

TIM BOMBOSCH, Ph.D. at Stanford University, has more 

than ten years of experience managing documentation 

and training projects at various companies. His areas of 

expertise include biotech, medical devices, and consumer 

electronics. He is a frequent invited speaker and member 

of the Society for Technical Communications. 

TRUDY BONINCONTRO, M.A. in counseling psychology, 

teaches child development at SJCC. Her experience 

includes work in special education mental health 

services, family therapy, and senior care. 

THERESA BRANDNER-ALLEN, M.S., has a broad 

background in the medical device industry and extensive 

start-up experience. Her regulatory affairs expertise 

includes submissions; post-market regulatory compliance; 

and the design, implementation, and maintenance 

of compliant quality systems. 

MARTINA BREMER, Ph.D., received her doctorate 

in statistics from Purdue University. She has extensive 

academic teaching experience at San José State 

University, Purdue University, and the Watson School 

of Biological Sciences at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory. 

Her research concentrates primarily on the area of 

biostatistics and focuses on statistical models for 

the analysis of microarray data. 

WILLIAM BROOKS, M.A., has more than 30 years 

of experience in high-technology product development. 

He has been granted two U.S. patents and has authored 

several articles. Mr. Brooks has been an engineering 

department manager and a senior program manager. 

MEREDITH BROWN-TUTTLE, RAC, is a senior regulatory 

professional who has written and coordinated numerous 

drug and biologic submissions to U.S. and international 

regulatory agencies, developed regulatory strategies 

and conducted worldwide regulatory intelligence. 


95

instructor biographies 

C 

JIM CARR, M.S., CISSP, ISSAP, has more than 25 years 

of experience in security and network engineering. He 

is a lead security and information assurance engineer at 

Lockheed Martin. 

SUBHADEEP CHATTERJEE, M.S., has more than eleven 

years of experience developing Internet and Intranet 

products for Yahoo, as well as a range of industrial 

and financial companies. He specializes in information 

architecture blueprints, wireframes, user interface 

design and toolkit development. 

HAIHUI CHEN, M.S.E.E., is a staff applications consultant 

for functional verification products and solutions at 

Synopsys Inc., where he is responsible for verification 

planning, tools and methodologies support. 

ALICE CHIANG, Ph.D. in educational psychology, is an 

experienced software developer and human factors 

engineer for IBM. 

MIN “ADAM” CHU, Ph.D., has held technical positions 

with Intel and SiBEAM, where he developed analog and 

RF ICs. He has authored a number of technical papers 

and several book chapters. 

STEVE CLARKE, M.B.A., has more than 25 years of 

experience in international businesses consulting for 

companies entering Asian markets. He is a successful 

entrepreneur and founder of China Silk Wines. Mr. Clarke 

has taught courses on strategy, ethics, marketing, economics, 

organizational behavior, operations management 

and brand development. He is a graduate of Northern 

Arizona University and Grand Canyon University. 

GERALD COMISAR, Ph.D., is a software consultant 

specializing in Java and object-oriented product development. 

He is a Sun-certified Java programmer with more 

than 20 years of experience in the computer industry. 

DIANNE CONRY, M.S. in Financial Accounting, CPA, 

is a consultant with Kranz & Associates and has more 

than 20 years of accounting experience both in public 

accounting and in private industry. She is an experienced 

instructor, who has taught financial accounting at 

several area colleges. 

d 

CHARLES DANCAK, M.S.E.E., is an independent consultant 

with 25 years of experience in the semiconductor 

and EDA industries. He has extensive teaching experience 

with VHDL, Verilog, logic synthesis and simulation of 

ASICS and FPGAs, DFT/ATPG. 

KETAN DAVE, M.S., M.B.A., PgMP, Certified Six Sigma 

Black Belt, has more than 12 years of experience working 

with high-tech industry leaders, such as Intel, SAP, and 

HP. Mr. Dave specializes in global program and portfolio 

management in supply chain development, ERP (SAP R/3), 

enterprise information systems, new product introductions, 

emerging technologies, and Lean Six Sigma projects. 

MARILYN DAVIS, Ph.D., is a senior developer at 

Deliberate.com. She has extensive experience in scientific, 

statistical, operations research, test-development and 

groupware applications, working in Python, C and C++. 

RICHARD DAYTON, J.D., is an estate planning counsel 

and distinguished member of the WealthCounsel 

National Study Group, the Probate and Trusts Sections 

of the California and American Bar Associations 

and National Association of Retirement and Wealth 

Preservation Advisors. 

ROLAND DITAN, B.S.B.A., CPA, is an international and 

government accountant, and an expert in auditing of 

private firms, planning, and budgeting. He has worked 

for the city and county of San Francisco and the state 

of California. 

e—f 

REBECCA EAGLESON, M.A. TESOL, has over 10 years 

of experience as a teacher in both the public and private 

sectors. She has experience teaching grade levels from 

kindergarten through post-graduate. Her expertise lies 

in coaching ESL and generation 1.5 students in public 

speaking and academic and business writing. She has 

also spent three years as an ESL instructor in South Korea. 

RAMIN ELAHI, M.S.E.E., is a senior lecturer and developer 

at Hitachi Data System Academy. He previously 

worked for 14 years at Hewlett-Packard, developing and 

delivering storage and network curricula. His areas of 

expertise include network data storage, Unix networking, 

and mission critical products. He has also held a 

variety of positions at Novell and SCO. 

MICHAEL ELASHOFF, Ph.D., Biostatistics from Harvard 

University, is the senior director of biostatistics at 

CardioDx, a molecular diagnostics company focused on 

cardiovascular disease. Previously, he was director of 

biostatistics at Gene Logic, and was a statistical reviewer 

and team leader in the Center for Drug Evaluation and 

Research at the FDA. 

MICHAEL ELLARD is a mobile software developer who 

has developed software for a variety of Fortune 500 clients. 

He has developed iOS applications with streaming 

audio, background audio, location-aware mapping, and 

client/server interaction. He has successfully submitted 

sixteen apps to Apple’s App Store and received an 

iOSDevCamp award for an open-source library. 

JON ELLIOTT, M.P.P., J.D., has more than 30 years of 

professional EH&S compliance and policy experience. 

Mr. Elliott is the founder and president of Touchstone 

Environmental, Inc., where he provides compliance, 

educational and management services. 

YACOUB EL-ZIQ, Ph.D., is an electronic design and 

automation entrepreneur with 15 years of experience 

in the field. He co-founded the startup companies XCAT, 

Vertex, Compass, and Matrixview. Mr. El-ziq has also 

worked in R&D engineering and management positions 

at Honeywell, Toshiba, VLSI Technologies and Synopsys. 

He teaches graduate courses and regularly publishes 

research work in this field. 

EDISON FONG, Ph.D., is a Principal Engineer at National 

Semiconductor. He has 25 years experience in analog 

design for communications, data conversion and RF 

systems. Dr. Fong has nine issued patents and has 

published more than 30 papers. He is a senior member 

of the IEEE. 

WILLIAM FREDLUND, Ph.D., see page 49. 

g 

LAURA GARDNER, M.S., M.N.S., CCDM, has more than 

19 years experience in the pharmaceutical and biotech 

industry. She was director of Clinical Data Management 

at Chiron, where she built and directed a Clinical Data 

Management group. 

SUDHI GAUTAM, M.B.B.S, D.L.O., Ph.D., has more than 

15 years of experience both in the clinical and engineering 

aspects of biomedical devices. 

Oliver Gildersleeve, PMP ® , MCTS, is a Lead 

Planner for Dynamics Research Corp, working remotely 

on a contract with the Department of Veterans Affairs. 

He was VP Project Governance for EPM Solutions and 

taught Microsoft Project and Project Server for Project 

Managers at companies across the U.S. and at monthly 

public classes in the Bay Area. He is co-founder and 

past president of Microsoft Project Users Group’s 

Silicon Valley chapter. 

WILMA GOLD, M.S.W., is a college instructor with 30 

years experience in center direction and as a regional 

manager for an international child care company. As 

a center director she developed and operated a parent 

co-op program in Santa Cruz, CA, and in later years 

developed and opened a 135 child program for VTA 

in San José. 

JUAN GOMEZ, Ph.D., is a senior staff engineer at Juniper 

Networks. He is also a part-time faculty at San José State 

and was a lecturer at UCSC. He has a strong background 

in the fields of distributed systems, computer networking, 

computer security, self-healing/self-monitoring 

systems, software lifecycle, and storage systems. He has 

experience in the design and development of several 

popular products at IBM and Juniper. 

Dr. Gomez holds seven U.S. patents in the field of 

distributed computing and storage systems. 

ARLENE GOTSHALK, M.A., SPHR, has over fifteen years 

of experience education and training as a teacher and 

administrator. She has a Masters of Education and 

has taught numerous courses in how students learn 

including theories of cognition and motivation and their 

application. She has been engaged in online learning 

and training for the past five years. 

ANDREAS GUENTHER, B.S., is a senior software consultant. 

He has over 15 years of experience in professional 

object-oriented software design and implementation. His 

development background covers many different domains 

of software primarily using Java and C++. 

KIRAN GULATI, M.B.A., RAB-LA, is a management 

consultant with more than 15 years of experience in 

the area of quality systems and process improvement 

in the medical device and biotech sectors. 

h 

TANWEER HAROON, M.S., has been a software developer, 

consultant and course instructor for over 15 years. 

He has extensive experience teaching C, C++, Visual 

Basic, Visual Studio .NET, C#, Java, XML, and the Adobe 

suite of tools, both in the classroom and online. He is 

also familiar with database and Unix administration. 

CRAIG HARRISON, B.A., is a professional speaker, 

consultant, and founder of Expressions of Excellence. 

He has conducted training for Fortune 500 companies. 

Craig is a past president of the National Speakers 

Association, Northern California chapter, and has served 

on the boards of the American Society for Training and 

Development and the International Customer Service 

Association. 

MARY HENRIQUES, M.B.A., SPHR, has worked in manufacturing 

and environmental health and safety for over 25 

years. She holds a bachelors degree from UC Davis and 

an M.B.A. from the University of Santa Clara. She special- 

96 



ized in the HAZWOPER program, as well as OSHA regulations. 

She is also an Emergency Response FRA and FRO, 

as well as a certified Hazardous Materials Technician. 

MARK HOOSE, J.D., LL.M., is senior income tax counsel 

to Intel Corporation, where he manages a group of tax 

lawyers who advise the corporation on all third party 

transactions. Previously, he was senior tax counsel to 

Occidental Petroleum, has worked for two of the “Big 4” 

accounting firms, and began his career as an associate 

in the Washington, DC, office of Baker & McKenzie. 

MICHAEL HUSTON, M.B.A., president of Huston 

Associates, LLC, has more than 20 years of experience 

from basic research to strategic drug development. 

i 

ARMOND INSELBERG, Ph.D., has extensive experience 

in start-ups and at large companies, and has held 

senior positions in product development and product 

management. He currently is a principal consultant for 

a local consulting firm. Mr. Inselberg holds a Ph.D. in 

computer science, and an M.B.A., as well as VCP, CISSP, 

and CCNA certifications. 

KAMRAN IRAVANI, M.S.E.E., is a consultant working 

on the design of high-speed PLLs, clock and data 

recovery, multi-gigabit-per-second SERializer-DESerializer 

(SERDES), gigabit-ethernet and high-speed IOs. 

NANCY ISAAC, J.D., M.S, is vice president of regulatory 

and clinical affairs and quality assurance for NeoTract in 

Pleasanton California. She was previously Senior Counsel 

with Longwell and Associates, a Palo Alto-based food 

and drug law firm. She served in VP of regulatory affairs 

positions at Broncus Technologies, Neuraltus Pharmaceuticals, 

Aerogen, and BD Biosciences. 

JENNIFER JACKSON, B.S., is the founder of The Insight 

Advantage, specializing in helping companies gather and 

analyze information on internal and external customer 

requirements. Ms. Berkley brings a strong dedication to 

helping organizations linking profits and commitments 

to making key business decisions with customers’ 

current and emerging needs in mind. 

LAURA JACOBS, B.A., CFP ® , has been a senior financial 

advisor at Waddell & Reed for the past 10 years, having 

worked within the industry for the last 15. She is a 

comprehensive financial planner, who works with clients 

on cash flow and budgeting, investments, insurance and 

benefits, estate and tax strategies, retirement planning 

and accumulation goals. 

GITU JAIN, Ph.D., has done research in Parallel 

Algorithms for NP-Hard EDA problems. She developed 

multiprocessing applications for vastly different computing 

platforms from shared memory processors to distributed 

computing network. She has been working in CAD tools 

for 13 years and is familiar with the issues faced in 

developing applications in the computer industry. 

She holds several patents. 

JAY JAMALI, B.S., CSP, CHMM, CHCM, is director of 

Enviro Safetech, Inc., an environmental, health and 

safety consulting company. He has provided EHS services 

in the Bay Area for 20 years. 

RAXIT JARIWALLA, Ph.D., is a senior researcher in nutrition 

and infectious diseases at the Dr. Rath Research Institute 

in Santa Clara. He headed the virology and immunodeficiency 

research program at the Linus Pauling Institute of 

Science and Medicine, and principal research investigator 

at the California Institute for Medical Research. 

JESSE JENKINS, Ph.D., is a product planning manager at 

Xilinx, Inc. He has 15 years of PLD experience, holds multiple 

patents and has written a beginning text on PLDs. 

CORINNE JOHNS-TREAT, M.A., is principal of a 

Silicon Valley-based management and human resource 

training firm, Cintam Consulting. She has more than 

20 years of experience working with Fortune 500 and 

SMB companies and professional organizations. She is 

recognized in Who’s Who of Global Business Leaders. 

k 

WILLIAM KAO, Ph.D., has more than 30 years of R & D 

experience in semiconductor IC and EDA. He is Director 

of Technology at American Energy Choice and currently 

teaches solar and renewable energy courses. He was 

an adjunct professor at UCLA. He has over 40 technical 

publications and several patents. 

PATTY KASPER, M.S., is a clinical research consultant 

and owner of P. Kasper & Associates, serving clients in 

the biopharmaceutical industry. She has experience in all 

four phases of clinical development and has managed 

large groups of CRAs to develop a variety of compounds. 

DAVID KEENAN, B.S., is an environmental health and 

safety consultant with Performance Safety Associates. 

NICOLE KERBEY, M.A., has been working professionally 

with children for 14 years, both privately and in an 

early childhood education setting. She has worked with 

children from birth through school age. Additionally, 

she is a certified Program for Infant Toddler Care trainer, 

a Beginning Together trainer, and a professional growth 

advisor. 

NUSRAT KHALEELI, Ph.D., Biochemistry, from Johns 

Hopkins University, has worked as an R&D scientist in 

San Francisco Bay area pharmaceutical for companies. 

ARSHAD KHAN, M.E., M.B.A., is a consultant with over 

30 years experience. He has worked as a BW Project 

Manager, reporting lead, BI Analyst, SAP functional 

consultant, business analyst, and training consultant. 

Mr. Khan has over 10 years experience in planning, 

implementing, and training for data warehousing 

projects. He has authored a dozen books, including four 

on BI/Data Warehousing. 

YASSER KHAN, B.S., has over 10 years of experience 

in system verification for system and EDA companies. 

He is familiar with all major verification languages, tools 

and methodologies including SystemVerilog, SystemC, 

PLI/VPI, VHDL, Vera/NTB, VMM, OVM, and UVM. Mr. Khan 

is currently an application engineer at Synopsys. 

ROBERT KNIGHT, M.S., DPM, has more than 25 years 

of experience teaching mathematics. He is a pioneer 

in the use of technology in the teaching of statistics 

and mathematics. Dr. Knight’s innovative teaching has 

garnered awards from the Santa Clara Mathematics 

Association, the California State Chancellor’s Office, 

and the California Mathematics Council. 

VICTOR KOLESNICHENKO, Ph.D., has more than 25 years 

of engineering experience in instrumentation and control 

systems design. He holds a Professional Engineering 

License in the State of California. Dr. Kolesnichenko has 

two solo patents in analog electronics and published 

40 articles in scientific research works and journals. 

He is an expert in advanced metering infrastructures 

for smart grid. 

LEE KOZAR, M.A., M.S., M.B.A., is the director of 

the Beckman Center, Computational Services and 

Bioinformatics Facility. He has worked in the field of 

bioinformatics for more than 17 years and has taught 

bioinformatics at Caltech, UC Santa Barbara, CSU East 

Bay and Stanford University. 

SHREYAS KUMAR, M.S., has 11 years of experience in 

software product development. He is a senior member of 

the technical staff at Oracle and is currently pursuing a 

Ph.D. in cloud security at UC Santa Cruz. Mr. Kumar has 

contributed to product development for several Oracle 

server technologies and applications. 

l 

WILLY LAI, B.A., is a senior manager of user experience 

design and architecture at PayPal. He has 16 years of 

experience designing for some of the world’s leading 

Web commerce sites, Web portals, and Web applications. 

By strategically designing Web sites to align with customer 

needs and business goals, Mr. Lai has crafted awardwinning 

user experiences that drive business results. 

THARAN LANIER, M.B.A., CPA, is currently in private 

practice and specializes in accounting and the tax 

needs of small business. Mr. Lanier has worked in large 

industries and has taught graduate accounting courses 

in the M.B.A. program at Santa Clara University. He has 

created and taught courses for the Government and 

Industry Program and the Small Business Institute at 

De Anza College. 

EDMUND LAU, M.S. in statistics, previously specialized 

in using discharge, surveillance and claims data in the 

study of arthroplasty, hypothyroidism, brain tumor and 

other disease outcomes. Mr. Lau has published 15 

research reports in peer-reviewed journals. 

MELISSA LE, B.A., has more than 20 years of experience 

in teaching. Her expertise is in identifying the needs 

of her students, both children and adults, and helping 

them to reach their full potential. A graduate of San 

José State University with degrees in Child Development 

and Intercultural Studies, she also completed SJSU’s 

credential program. 

RUSSELL LEONG, B.A. in graphic design from San José 

State University, operates Russell Leong Design in 

Cupertino, serving a diverse range of Bay Area clients. 

Leong’s firm established its reputation with design work 

for major Silicon Valley tech companies including Apple 

Computer, Hewlett-Packard, Symantec, and Sun Microsystems 

as well as non-tech clients such as Annieglass, 

Betelnut Restaurant and Diddams. The firm specializes in 

corporate brand identity, sales promotion/collateral and 

event branding, while emphasizing innovation and fun. 

LARRY LIDEN, M.A., is the retired superintendent 

of the Institute of Computer Technology (ICT). 

ANNA LONGWELL, J.D., M.B.A., M.S., is a regulatory 

affairs professional and regulatory expert with extensive 

experience in Medical Devices. She was VP of Regulatory 

Affairs at Becton Dickinson and is currently the principal 

of Longwell and Associates, a law firm specializing in 

FDA regulations. 

HARRY LORSBACH, M.B.A., CPA, CIA, has auditingmanagement 

experience at a wide variety of organizations, 

including the University of California. He has 

taught graduate and undergraduate auditing courses at 

UC Extensions and Golden Gate University. 



REBECCA LEE LOVIN, Ed.D. in multicultural education, 

delivers teacher training in English as a Second 

Language. Dr. Lovin’s research and practice include 

work in Korea, Mexico, and Egypt. 

HIEN LUU, B.S.E.E., senior software engineer at 

Neoforma Inc., has more than 10 years of experience 

in software development. He has worked on several 

enterprise applications using J2EE technologies on a 

BEA WebLogic platform. 

m 

EDWIN MACH, M.S., is a Senior Software Engineer. 

His experience spans multiple companies in software 

engineering and development. He has extensive 

knowledge in Eclipse, JAVA, XML, and AJAX, among 

dozens of other technologies. 

KAREN MACKEY, Ph.D., is an independent consultant 

specializing in software process improvement. She was a 

quality system staff engineer at Cisco, where she worked 

with business units to improve the quality of their 

software products. Prior to joining Cisco, Karen worked 

in both development and management roles 

at Lockheed Martin, TRW, and Bell Labs. 

HAMID MAHMOODI, Ph.D., is an assistant professor 

of electrical and computer engineering at San Francisco 

State University. His research interests include low-power, 

robust, and high-performance circuit design for nanoscale 

technologies. He has over 60 publications and 

several patents. He was a recipient of the Best Paper 

Awards at 2006 IEEE Circuits and Systems Society VLSI 

Transactions and the 2004 International Conference 

on Computer Design. 

FRANK MANGINI, M.S.E.E., M.B.A., PMP ® , CSM, has 

more than 25 years of experience in electronic system 

design and development, engineering management and 

project management. He previously has served as electronic 

defense programs director for the Boeing Company. 

JACQUIE MARDELL, B.A., has a broad background in 

planning, implementing, and analyzing clinical trials, 

and has led teams in the preparation and execution of 

clinical development plans in many therapeutic areas. 

TARA MARTIN-MILIUS, M.S.O.D., B.A. in business, 

provides training and consulting to local, national 

and international firms. She is a professional speaker 

and consultant who collaborates with clients on 

creative changes for organizations through people and 

processes. 

JEAN MASONEK, B.A., B.S.N., RN, is senior manager of 

drug safety at a Bay Area biopharmaceutical company. 

FRANCES MCKENNEY, M.S., is director of GCP compliance 

at Affymax. Ms. McKenney has more than 20 years of 

experience in the pharmaceutical/biotechnology industry, 

working for both sponsor/manufacturers and a CRO. 

KATHY MCNAMARA, M.A., LMFT, specializes in working 

with children who may have attention deficit disorder, 

delayed development, autism, non-verbal learning 

disorder and other special needs. 

MALLORY MCWILLIAMS, M.B.A., CPA, has specialized 

in government, taxation and operational auditing for 

more than 27 years. Ms. McWilliams has also served on 

the faculty of Lucas Graduate business School at SJSU 

for more than 15 years and run a private consulting 

business for more than 20 years. 

SUSAN MICKEL, M.S., M.B.A., has over 20 years 

of experience in software engineering and advanced 

technologies including agile life cycles, object technology, 

and risk-based development processes. Ms. Mickel has 

comprehensive working experience with all phases of 

software engineering, scheduling, planning, and process 

improvement. 

JEFF MILLER, B.S.C.S., has extensive experience as a 

software consultant, architect, and engineer. He has 

developed applications with C++, C, C#, Visual Basic, 

Linux, Java/J2EE, .NET, Win32, advanced user interfaces, 

servers, databases, and client-server applications. 

TRACEY MILLER, B.A., is principal of an HR consulting 

firm specializing in compensation design, employee 

relations and compliance. Her management experience 

spans human resources, marketing and operations. 

MARK MONTROSE, M.S., specializes in electromagnetic 

compatibility with nearly 30 years of experience in 

printed circuit board and system design. He authored 

four books on EMC plus numerous papers presented at 

IEEE International EMC Symposiums worldwide. He is 

a member of both the Board of Directors of the IEEE and 

the IEEE EMC Society. 

DONALD MORELLI, M.S., CPE, is an ergonomics 

consultant, a founder of the Silicon Valley Ergonomics 

Institute and a former staff member at UCSF. 

SHELDON MULLINS, M.B.A., is a senior regulatory affairs 

professional who has worked on the development of 

biologics, small molecules and gene therapy products 

for a variety of therapeutic areas. He has developed 

regulatory strategies from pre-IND to license application 

submission and approval. 

MARIE LOU MUNSON, M.D., M.P.H., has more than 

six years of clinical dictionary and thesaurus management 

experience in clinical trials and drug safety. She 

previously worked at Biogen/Idec, Gilead Sciences, 

and most recently as director for Drug Safety at Élan 

Pharmaceuticals. 

JOHN MUSACCHIO, Ph.D., is an assistant professor at 

the technology and information management program 

at UCSC. His current research includes pricing of 

communication networks, applications of game theory 

in networking, and stochastic modeling and control of 

queuing networks. From 2000 to 2003, he worked with 

the Silicon Valley startup Terablaze, where he helped 

develop a high-speed switch fabric chipset. 

n 

NANETTE NANJO-JONES, M.B.A., is an independent 

outsourcing consultant. She has more than 17 years of 

experience in the biopharmaceutical industry, with roles 

ranging from financial analysis to clinical-site budget 

negotiation and contracts/outsourcing management. 

USHA NARAYANAN, Ph.D. in Anthropology and M.A in 

Educational Leadership, has been an adult educator for 

the past 15 years. Her experience includes teaching as 

well as coordination, and administration. Ms. Narayanan 

currently works at Campbell Adult and Community 

Education and teaches anthropology at the community 

college level. 

AJIT NATARAJAN, M.S., has been with Hewlett-Packard 

since 1996. He has written Token Ring, Ethernet, and 

Fibre Channel drivers for HP-UX. He currently works on 

cluster interconnects. He has worked with PCI, PCI-X, 

PCI Express, and proprietary IO technologies. He has 

prepared and presented several training courses 

to R&D and support personnel at HP. 

MOHAMMAD NAVEED, M.S., M.B.A., is a technical lead 

for a data management software development company. 

He has been instrumental in the design, development 

and creation of innovative software modules for the 

company’s flagship product. He specializes in SQL, 

PL/SQL, database administration, data Quality and 

data analysis. 

NANCY NELSON, B.A., CA-SPHR, GPHR, program 

coordinator, see page 29. 

DAVID NETTLETON is a 21 CFR Part 11, HIPAA, and 

computer system validation consultant involved with 

the development, purchase, installation, operation and 

maintenance of computerized systems used in regulated 

applications. 

AHMAD NOURI, M.S., has more than 19 years of experience 

in software development and project leadership. 

He worked in Java EE technology for 16 years at IBM. 

He has expertise in client-server, OO design pattern, EJB 

development, JPA, EJB query and SQL development. He 

also has experience in BI technology, including data integration, 

modeling, ETL, data warehousing, and reporting. 

o 

DAVID OSTER, M.S., is an iOS specialist at Google with 

extensive experience creating applications for the iPhone 

and iPad. Mr. Oster has designed and implemented user 

interfaces, application programmer interfaces including 

plugin SDKs and plugin hosting, parsing of structured 

languages and XML. He also has a strong background 

in 2D and 3D graphics, image processing, relational 

database manipulation, distributed systems, and device 

drivers. 

TARAL OZA, M.S. has been a software developer for over 

10 years with leading high-technology companies in the 

Bay Area. He has hands-on experience with C#, C++, 

Java, Perl, PHP, TCL, Assembly and has been involved 

with embedded software development for systems and 

devices. The software products he developed include 

Windows-based desktop and Linux-based Web applications. 

He has taught at UCSC Extension for several years. 

p—Q 

ANAND PAI, M.S., has more than 25 years of experience 

in the development of X86 processors, systems 

and communications. Anand has worked in the areas 

of Linux kernel, system programming, silicon, system, 

networking, and virtualized media. He has developed 

high performance, low latency server, kernel, media 

and Web services. 

BINAYA PANDA, Ph.D., is the co-founder of a molecular 

diagnostics startup company that focuses on genetic 

tests for cancer. 

SHERRY PARSONS, B.S.B.M., has over 30 years of 

experience in the administrative field and is executive 

administrative manager for Earthbound Farm. Ms. Parsons 

supported the CEO of Network General, and is a past 

member of the Silicon Valley Catalyst Association (SVCA). 

CHRISTINE PÉPIN, Ph.D., has over 12 years of experience 

in the telecommunications industry, including wireless 

communications, information theory and signal processing. 

Her post-doctoral work at Stanford University involved 

98 



the Signal Compression and Classification Group. 

She has worked for an optical data storage start-up and 

as a research engineer with NTT DOCOMO USA Labs. 

KIMBERLY PERSIANI-BECKER, Ed.D., is an associate 

professor at CSU Los Angeles in the Department of 

Curriculum and Instruction, where she specializes in 

multicultural education, pre-K through 12. 

KATHY POULSON, M.A. in early education, Stanford 

University, founded and directed Woodside School 

District’s Preschool and taught at Bing Nursery School 

at Stanford. 

SIVA PRASAD, M.B.A., M.S., has extensive experience 

in Linux, open architecture systems, and networking 

protocols. His recent work includes system design, BSP 

development using Linux and VXWorks, and writing 

device drivers for embedded systems. 

JONATHAN PRICE, D.F.A., has developed more than a 

dozen online information facilities for character-based, 

pen-based, and graphic-based interfaces. Author of 

How to Write a Computer Manual, The Trail Guide to 

America Online, and co-author of How to Communicate 

Technical Information, he’s coached electronic information 

teams from major computer manufacturers and 

software vendors. 

DENISE PRINGLE, B.A., has extensive global HR 

experience encompassing strategic business support, OD, 

and training. Ms. Pringle has led HR in high tech and life 

science companies. She frequently speaks at professional 

organizations and runs her own HR consulting practice. 

Ms. Pringle completed Babson College’s Strategic 

Leadership Program for HR Executives. 

ANNA SANFILLIPO PULIDO, M.S., M.A., is an assistive 

technology and vocational specialist for the San José 

Unified School District. Ms. Pulido has broad experience 

as a special education teacher, program specialist, 

reading coach, adult trainer, and as a support provider 

for teachers at all levels in the credentialing process. 

ELLIE QUIGLEY, B.A., is vice president of Learning 

Enterprises. She has contributed significantly to the 

development of UCSC Extension curricula in Computer 

Programming and Linux/Unix Administration. She is 

the author of two widely used programming books: 

Perl by Example, and Shells by Example, 2nd edition. 

r 

CHAKK RAMESHA, Ph.D., is a research leader at Roche 

Biosciences, where he is a member of the Discovery 

Technologies group. He has more than 20 years of 

experience in preclinical areas of drug discovery and 

development. 

FRANK RAMIREZ, B.S., is the principal of Ramirez Design 

LLC, a user experience consultancy firm in San José, 

CA. He has designed Web applications for some of the 

biggest names in Silicon Valley, including Yahoo!, eBay, 

LinkedIn, Stanford University and for several start-ups. 

DANIEL RAVAL, M.S. in Taxation, M.B.A, has worked 

for a major commercial bank for over 30 years and held 

various positions, such as credit analyst, customer service 

manager, and finance manager. Currently, he owns 

an income tax franchise, Liberty Tax Service. During the 

tax season, he gives tax updates on TV. The interview is 

broadcast on an international cable channel that is shown 

in Canada, the Philippines and the U.S. He has a passion 

for teaching accounting, finance, and income tax. 

LINDA RODGERS-PRICE, M.A. in management, is principal 

consultant of Professional Dynamics, a management consulting 

firm specializing in team building, communication 

and personal development. Her professional experience 

includes serving as human resource manager in a hightech 

sales organization and education officer for the 

USAF Satellite Test Center at Onizuka Air Force Base. 

KIMBERLY ROFF, Ph.D., began teaching online nearly 

a decade ago, conducting social science and teacher 

education courses. Ms. Roff is a course developer and 

doctoral mentor and publishes articles in The Journal 

of Teacher Education. She graduated with a Ph.D. from 

Walden University, and received a Master of Arts 

through Stony Book University. 

TIMOTHY ROHM, Ph.D., CIH, is an industrial hygienist for 

Industrial Hygiene Services, providers of environmental 

health and safety training. 

KEVIN ROSS, Ph.D., in Management Science and 

Engineering. His current research focuses on network 

management and scheduling. He has worked in both the 

telecommunication and pharmaceutical industries. 

SHARMILA ROY, Ph.D., is the director and learning 

specialist of Spark-Ed!, a private practice that provides 

academic and therapeutic learning solutions to individuals 

with learning differences. 

EDWARD ROZHON, Ph.D., is a global studies manager 

in the Pharmaceutical Development Organization 

at Genentech/Roche. Dr. Rozhon has 24 years of 

pharmaceutical experience in nonclinical and clinical 

areas of drug discovery and development. 

s 

BONNIE SAVAGE, program coordinator, see page 23. 

MICHAEL SAVOD, M.B.A., is a marketing consultant 

specializing in communications and targeted lifestyle 

marketing techniques. Previously he was vice president 

of sales and marketing for the Oakland As, director of 

marketing for the Oakland Coliseum, national advertising 

manager for Chrysler, director of marketing services for 

Jeep and vice president of Maserati of America. 

SULEMAN SAYA, B.S., is a senior software engineer 

with over 20 years of experience designing, developing, 

debugging, and testing embedded software. He has 

worked in telecom, networking and storage companies 

in Silicon Valley. Mr. Saya extensive experience with 

projects involving embedded Linux and C/C++ and has 

taught those subjects at UCSC Extension for 14 years. 

JULIUS SCHILLINGER, M.S., is senior director of organization 

effectiveness for Health Net/MHN in San Rafael. 

He is a former member of the executive leadership team 

of CIS, a strategic change and technology consulting firm. 

JEFF SCHLAGETER, M.S.E.E., PMP, is a project management 

consultant, coach, and trainer specializing in rapid 

product development and rescuing late projects. His IC, 

IT, Web, software, systems, and medical experience comes 

from working and training at companies such as GE, AMD, 

Actel, Trend Micro, Cirrus Logic, Digidesign, and Dionex. 

PAMM SCRIBNER, M.A., BCET, is a well known 

practitioner, mentor and teacher in the Bay Area. She is 

an expert in assessment, remediation plan development 

and case management, with over twenty-five years in the 

field. She holds a Master’s of Arts degree in education 

and a Learning Specialist Certification from 

San Francisco State University. 

FAYSAL SHAARANI, M.B.A., is a senior IT engineer 

who has more than 10 years of technical and project 

management experience with Oracle Corporation. He 

currently leads cross-functional development projects 

with the Data Warehousing Group at Cisco Systems. 

SAFWAN SHAH, Ph.D. is a Silicon Valley entrepreneur, 

innovator and technologist with expertise in financial 

technologies. Mr. Shah was the founder and president 

of Infonox, the market pioneer and leader in delivering 

payment, underwriting and other financial services to 

casinos, banks, retail and money transfer businesses. 

Under his leadership, Infonox served over 100M 

consumers and settled over $20 billion annually. He also 

held research positions at BioServe Space Technologies, 

a NASA center for commercial development of space. 

Previous experience includes serving as technology 

director for IBM. Mr. Shah has an M.S./Ph.D. in EE/AE 

from the University of Colorado at Boulder and an SEP/ 

MBA from the School of Business at Stanford University. 

SHAHROKH SHAKOURI, M.S., is currently a consultant 

for Bay Area chip design companies. He has 21+ years 

experience on high performance and low power IC 

designs in the areas of synthesis, simulation, place and 

route, and timing closure. He has extensive experience 

with tools from all major EDA companies. He has 

successfully taped out chips with 6.5M synthesizable 

gates in 65nm technology. 

BINEET SHARMA, M.S.C.S., is an architect and Director 

of Engineering for a software company. He has more 

than 18 years of experience developing large and 

medium-scale software products. Bineet has held a 

variety of leadership roles in all aspects of the software 

development life cycle. Also an accomplished instructor, 

he taught at UCB Extension for five years. 

VIVEK SHARMA, B.S., has 10 years of experience 

in client-server application development and Web UI. 

He is familiar with all the major frameworks in the Java/ 

Java EE domain. He also has a solid background in Web 

2.0 technologies. Mr. Sharma has contributed to major 

projects for clients throughout the Bay Area. 

JEAN SIBLEY, M.A., is a communications expert 

and trainer with more than 12 years of experience. Her 

clients have included companies, such as Bank 

of America, 3COM, Pacific Bell and MacroMedia. 

MICHAEL SMITH, M.A. TESL/TEFL, delivers staff 

development programs for teachers in TESOL for UCSC 

Extension in Silicon Valley and CSU East Bay. His experience 

includes teaching ESL for USF. 

RENÉ SNOW, Ph.D., CFP ® , has worked in the financial 

services industry for 16 years. Dr. Snow earned an M.S. 

in Accountancy and spent eight years at a large regional 

CPA firm. Today, she manages her own firm and specializes 

in tax planning, asset management, and the 

psychological aspects of wealth management. 

JEFFREY SONAS, B.S., is owner of Sonas Consulting, 

providing sponsors, vendors, and CROs with comprehensive 

EDC and eClinical services including study design, 

requirements/ specification design, vendor auditing/ 

evaluation, database validation/testing, and risk mitigation. 

A graduate of Stanford University, Jeff was founder 

and Chief Architect of Ninaza (an EDC vendor) for 10 

years until founding Sonas Consulting in 2006. Since 

then, he has consulted extensively for several prominent 

life sciences companies in the Bay Area including 

Genentech, Gilead Sciences, Inc., and Bracket (formerly 

United Biosource Corporation). 



NAY WEI SOONG, Ph.D., is a veteran virologist with 

more than 12 years of research experience in the field. 

He is currently a medical science liaison with Centocor, 

Johnson & Johnson. 

LYNNE SOPCHAK, Ph.D., completed her postdoctoral 

fellowship in pathology and oncology at Stanford 

University and has more than 15 years of experience 

in cancer research: the molecular basis of cancer, tumor 

progression, and the development of drug resistance. 

SHERRI STEIN, M.A., is a resource specialist, educational 

therapist, and special education advocate with experience 

administering 504 plans. Ms. Stein received her masters 

from Santa Clara University and is a credentialed special 

education teacher. Her expertise is in teaching children 

and adults how to learn, with an emphasis on writing, 

reading, and study skills. 

JESSICA STURM, RN, M.P.H., is founder and principal 

consultant of Vantage Clinical Advisors, a consulting 

firm specializing in providing services and infrastructure 

for the successful strategy, preparation, execution, 

maintenance, and regulatory approval of clinical trials. 

MADHAVI SUDARSANA, M.A., specializes in 

multicultural early childhood education. 

LILLIAN SVEC, M.F.A., program coordinator, see page 72. 

t 

PREM TALREJA, M.B.A., director of OEM Sales at Sigma 

Designs Inc., has worked in startups and large public 

companies in the semiconductor and consumer products 

market. Mr. Talreja helps organizations increase profits 

by making key business decisions with customers’ 

current and emerging needs in mind. 

MICHAEL TAYLOR, M.S., MPM, FAAPM, is a PPM ® -certified 

master instructor and principal of Systems Management 

Services. He has more than 30 years of project management 

and engineering experience including six years on 

the Space Station Project. He has conducted training for 

Sun, GTE, Siemens, TRW, Loral, Santa Clara Valley Water 

District and Inprise. He regularly contributes relevant 

articles to the International Community for Project 

Managers (ICPM), and the Project Manager’s HUT, 

considered to be the largest database of categorized 

Project Management articles. 

SHARON TELLYER, D.V.M., ELS, is a medical writing and 

editing consultant. Dr. Tellyer writes documentation for 

clinical trials and FDA submissions, such as protocols, 

Investigational New Drug Applications (INDs), and 

New Drug Applications (NDAs), and edits abstracts 

and manuscripts for publication in biomedical journals. 

JOHN THYFAULT, B.A., has more than 17 years of 

marketing, sales and product-development experience. 

He is currently Search Engine Strategist at Beasley Direct 

Marketing. He was previously the senior client-services 

project director at ThirdAge.com, where he led client 

sponsorships for Fortune 100 companies in health care, 

financial services, technology, and consumer products. 

BENJAMIN TING, M.S.E.E., has over 16 years of 

experience in the semiconductor and EDA industries. 

He is currently a Verification Architect at Xilinx, where 

he is responsible for the SOC methodology of Xilinx’s 

next generation family of devices. His experience 

encompasses multi-gigabit networking designs, graphics 

and processors, as well as FPGA’s and mixed-signal 

programmable SOC’s. 

RONALD TJEERDEMA, Ph.D., D.A.B.T., is chair of the 

department of environmental toxicology at UC Davis. 

DEBORAH TOLOMEO, J.D., Ph.D., RAC., is an FDA/health 

care attorney with over 10 years of industry experience as 

a regulatory and technical specialist in medical devices. 

As an attorney, Ms. Tolomeo advises medical device 

and biotechnology companies regarding post-market 

obligations, post-market surveillance studies, federal and 

state anti-kickback laws, privacy laws, and the Stark Law. 

ERIKA TORRES, Ph.D., is a graduate of Alliant 

International University. She has extensive academic 

and clinical experience in the field of community and 

multicultural psychology. Her interests include “cyber 

psychology” and consulting. Ms. Torres is passionate 

about teaching students with different learning styles 

and using interactive teaching approaches. 

SOODY TRONSON, M.S., J.D., has over 20 years of 

experience in law, science, engineering, and business 

management in start-ups and established environments. 

She practices intellectual property law, patent and 

technology/business transactions, for a range of 

industries, including medical devices, pharmaceuticals, 

chemical manufacturing and high technology. 

ALAN TSUDA, M.B.A., Yale University, is a consultant 

for technology and training at Workingfx Design. His 

areas of expertise include the theory of constraints and 

optimization of organizational performance. 

u—v 

DON UY-BARRETA, M.S. in applied economics, is an 

analyst for Franklin Templeton Investments. He is 

currently pursuing his second graduate degree. 

SERENE VARGAS, M.Arch., LEED AP, is an AAPM-certified 

instructor with 9 years of experience in building design 

and construction industries. She possesses project 

management experience in international multi-milliondollar 

commercial buildings, IT campus, IT data centers 

and interior design projects. Serene conducts project 

management training for private and public sector 

organizations. 

JAGADEESH VASUDEVAMURTHY, Ph.D., has more than 

20 years of experience in electronic design automation. 

He has worked on EDA tools at Cadence, Xilinx, Synplicity 

and Mentor Graphics. One of his papers was recognized 

as The Best of ICCAD. He is a senior member of IEEE and 

a member of ACM. 

ARVIND VIDYARTHI, M.S., has seven years of experience 

in physical design, simulation and timing closure. He has 

worked at several semiconductor companies as a design 

and CAD engineer and successfully managed chip 

design tapeouts. Mr. Vidyarthi is familiar with all major 

implementation tools and methodologies. He is currently 

a Physical Design Manager. 

RAGHAV VINJAMURI, B.S.E.E., is a server performance 

architect with experience in the IS and IT industry. He 

is a certified trainer, and an Oracle OCP certified DBA. 

He has a strong background in Linux device drivers, 

UNIX kernels and shell programming, Oracle SQL/ 

PLSQL development and tuning, and Oracle RAC-based 

cluster/server high-performance analysis and scalability 

optimization. 

REMA VINJAMURI, M.S., B.Tech, is a lead analyst 

at Apple Inc. She previously worked as a manager 

of analytics at Motorola and in corporations, such 

as Staples and Information Resources Inc. Her broad 

experience includes applying the concepts of consumer 

analytics in the retail, auto and high tech industries. 

WAYNE VUCENIC, B.S., has been a contract programmer 

for over two decades, through his company, No Bugs 

Software. He has been programming in Ruby for over 

five years, and is an active member of the Ruby 

Community. 

w 

LAURENCE WALLMAN, M.A., RAC (US, EU, CAN) 

has more than 22 years of experience in the clinical 

development, manufacturing, market approval, and 

commercialization of pharmaceuticals, medical devices, 

and biologics; including over twelve years in senior 

quality and regulatory industry roles. 

MICHAEL WANG, M.S.E.E., M.B.A., is a field applications 

engineer with Macronix working on hardware design 

projects. He also worked with VIA Technologies on 

the Northbridge chipsets that are used primarily 

in the PC market, and with Fujitsu Microelectronics 

on the TurboSPARC processors that are used in the 

workstation platform. 

KAI WESSELS, J.D., has served as a judge pro tem, 

externed at the California Supreme Court, and clerked 

at the trial and appellate levels of the Santa Clara County 

Superior Court. He has extensive experience as a business 

litigator and corporate counsel in Silicon Valley. 

VICKI WINTERS, M.A., works with nonprofit agencies, 

businesses and local governments to develop publicity 

and fundraising campaigns. 

DALIA WOOD, M.A., CFP ® , has taught financial planning 

to brokers and individual investors for 10 years. Her firm 

provides financial and tax planning and money management 

services for high-net-worth clients. She is a former 

senior trader at a leading investment house. 

MIN WU, Ph.D., has 10 years of research and practical 

experience in the areas of human-computer interaction, 

user interface design, Web security, collaboration and 

privacy, Web browsing and automation, and social 

networking. He has taught technical courses in Web 

programming, UI design and site development. 

Y—Z 

RAJAINDER YELDANDI, M.S., has 16 years of IT 

and software industry experience. He has developed 

many database products, which include DB2 (IBM) and 

Ingres (Computer Associates). He has taught courses 

in building data structures, ANSI SQL, Oracle RDBMS 

DBA, Oracle PL/SQL programming, C++ programming, 

and software engineering. 

YI ZHANG, Ph.D., an industry consultant and UCSC 

researcher whose interests include information retrieval, 

knowledge management, Web mining, natural language 

processing and machine learning. 

DANHUA ZHAO, Ph.D. in biomedical engineering from 

Duke University, is a system-design engineer specializing 

in image processing and medical instrumentation. 

100 


SprING 2012 


Index 

A 

Academic Policies..............................................93 

Accounting............................................................... 20 

Administrative and Executive Assistant...................... 23 

Administrative and Executive Assistants’ Practicum.... 23 

Adobe Dreamweaver–Client Side.............................. 73 

Adobe Flash I—Animation for the Web..................... 73 

Adobe Illustrator, Introduction................................... 71 

Advanced Applied Project Management (AAPM)........ 83 

Advanced Paralegal Certificate Course....................... 32 

Advanced Project Management Practicum................. 84 


A Practical Approach for Business.............................. 34 

Adverse Event and Medication Coding: An 

Introduction to MedDRA ® , COSTART, and WHO-Drug...13 

Agile Software Development..................................... 68 

Americans in Paris..................................................... 49 

Analytic Planning for Project Success......................... 84 

Applied Ergonomics: Human Factors 

of Safety and Health.................................................. 78 

Applied Project Management.................................... 82 

ASIC Physical Design, Advanced................................ 54 

Assessment for Educational Therapists– 

Using Formal and Informal Approaches...................... 45 

Auditing and Attestation........................................... 22 

B 


Special Populations and Health ................................. 48 

Benefits Management: A Comprehensive Study 

of Employee Benefit Programs................................... 29 

Biochemistry: An Introduction...................................... 9 

Bioinformatics............................................................. 7 

Bioinformatics Tools, Databases and Methods.............. 8 

Biology of Cancer...................................................... 10 

Bioscience Business................................................... 18 

Biosciences................................................................. 6 

Biotechnology............................................................. 9 

Bookkeeping............................................................. 24 

Building Online Learning Communities...................... 39 

Business Administration............................................ 24 

Business and Conference Service......................90 

Business and Management....................................... 19 

Business and Professional Writing............................. 26 

Business Law and Its Environment............................. 25 

C 

C Programming for Beginners.................................... 61 

C Programming, Advanced........................................ 61 

C# .NET Programming, Advanced.............................. 62 

C# .NET Programming, Comprehensive..................... 62 

C++ Programming, Comprehensive........................... 61 

Case Report Forms Development............................... 14 

Certified Bookkeeper Program................................... 24 


Energy Storage, and Green Building........................... 51 

Climate Change and AB 32: What It Means for You... 79 

Clinical Data Management........................................ 14 

Clinical Research: The Study Site Perspective.............. 14 

Clinical Trials Design and Management...................... 11 

Clinical Trials Site Monitoring I................................... 12 

Cloud Computing, Introduction................................. 65 

Coding Theory and Applications, Introduction............ 57 

Computer Networking Essentials............................... 57 

Computer Programming............................................ 61 

Concurrent Enrollment.............................................. 88 

Consumer Insights: Data Analysis and Interpretation....34 

Contracting with Contract Research Organizations 

(CROs)...................................................................... 14 

Corporate Income Tax Accounting.............................. 22 

Course Materials...............................................94 

CPA Preparation........................................................ 22 

Creating a Sustainable Enterprise.............................. 27 

Creating the Successful Project Team......................... 82 

Credential Courses.................................................... 48 

Cryptography and Network Security........................... 57 

Culture and Cultural Diversity.................................... 46 

Customized Business and Management Certificate.... 22 

D 

Data Acquisition System Design and Implementation...51 

Data Mining.............................................................. 75 

Data Structures and Algorithms Using C++............... 62 

Data Warehouse Solutions and Business Intelligence....70 

Database Systems..................................................... 70 

Design Simulation with Verilog and SystemVerilog..... 54 

Designing CMOS Radio Frequency Integrated Circuits 

(RFIC)....................................................................... 55 


101

inDex 

Designing Training Programs..................................... 31 

Designing with Cascading Style Sheets (CSS), 

Fundamentals........................................................... 73 

Designing Xilinx CPLDs and FPGAs, Introduction........ 52 

Developing Applications for Android Mobile Devices....62 

Developing Applications for Android Mobile Devices, 

Advanced.................................................................. 63 


and iPod Touch, Introduction..................................... 63 


and iPod Touch: Practicum......................................... 63 


and Silverlight: UI and Data Access............................ 66 

Developing Java and Java EE Applications 

with Spring Framework............................................. 66 

Developing JavaScript-based Rich Web UI 

with JQuery............................................................... 66 

Development of Clinical Standard Operating 

Procedures................................................................ 14 

Digital Signal Processing, Fundamentals.................... 53 

Disabled Student Services.................................94 

Discounts...........................................................92 

Distance Learning in Real Time.................................. 39 

DNA Microarrays: Principles, Applications 

and Data Analysis..................................................... 10 

Document Preparation: 

Protocols, Reports, Summaries................................... 14 

Drug Development Process.......................................... 9 

Drug Discovery, Introduction........................................ 9 

Drug Safety and Adverse Events Reporting................. 14 

E 

Early Childhood Education......................................... 41 

Early Childhood Education: 

Supervision and Administration................................. 43 

ECE 2: Introduction to Teaching Young Children......... 41 

ECE 3: Curriculum Development in Early Childhood 

Programs.................................................................. 42 

ECE 6: Culture and Diversity in the Early Childhood 

Classroom................................................................. 42 

ECE 7: Internship in Early Childhood Education.......... 42 

ECE 9: Language and Literacy for the Young Child..... 42 

ECE: Infant/Toddler Growth and Development........... 42 

ECE: Managing Behaviors That Are Challenging......... 43 

Education................................................................. 38 

Educational Therapy.................................................. 44 

Effective Employee Relations..................................... 29 

8-Hour Annual HAZWOPER Refresher........................ 79 

Electronic Data Capture for Clinical Trials................... 15 


Cost-Effective Approaches to Compliance.................. 18 

Embedded Linux Design and Programming, 

Introduction.............................................................. 59 

Embedded Systems................................................... 51 

Embedded Systems Hardware Architectures, 

Introduction.............................................................. 53 

Engineering and Technology...................................... 50 

Enrollment.........................................................92 

Enrollment Form..............................................104 

Enterprise Solutions Using Java EE............................. 67 

Environmental Fate of Pollutants............................... 77 

Environmental Health and Safety............................... 76 

Environmental Safety and Health Management.......... 77 

Estate Planning......................................................... 28 

Executive Education.................................................. 26 

Experimental Methods in Molecular Biology................ 8 

Extreme/Agile Project Management........................... 82 

Final Project: Preparing Your Job Search..................... 36 

Finance for the Non-Financial Manager..................... 24 

Financial Engineering and Management 

in High Tech Enterprises............................................ 75 

Financial Planning and Wealth Management............. 27 

First- and Second-Language Development................. 46 



(Federal OSHA, 29 CFR 1910.120 Training................. 79 

Fundamentals of English Grammar I.......................... 46 

G 

General Information..........................................92 

General Statistics I.................................................... 26 

Global Conduct of Clinical Trials................................ 15 

Good Clinical Practices.............................................. 12 

Grades...............................................................93 

Graduate School Preparation..................................... 26 

Graphic Design......................................................... 71 

Graphic Design Fundamentals................................... 72 

Graphical Production for the Web.............................. 73 

Hardware Systems and VLSI Engineering.................... 51 

Hazardous Materials Management............................ 77 

Hazardous Waste Handling and Awareness Training... 79 

HAZWOPER.............................................................. 79 

HTML/XHTML: Building Blocks for Web Development....74 

Human Resource Management.................................. 29 

Human Resource Management, Introduction............. 29 

I 

Implementing Winning Marketing Strategies.............. 33 

Income Taxation in Personal Financial Planning.......... 28 

Industrial Hygiene and Health.................................... 78 

Institute for the Study of Western Civilization............. 49 

Instructional Design and Delivery............................... 40 

Instructor Biographies.......................................95 

Integrated Marketing Communication....................... 34 


for the Life Science Industry....................................... 11 

Intermediate Accounting I......................................... 21 

Intermediate Accounting II........................................ 21 

Internet Programming and Development................... 65 

Interviewing for Success: 

Using Structured Interviewing Techniques.................. 30 

Introduction to Accounting I: Financial Accounting..... 21 

Introduction to Accounting II: Managerial Accounting...21 

Introduction to Online Teaching................................. 39 

Intrusion Detection.................................................... 58 


PCI Express, Ethernet, and Fibre Channel................... 53 

J—L 

Java Programming, Comprehensive........................... 64 

Java Security............................................................. 67 

JUnit Test Framework................................................ 69 

Knowledge Services and Enterprise Management 

(KSEM)..................................................................... 74 

Land Your First Online Teaching Job........................... 40 

Leading and Facilitating Productive Meetings............ 31 

Legal Studies............................................................ 32 

Linux Based Web Application Development— 

Apache, MySQL, PHP................................................. 59 

Linux Device Drivers.................................................. 60 

Linux Device Drivers, Advanced.................................. 60 

Linux Kernel Architecture and Programming............... 60 

Linux Kernel Programming, Advanced........................ 60 

Linux System Performance and Tuning....................... 60 

Linux Systems Programming...................................... 61 

Linux, Introduction.................................................... 60 

Linux/UNIX Programming and Administration............ 58 

Low-Power Design of Nano-Scale Digital Circuits....... 55 

M 

Making Human Resources an Integral Part 

of Your Company ..................................................... 31 

Management and Organization, Principles................. 26 

Management of Clinical Practice............................... 45 

Managing Projects with Microsoft Project.................. 82 

Managing Software Projects...................................... 82 

Managing the Development of New Products............ 83 

Managing the Staffing Function................................ 30 

Managing Web Site Development and Deployment.... 74 

Maps and Directions.......................................104 

Marketing Management............................................ 33 

Math Development in Young Children........................ 43 

Medical Device Design and Development................... 11 

Medical Devices........................................................ 15 


and Marketing Pathways........................................... 12 

Medical/Clinical Terminology..................................... 12 

Methodology of Bilingual and 

English Language Development................................. 47 

102 


inDex 

Microeconomics, Introduction.................................... 26 

Molecular Biology, Introduction................................... 7 

Multicore Programming............................................. 64 

MySQL Database Administration II............................. 71 

MySQL Database for Developers and Designers......... 71 

Network Engineering and System Security................. 56 

New Students......................................................5 

O 

Object-Oriented Analysis and Design......................... 69 

Occupational Health and Safety 

Annual Regulatory Update........................................ 79 

Occupational Safety and Health Management........... 77 

Online Courses..................................................85 

Online Teaching........................................................ 39 

Open Campus....................................................88 


Software Development Programs............................... 63 

Open House Event for Web and 

Graphic Design Programs.......................................... 73 

Oracle 11g: Administration II on Linux....................... 71 

Oracle PL/SQL, Introduction....................................... 71 


Introduction.............................................................. 30 

P 

Paralegal Core Certificate Course.............................. 32 

Paralegal–Advanced.................................................. 32 

Paralegal–Core......................................................... 32 

Perl Programming I.................................................... 64 

Perl Programming II................................................... 64 

Personal Financial Planning....................................... 27 

Personal Financial Planning, Practicum...................... 28 

Personal Financial Planning, Survey........................... 28 

PHP (Hypertext Preprocessor).................................... 67 

PLL and Clock/Data Recovery Circuits........................ 55 

PMP ® Examination Preparation: 20 Hour................... 83 

Positioning and Brand Management.......................... 34 

Post-Market Regulatory Obligations 

for Medical Devices................................................... 18 

Power of Market Research......................................... 34 

Practical Logic Design By Example............................. 55 

Preparing for FDA Inspections 

and Conducting Sponsor Audits................................. 15 

Printed Circuit Board Design for Signal Integrity 

and EMC Compliance................................................ 53 

Proctoring Services...........................................91 

Professional Software Development Fundamentals.... 69 

Programming with Java for Beginners........................ 64 

Project and Program Management (PPM).................. 81 

Project Integration and Risk Management................. 81 

Project Leadership and Communication..................... 81 

Project Management for 

Administrative and Executive Assistants..................... 24 


Principles and Techniques.......................................... 83 

Project Procurement: 

Outsourcing and Contract Management.................... 83 

Psychology of Human Learning.................................. 45 

Python for Programmers............................................ 64 

Python Programming for Beginners........................... 64 

R 

RA Professional’s Toolbox.......................................... 17 

Random Process Models in Engineering..................... 75 

Real-Time Embedded Systems I/O Programming— 

Ethernet, USB, SPI and Serial Devices......................... 53 

Refactoring with Design Patterns............................... 69 

Regulation of Drugs and Biologics............................. 17 

Regulation of Medical Devices and Diagnostics.......... 17 

Regulatory Affairs...................................................... 16 

Regulatory Compliance for Medical Devices............... 17 

Regulatory Submissions: Drugs and Biologics............. 17 

Relational Database Essentials.................................. 70 

Role of the Project Manager...................................... 81 

Ruby and Ruby on Rails, Advanced............................ 67 

Ruby, Introduction..................................................... 67 

S 

Safety and Health Program Development 

and Implementation.................................................. 78 

Safety Management, Introduction.............................. 78 

Schedule Optimization Techniques for Managers........ 83 

Science of Clinical Trials Design................................. 13 

Search Engine Marketing........................................... 34 

Service Engineering and Management....................... 75 

Silicon Valley Business Leadership.............................. 26 


Software Engineering and Quality.............................. 68 

Statistical Analysis and Modeling for Bioinformatics 

and Biomedical Applications........................................ 8 

Statistics..................................................................... 7 

Storage Technology in Data Centers........................... 58 

Strategic Human Resources....................................... 31 


(Universal Verification Methodology)......................... 55 

System Virtualization Fundamentals........................... 58 

SystemC, Introduction............................................... 56 

SystemVerilog Assertions for Design Verification......... 56 

SystemVerilog for ASIC and FPGA Design................... 56 

T 

Tax Payer Relief Act...........................................93 

TCP/IP Essentials....................................................... 58 

Teaching English to Adults......................................... 47 

Teaching English to Asian Students, U.S. and Abroad....47 


(TESOL)..................................................................... 46 


An Introduction to the Profession.............................. 36 

Technical Writers’ Workshop...................................... 36 

Technical Writing and Communication....................... 35 

Technical Writing and Communication 

Program Overview..................................................... 36 


Learning Differences and Mathematics...................... 45 


(SB 2042 Standard 11).............................................. 48 

Technology Management.......................................... 74 

TESOL Open House................................................... 47 

TESOL Practicum....................................................... 47 

Textbooks..........................................................94 

Timing Closure in IC Design....................................... 56 

Toxicology Basics for Biotechnology........................... 11 

Toxicology, Principles................................................. 78 

Toxics Laws and Regulations, Update........................ 79 

Transcripts.........................................................93 

Transfers and Refunds.......................................92 

UCSC Extension Online......................................85 

User Experience Design for Web Applications............. 74 

User Experience Design Fundamentals for the Web.... 74 

Using Positive Political Skills in the Workplace............ 31 

V—Z 

Viruses, Vaccines and Gene Therapy........................... 11 

Visual Basic Programming, Comprehensive................ 65 

VLSI Engineering....................................................... 54 


and Management [v5.0]............................................ 61 

Wealth Management................................................ 28 

Web and Graphic Design........................................... 71 

Web Content Management....................................... 37 

Web Design.............................................................. 72 

Web Design, Introduction.......................................... 74 

Web Writing That Works............................................ 34 

Wireless Communications, Introduction..................... 58 


Bluetooth, WiFi and ZigBee....................................... 53 

XML Essentials.......................................................... 65 

XML for the Rest of Us.............................................. 36 


✈ 

enrollment form 

April–June 2012 Course Catalog 

Enroll Online: ucsc-extension.edu ENROLL by PHONE: (408) 861-3700 

Enroll by mail: UCSC Extension Silicon Valley, Attention: Registration, 2505 Augustine Drive, Suite 100, Santa Clara, CA 95054 

for credit/debit card payment only 

q Check here if you are a UCSC employee. Employee ID number_____________________________________________________ 

Please Print 

Mr./Ms._________________________________________________________________________________________________Birthdate_______________________________ 

Last Name First (given) Middle 

Social Daytime Home 

Security No.___________________________________________________________ Phone_______________________________Phone_________________________________ 

(Provide if using tuition for tax credit.) Area Area 

Home 

Address______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 

Street City State Zip Code 

Occupation______________________________________________________ E-mail Address__________________________________________________________________ 

(May be used to announce special UCSC Extension programs.) 

Course Title Enrollment Code Start Date Fee 

All fees must be paid at the time of enrollment. 

TOTAL 

Charge to: q Visa q MasterCard q American Express q Discover 

Credit card billing address and zip code if different from student address: 

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 

Street City State Zip Code 

Account Number__________________________________________________________________________________________ Expiration Date_______ CVC Code___________ 

Authorizing Signature_______________________________________________________________________________________ q First-Time Enrollment 

For disability accommodations, call (408) 861-3700; TTY (408) 861-3821. Two weeks advance notice requested. 

maps and directions 


Located in SANTA CLARA 



85 

104 

SANTA CLARA 

To 

Mt. View 

Lawrence Expy. 

237 

To 

San Jose 

Central Expy. 

To 

Milpitas 

101 

To Norman Y. 

Mineta San Jose 

International 

Airport 

Parkway 

Bowers Ave. 

Tasman Dr. 

Great America 

UCSC 

Extension 

Silicon 

Valley 

2505 

Augustine Dr. 

Scott Blvd. 

N 

San Tomas 

Expy. 

GOING SOUTH ON HIGHWAY 101: Take the Bowers 

Avenue exit and merge onto Bowers. Turn left at 

Augustine Drive. Proceed to 2505 Augustine Drive, 

and turn left into the parking lot. 

GOING NORTH ON HIGHWAY 101: Take the 

San Tomas Expressway exit and merge onto San Tomas 

heading west. Turn right on Scott Boulevard. Take 

the second right on Octavius Drive and then left 

on Augustine Drive. Turn right into the parking lot at 

2505 Augustine 

FROM MILPITAS: Start out on Highway 237 West. 

Take the Great America Parkway exit and turn left on 

Great America. After passing over Highway 101, take 

a left on Augustine Drive. Turn left into the parking lot 

at 2505 Augustine. 

FROM LOS GATOS: Start out on Highway 17 north 

towards San José. Take Exit 23 for Camden Avenue/ 

San Tomas Expressway. From the off ramp, turn left on 

✈ 

White Oaks Road and left again on Camden Avenue/ 

San Tomas. After passing Central Expressway, take 

a left on Scott Boulevard. Take the second right on 

Octavius Drive and then left on Augustine Drive. 

Turn right into the parking lot at 2505 Augustine. 

Free parking available. 

South Bay Overview 

SOUTH BAY 

SAN 

MATEO 

PALO ALTO 

To 

San 

Francisco 

REDWOOD CITY 

SAN FRANCISCO 

BAY 

101 

MOUNTAIN VIEW 

280 

UCSC 

Extension 

SUNNYVALE 

SANTA CLARA 

85 

CUPERTINO 

92 

84 

HAYWARD 

To Oakland 

880 

237 

680 

87 

N 

FREMONT 

MILPITAS 

Norman Y. 

Mineta San José 

International 

Airport 

SAN JOSE 

101

FIND COURSES AND ENROLL ON OUR NEW WEB SITE! 

1 

2 

3 

4 

11. Start at our Home page. 

Select an Area of Study from the top menu, the lists at 

the bottom of the page, or the Department’s home page. 

22. A glance at the program’s course chart reveals 

the curriculum structure and annual scheduling. 

Once you’ve identified a course of interest, 

click Browse Courses for full information. 

33. In the Course Catalog, click on the course number 

to the left of the course that interests you. The list will 

expand to show available sections. Click the section 

number for full details. 

44. 

Course pages include course details, scheduling 

and instructor information. To enroll, simply click 

the Add to Cart button next to the course fee 

and proceed to your Cart to check out. 

ucsc-extension.edu 

Copyright © 2012 The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.

RETAIN THIS CATALOG 

PERIODICALS 

Please retain this catalog 

through June. 

Check our Web site for 

up-to-date course information 

at ucsc-extension.edu. 

Printed on 40% post consumer 

waste newsprint, using soy and 

vegetable based inks. 

Our printer is certified by the Monterey 

Bay Area Green Business Program. 

Please recycle. 

University of California Santa Cruz Extension 




(408) 861-3700 

Attention mailroom personnel: 

If undeliverable to addressee, 

please route to company’s 

Human Resource Director. 

To make changes/corrections 

to mailing label, call (408) 861-3700. 

Not printed or mailed at state expense. 

NEW LAB 

Every student is equipped with a brand new iMac in our newest lab, located on our third floor with sweeping 

views of Silicon Valley. While aspiring iPhone app developers will appreciate the Mac platform, all machines 

are dual-boot, running the latest versions of Windows 7 or Mac OS Lion. At Extension, we want you to get ahead, 

and to do so, we know you need the latest tools. 

Just another reason to join us at UCSC Silicon Valley!

SPRING - UCSC Extension Silicon Valley

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?